GIFT  OF 
Dr.   Horace   Ivie 


^ 


-^     Kil-^^dX-t-t.    "^v^    IT    /     ^ 


^    ^--      /     ^/ 


/^ 


EXERCISES 


IN 


LATIN   PROSE    COMPOSITION: 

WITH    REFERENCES    TO    THE    GRAMMARS    OF 

ALLEN  AND    GREENOUGH,  ANDREWS    AND    STODDARD, 

BARTHOLOMEW,   BULLIONS    AND    MORRIS, 

GILDERSLEEVE,  AND    HARKNESS. 


BY 


f  4 

AUTHOR     OP    "fiEST    LESSONS    IK  ^^Tl^f "    AI^ 'Oi'.,"^ij:KCJsnS 'IK    GREEK    PROSE 


NINETY-SEVENTH  THOUSAND. 


CHICAGO: 
SCOTT,   FORESMAN,   AND   COMPANY. 

1897. 


GIFT  OF 

^^.    VVe  rft-LG-X  Vie. 

Copyright,  1879. 
Br  S.  C.  GRIGGS  AND  COMPANY. 


e  D  UG A  i:  I'O  N  D EPT 


University  Press: 
John  Wilson  &  Son,  Cambridgb. 


^TyL^eL^-i.3  ^   3  t>-^-  9-  0 


PEEFAOE. 


The  aim  of  this  little  manual  is  simply  to  illustrate  such  con- 
structions as  are  most  frequently  met  with  in  the  Commentaries 
of  Caesar,  the  Orations  of  Cicero,  and  similar  prose.  It  does  not 
pretend  to  teach  how  to  turn  all  kinds  of  English  into  Latin ; 
this  could  not  be  expected  of  so  elementary  a  treatise,  and,  per- 
haps, our  present  systems  and  methods  of  preparatory  instruc- 
tion do  not  demand  it :  but  it  designs  to  give  the  student  such 
an  introduction  to  the  more  important  principles  of  Latin  syn- 
tax, such  an  acquaintance  with  the  more  usual  idioms  of  the 
language,  as  shall  lead  him  towards  a  fuller  understanding  and 
appreciation  of  the  great  classic  prose-writers  of  ancient  Eome. 
With  this  end  in  view,  most  of  the  Examples  and  Vocabularies 
have  been  selected  from  the  works  mentioned  above,  and  the 
plan  is  for  the  first  twenty  Lessons  to  accompany  the  reading  of 
the  Commentaries,  and  the  second  twenty  the  reading  of  the 
Orations ;  though  it  is  hoped  that  they  will  not  be  found  out  of 
place  in  those  preparatory  schools  where  other  prose  is  read. 

The  Exercises  are  so  constructed  that,  in  translation,  the  style 
of  Caesar  and  Cicero  may  be  imitated.  The  treatment  of  the 
Moods  and  Tenses  is  introduced  before  that  of  the  Cases,  in  the 
belief  that  the  learner  should  have  as  extended  practice  as  pos- 
sible in  those  difficult  subjects.    On  page  54  a  table,  based  upon 


924196 


iv  PREFACE. 

a  similar  table  in  Eoby's  Grammar,  is  given,  which  is  intended 
to  show  at  a  glance  the  changes  necessarily  made  in  the  Moods 
and  Tenses  when  direct  Discourse  passes  into  Indirect.  In  the 
Notes  and  Questions  an  attempt  has  been  made  to  furnish  the 
beginner  all  needed  assistance  through  references  to  the  gram- 
mar and  by  means  of  suggestions  rather  than  by  direct  informa- 
tion. The  principles  of  syntax  referred  to  and  illustrated  in 
each  Lesson  are,  for  the  most  part,  reviewed  in  several  of  the 
succeeding  Exercises  that  they  may  become  well  fixed  in  the 
learner's  memory.  To  make  this  drill-work  still  more  thorough, 
there  are  added,  for  general  review  and  examination,  supple- 
mentary Exercises,  which  are  to  be  recited  without  previous 
preparation,  and  which  may  enable  the  teacher  to  ascertain 
whether  the  scholarship  of  his  pupils  is  well  grounded  and  inde- 
pendent or  otherwise.  Great  pams  have  been  taken  to  make  the 
General  Vocabulary  complete ;  to  make  it  answer  questions  likely 
to  arise  respecting  the  use  of  the  words  employed  in  the  Exer- 
cises :  deficient  Vocabularies  are  a  source  of  great  perplexity  and 
discouragement  to  beginners.  It  is  believed  that  these  Lessons, 
if  well  mastered,  will  afford  sufficient  preparation,  in  the  writing 
of  Latin,  for  admission  to  any  of  our  American  colleges. 

The  following  plan  of  instruction  in  Prose  Composition,  pur- 
sued with  marked  success  in  many,  if  not  most,  of  our  best 
preparatory  schools,  is  offered  for  the  benefit  of  inexperienced 
teachers.  The  learner  is  required  to  fix  in  mind  the  principles 
of  syntax  to  which  the  Eeferences  direct  his  attention  ;  to  com- 
mit to  memory  the  Examples  and  Vocabularies  ;  and  to  bring  to 
the  recitation-room  the  Exercises  carefuUy  translated  and  writ- 
ten out.  These  Exercises  are  copied  upon  the  blackboard,  criti- 
cised, and  corrected  when  necessary,  by  both  pupils  and  teacher  ; 


PREFACE.  V 

the  corrected  Exercises  are  then  transferred  to  a  blank  book  and 
committed  to  memory  for  oral  review.  The  accomplishment  of 
all  this  will  be  somewhat  difficult  when  the  class  is  very  small 
and  the  time  short :  but  the  writing  upon  the  blackboard,  to- 
gether with  the  criticisms  and  corrections  before  the  whole  class, 
should  not  be  omitted ;  that  which  is  seen  as  well  as  heard  is 
much  better  remembered  than  that  which  only  enters  the  ear. 

With  many  obligations  for  suggestions  from  different  sources, 
this  book  is  sent  forth  in  the  hope  that  it  may  aid  somewhat 
in  overcoming  the  difficulties  of  Latin  syntax,  and  that  its  faults 
may  meet  with  that  kindly  criticism  which  has  been  so  gener- 
ously awarded  to  its  predecessors. 

ELISHA   JONES. 

[J^^rvERSITY  OF  Michigan, 
July,  1879. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE. 

ABBKEVIATIONS xii 

Arrangement  of  Words  and  Clauses  in  Latin  Prose  : 
Usual  Order ;  How  to  produce  Emphasis  ;  Position  of  Certain 
Words ;  Arrangement  of  Clauses 3 

LESSON  L  — Agreement: 
Apposition;   Predicate  Word;   Relative  Pronouns;   Relative 
Clause  made  Emphatic        .......        3 

LESSON   II.  —  Agreement  {Continued) : 
Finite  Verb ;  Adjectives ;  Adjectives  with  Nouns  of  different 
Genders ;  Adjectives  as  Nouns ;  Adjectives  with  the  force  of 
Adverbs ;  Adjectives  designating  a  Certain  Part  ...        6 

LESSON  III.  —  Use  of  Pronouns  : 

Personal ;  Possessive  ;  Reflexive 8 

LESSON  TV.  ^Use  of  Pronouns  {Continued): 

Demonstrative;  Indefinite;  Relative 10 

LESSON  v.— 
Commands  and  Exhortations;   Prohibitions;  Wishes;   Voca- 
tive     13 

LESSON  VI.  —  Tenses  of  the  Indicative  : 

Historical  Present ;  Present  with  dum,  while  ;  Present  with 
jam,  jam  diu,  jam  dudum,  jam  pridem;  Imperfect; 
Future;  Perfect;  Pluperfect;  Future  Perfect      .         .         .15 

LESSON  VII.  —  Sequence  op  Tenses  ;  Final  Clauses  : 
Sequence  of   Tenses ;   Exceptions ;   Adverbial   Use  of  Final 
Clauses ;  Adjective  Use  of  Final  Clauses     .        .        .         .18 

LESSON  VIIL  —Final  Clauses  {Continued) : 

Substantive  Use  of  Final  Clauses  ;  ut  omitted        .         .        .21 


Viii  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  IX.  —  Consecutive  Clauses  : 

Adverbial  and  Adjective  Uses  of  Consecutive  Clauses;  Sub 
stantive  Use  of  Consecutive  Clauses    .... 

LESSON   X.  —  Peculiar  Uses  of  Relative  Clauses.  —  Sub 
junctive  with  Quin  and  Quominus      .... 

LESSON  XL  —  Conditional  Sentences 

LESSON  XII.  —  Conditional  Sentences  {Continued) : 
Supposition  contrary  to  Reality ;  Use  of  quam  si,  ac  si,  etc. 
Conditional   Relative   Clauses;  Use  of  modo,  dum,  dum 
modo         ........ 

LESSON  XIII.  —  Concessive  Clauses  . 

LESSON  XIV.  —  Causal  Clauses.  —  Attraction 

LESSON  XV.— Temporal  Clauses: 

With  postquam,  ubi,  ut,  simulac ;  With  antequam,  prius 
quam ;  With  cum ;  With  dum,  donee,  quoad 

LESSON   XVI.  —  Direct  and  Indirect  Questions  : 

How  to  Ask  a  Question ;  Double  Questions ;  Answers ;  Indi 
rect  Questions  ;  Rhetorical  Questions  .... 

LESSON  XVIL  —  The  Ineinith^e  : 

Subject  of  the  Infinitive ;  Infinitive  as  Subject ;  Infinitive  with 
out  Subject- Accusative  as  Object  or  Complement . 

LESSON   XVIII.  —  The  Infinitive  {Continued) : 

Infinitive  with  Subject- Accusative  as  Object ;  Tenses  of  the  In 
finitive ;  Predicate  aft^r  Infinitive  ;  Historical  Infinitive 

LESSON  XIX.  —  Indirect  Discourse  . 

LESSON   XX.  —  Indirect  Discourse  {Continued)  : 


Table  showing  the  Changes  made  in  Moods  and  Tenses 
Direct  Discourse  becomes  Indirect  .... 


Sub 


LESSON  XXI.  —  The  Genitive  : 

Subjective  Genitive  with  Nouns ;  Limited  Word  omitted 
jective  Genitive  with  Verbs 

LESSON  XXII.  —  The  Genitive  {Continued)  : 

Objective  Genitive;  Constructions  used  instead  of  Objective 
Genitive ;   Partitive   Genitive ;    Constructions  used  instead 


when 


CONTENTS.  ix 

of  Partitive  Genitive ;  Wlien  the  Partitive  Genitive  is  not  to 

be  used 59 

LESSON  XXIII.  —  The   Genitive  {Continued)  : 

Genitive  of  Quality ;  Genitive  with  Adjectives         ...       63 
LESSON  XXIV.  —  TuE  Genitive  (Continued)  : 
With  Verbs  of  Memory ;  With  Verbs  of  Emotion ;  With  Verbs 
of  Judicial  Action ;  With  Verbs  of  Plenty  and  Want ;  With 
refert  and  interest    . CI 

LESSON  XXV.  —  The  Dative  Case  : 

With  Transitive  Verbs  ;  Double  Construction ;  With  Intransi- 
tive Verbs ;  Dative  or  Accusative  according  to  Signification ; 
When  "  to  "  and  "  for  "  are  to  be  rendered  by  ad  and  pro    .       67 

LESSON  XXVI.  —  The  Dative  (Continued)  : 

With  Compounds  ;  Of  the  Possessor  ;  Of  the  Agent ;  How  In- 
transitive Verbs  are  used  in  the  Passive        ....       69 

LESSON  XXVIL— The  Dative  (Continued): 

Two  Datives;  With  Adjectives;  Other  Constructions  with 
Adjectives ;  Of  Reference 72 

LESSON  XXVIII.  —  The  Accusative  : 

Direct  Object ;  With  Verbs  which  in  English  require  a  Prepo- 
sition ;  With  Compounds ;  Cognate 75 

LESSON  XXIX.  —  The  Accusative  (Continued)  : 

Two  Accusatives  of  the  same  Person  or  Thing ;  Two  Accusa- 
tives— Person  and  Thing;  Two  Accusatives  with  Compound 

Verbs  ;  Limit  of  Motion 77 

LESSON  XXX.  —  The  Accusative  (Continued)  : 

Adverbial ;  Of  Specification ;  In  Exclamations ;  Of  Time  and 
Space 80 

LESSON  XXXI.  —  The  Ablative  : 

Of  Separation;  Of  Source;  Of  Cause;  Of  Agent  ...       82 
LESSON  XXXIL  — The  ABLATiWi  (Continued)  : 

Of  Manner ;  Of  Accompaniment ;  Of  Means  and  Instrument ; 
With  certain  Deponents  ;  With  certain  Adjectives         .         .       85 

LiiSSON  XXXIII.  — The  Ablative  (Continued)  : 

With  Comparatives ;  Construction  with  plus,  etc. ;  Measure  of 
Difference ;  Ablative  of  Quality 87 


X 


CONTENTS. 


LESSON  XXXIV.  —  The  Abla^tive  {Continued)  : 

Of  Price ;  Of  Specification ;  Of  Time ;  Ablative  Absolute       .      90 

LESSON  XXXV.  —  Expressions  of  Time  : 

T^me  Wlien  or  Witliiu  Wliicli ;  Time  How  Long  or  During 
Which ;  Use  of  Prepositions  in  Expressions  of  Time ;  Time 
Before  or  After  an  Event 92 

LESSON  XXXYL  — Place: 

Place  Erom  Which ;  Place  To  Which ;  Place  At  or  In  Which ; 
Place  By,  Through,  or  Over  Which;  Words  used  like  Names 
of  Towns  ;  Ablative  of  Place  At,  In,  or  On  Which ;  How  to     ' 
express  Towards  a  Place,  etc 95 

LESSON  XXXVII.  —  Use  of  Participles  : 

Tenses ;  Different  Uses 98 

LESSON  XXXVIII.  —  The  Gerund  and  Gerundive     .        .     101 

LESSON  XXXIX.  —  The    Gerund    and    Gerundive    {Con- 
tinued) .        .        -         .     103 

LESSON   XL.  —  The    Periphrastic    Conjugations.  —  The 
Supine 105 

EXERCISES  EOU    GENERAL    REVIEW   AND   EXAML 
NATION 109 

ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 121 


EXERCISES 


IN 


LATIN    PROSE    COMPOSITION. 


AEBEEVIATIONS. 


A.  &  G Alien  and  Greenough's  Latin  Grammar. 

A.  &  S Andrews  and  Stoddard's  Latin  Grammar. 

B Bartholomew's  Latin  Grammar. 

B,  &  M Bullions  and  Morris's  Latin  Grammar. 

G Gildersleeve's  Latin  Grammar. 

H Harkness's  Latin  Grammar,  revised  edi- 
tion. 

aft after. 

cf, confer,  compare. 

decl.     .,.....•  declension. 

Ex Example. 

f.     .     .     , feminine. 

fr from. 

gram grammar. 

indecl. .  ...  indeclinable. 

intr intransitive. 

lit literal,  literally. 

Ln .  Lesson. 

m masculine. 

n neuter. 

pi plural. 

prep preposition. 

prou pronoun, 

E«f. Reference.    N.  B.  A  reference,  without  any 

mark  of  punctuation  immediately  follow- 
ing it,  is  not  to  be  noticed. 

sc scilicet,  understand. 

tr transitive. 

Vy Vocabulary. 

w with. 


EXERCISES 


LATIN  PROSE  ■  ebMl'OSiilON. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  WORDS  AND  CLAUSES  IN  LATIN 
PROSE. 

1.  Vsual  Order,  A.  &  G.  343  :  A.  &  S.  586-592  ;  595  :  B.  332 
coarse  and  fine  'print,  d,  e  ;  333,  a-f:  B.  &  M.  1385-1398  :  G.  676, 
1-3,  Remark  ;  677-684  :  H.  560  ;  562-568. 

2.  How  to  produce  Efnphasis.  A.  &  G.  344,  Remark,  a-m: 
A.  &  S.  584  ;  585  :  B.  &  M.  1386  Exc.  2  :  G.  675,  1  :  H.  561, 1.-III.  ; 
565  1-3  ;  567  1-3. 

3.  Position  of  Certain  Words.  A.  &  G.  345,  a-d :  A.  &  S. 
590  a,  h:  B.  &  M.  1387  lst-5th  ;  1391  Exc.  I  and '2,:  G.  678,  Rem.  2  ; 
679  Rem.  2  ;  681  :  H.  569,  I.-VI. 

4.  Arrangement  of  Clauses*  A.  &  G.  345,  e :  A..  &  S.  596 
(1),  (2),  Notes  2,  3  :  B.  335,  a,  6,  Note  :  B.  &  M.  1396-1398 :  G. 
685-687  :  H.  571  ;  572,  I.-III.  ;  570. 


LESSON    I. 
AGREEMENT. 

REFERENCES. 

1,  2.   Avposition.     A.  &  G.  183  ;  184,  a,  h  :  A.  &  S.  324 ;  325,  a: 
329:  B.  265,  Rule  L.,  Rem.  3  :  B.  &  M.  622;  626  :  G.  318 ;  319  : 


H.  363,  1-3  ;  364. 


*  The  numbers  of  the  References  correspond  with  the  numbers  of  the 
Examples  :  e.  g.  1,  2.  Apposition  is  illustrated  by  Examples  1  and,  2. 


4  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

3,  4.  Predicate  Word,  A.  &  G.  185  :  A.  &  S.  327-329  :  B. 
206,  Rule  II.:  B.  &  M.  666  :  G.  324  :   H.  362,  1. 

5-8.  Relative  Pronouns.  A.  &  G.  198;  199;  200,  e;  201,  a, 
g:  A.  &  S.  342,  a,  b;  343  a:  B.  286,  a,  d,  i:  B.  &  M.  683;  693  ; 
694  :  G.  616,  3,  I.,  II.;  617  ;  618  :  H.  445,  1,  3,  4,  7. 

9.  Itelaiifve  Ciatise  vnad^.  J^mphatic.  A.  &  G.  201  c:  A.  & 
S.  342  h  (2),  0  (1)  :  B.  &;M;vte7,:'  G.  622  :  H.  571,  2. 

\j  '      '  EXAMPLES. 

1.  To  the  town  of  Geneva,  ad  oppidum  Gendvam. 

2.  We  saw  Caesar  when  hoys,  or  when  we  were  hoys,  puSri  Cae- 
s^em  vidimus. 

3.  Divico  was  elected  chief,  Divico  princeps  creatus  est. 

4.  Who  had  come  as  ambassadors  to  Caesar,  qui  legati  ad  CaesS.- 
rem  venerant. 

5.  With  the  legion,  which  he  had  with  him,  and  the  soldiers,  who 
had  assembled,  legione,  quam  secum  habebat,  militibusque,  qui 
convengrant. 

6.  Glory,  which  is  the  fruit  of  valor,  gloria,  qui  est  fructus 
virtutis. 

7.  Let  them  be  separated  from  us  by  a  wall,  which  I  have  often 
said,  muro,  id^  quod  saepe  dixi,  discernantur  a  nobis. 

8.  Towns  and  villages,  which  they  had  burned,  oppida  vicosque, 
quos  incendgrant. 

9.  That  part,  which  had  brought  disaster,  suffered  punishment, 
quae  pars  calamitatem  intulgrat,  ea  poenas  persolvit. 

VOCABULARY    I. 

across,  trans,  prep.  w.  ace.  into,  in,  on,  in,  prep.  w.  ace.  aft. 
always,  semper,  adv.  verbs  of  motion;   w.   abl.   aft. 

ambassador,  envoy,  legatus,  i,  m.  verbs  of  rest. 

and,  et,  que,  ao  or  atque.^  river,  flumen,  fluminis,  n. 

capital,  caput,  capitis,  n.  see,  video,  ere,  vidi,  visum, 

come,  venio,  ire,  veni,  ventum.  send,  mitto,  Sre,  misi,  missuni 

desire,  wish,  volo,  velle,  volui.  soldier,  miles,  militis,  m. 

elect,  creo,  are,  avi,  atum.  through,  per,  prep.  w.  ace. 

flow  into,  influo,  Sre,  fluxi,  flux-  to,  towards,  ad,  prep.  w.  ace. 

um.  with,  cum,  pre}^.  w.  abl. 


LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION.  5 

EXERCISE   I. 

1.  Caesar 3  sent  soldiers  into  the  city  of  Eome.^  2.  Sol- 
diers came  into  the  city  of  Kome  to*  Quintus  Metellus,  the 
praetor,  /i.  Caesar  when  he  was  a  boy  came  to  Quintus 
Metellus,  the  praetor.  M.  Caesar  and  Cicero  were  elected 
consuls.  ^5.  Metellus  had  come  as  an  ambassador  to  Cae- 
sar. )^  The  Gauls  came  as  ambassadors  through  the  cities 
of  Eome  and  Lavinium.  J^.  The  Moselle  is  a  river  which 
flows  into 5  the  Ehine.  l8.  Metellus,  whom  we  saw  when 
boys,  will  be  elected  c6nsul.  3«^icero  was  elected  con- 
sul, which  6  he  had  always  desired.  >f  0.  Caesar  will  send 
across  the  Ehine  the  soldiers  who  have  come  as  ambassa- 
dors^ ft*  Caesar  sent  that  legion,  which ^  he  had  with  him, 
across  the  river  Ehine.  H2.  Metellus  sent  those  soldiers, 
whom  he  had  with  him,  into  the  city  of  Eome.  ^'IS.  He 
sent  soldiers  into  the  city  of  Eome,  which  ^  is  the  capital 
of  Italy.  yCxM^  "^  AAc2>^- 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  id  is  an  appositive  with  the  clause  muro  discernantur  a  nobis  and 
antecedent  of  quod. 

2  "What  difference  in  the  use  of  et,  que,  ac  or  atque  1  See  A.  &  G. 
156,  a:  A.  &  S.  562  (l)-(3)  :  B.  330  a:  G.  477-479  :  H.  554,  2,  3. 

^  "Words  not  given  in  the  special  vocabularies  may  be  found  in  the 
General  Vocabulary.  In  rendering  the  Exercises  into  Latin,  imitate  care- 
fully the  Examples. 

*  To  following  a  verb  of  motion  and  preceding  the  name  of  a  person  must 
be  rendered  by  the  preposition  ad. 

^  Into ;  although  influere  may  have  a  direct  object,  Caesar  repeats  the 
preposition  in. 

^  Which  ;  what  is  its  antecedent  ? 

■^  Make  the  relative  clause  emphatic  by  placing  it  first  and  the  antecedent 
noun  in  it :  see  Example  9. 

^  Which  ;  see  Example  6. 


6  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

LESSON    II. 

AGREEMENT   (contmued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Finite  Verb.  A.  &  G.  205,  a-d:  A.  &  S.  316;  319-322  : 
B.  287  Rule  LV.  a,  h:  B.  &  M.  634  ;  643  ;  644  ;  646  :  G.  281,  Ex- 
ception 1  ;  283,  Rem.  1,  2  :  H.  463,  I.,  II.,  1-4. 

4,  5.  Adjective.  A.  &  G.  186,  a-d:  A.  &  S.  332-335  :  B.  265, 
Rule  LL:  B.  &  M.  650-652  :  G.  285-288  :  H.  438,  1;  439. 

6-8.  Adjective  tvitJi  Nouns  of  Different  Genders*  A.  &  G. 
187,  a  1,  6  .•  A.  &  S.  335-337  :  B.  268  Rule  LIL,  a,  c .-  B.  &  M.  653 ; 
654  :  G.  282  :  H.  439  1-3. 

9.  Adjectives  as  Nouns.  A.  &  G.  188,  h,  c:  A.  &  S.  438  1-3  : 
B.  269,  a,  h :  B.  &  M.  658  :  G.  195  Rem.  1-4:  H.  441,  1-2. 

10-12.  Adjectives  tvith  the  force  of  Adverbs,  A.  &  G. 
191  :  A.  &  S.  557  h :  B.  270  6  ;  271  :  B.  &  M.  663  :  G.  324  Rem.  6  : 
H.  443. 

13.  Adjectives  designating  a  Certain  Part.  A.  &  G.  193  : 
A.  &  S.  442  ;  B.  274 :  B.  &  M.  662  :  G.  287  Remark  :  H.  440 
Notes  1,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  You  and  I  did  this,  haec  ego  et  tvi  fecimus. 

2.  Neither  agriculture  nor  the  practice  of  war  is  interrupted,  neque 
agricultura  nee  usus  belli  intermittitur. 

3.  A  daughter  and  one  of  the  sons  luere  taken,  filia  atque  unus  e 
filiis  captus  est} 

4.  Genuine  friendships  are  everlasting,  verae^  amicitiae  sunt  sempi- 
ternae? 

5.  It  is  perilous  to  cross,  transire  periculosum  est. 

6.  All  lands  and  seas,  omnes  agri  et  maria,  or  agri  et  maria 
omnia. 

7.  Father  and  mother  are  dead,  pater  et  mater  mortui  sunt. 

8.  Labor  and  pleasure  are  ver'f  unlike,  labor  voluptasque  dissi- 
milltrrm. 

9.  The  brave,  fortes;  the  fair,  pulchrae;  into  winter-quarters, 
in  hiberna. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  7 

10.  Caesar  was  the  first  to  send,  or  Caesar  was  the  first  who  sent, 
Caesar  primus*  misit. 

11.  They  came  unwillingly,  or  they  were  unwilling  to  come,  invUi 
venerunt. 

12.  They  assembled  in  very  great  numlers,  frequentiss'imi  convene- 
runt. 

13.  On  the  top  of  the  hill,  in  summo  coUe ;  into  the  middle  of 
the  city,  in  mediam  urbem. 

VOCABULARY   2. 

alone,  solus,  a  um.  middle,   middle  of,    medius,   a, 

cross,  transeo,  ire,  ii,  itum.  um. 

form,    draw    up,    instruo,    6re,  neither  .  .  .  nor,   neque  .  .  .  ne- 

struxi,  structum.  que ;  nee  .  .  .  nee. 

frequent,  frequens,  gen.  frequen-  out  of,  ex,  prep.  w.  abl. 

tis;  see  Ex.  12.  top  of,  summus,  a,  um. 

glad,  laetus,  a,  um.  unwilling,  in  Vitus,  a,  um. 

^^  last,  last  part  of,  extremus,  a,  um.  winter-quarters,  hiberna,  orum 

P^^^eantime,  in  the  meantime,  in-  n.  pL;  properly  an  adj.  w.  cas-  ^ 

\          tSrim,  adv.  tra  understood.                            /( 
\\                                                                                                                            ^ 

*1              V                                               EXERCISE   2.  \y 

J  yr^oVi^  and  Metellus  came  unwillingly.  ^2.  Caesar  and 
I^  were  glad  to  come.  ,  VST  Neither  the  consul  nor  th^  prae- 
tor will  lead  (his^)  soldiers  across  the   Moselle.^4.  The 

^    consul  and  the  praetor  sent^  soldiers  into  the  city  of  Kome. 

y^.  This  boy  and  girl  are  attentive  and  industrious.  ^^.  It 

^■t  is  perilous  for  the  Germans^  to  cross  the  river  Ehine  and 
come   into   France.    jJ^The   brave   and  the  fair  come  in 
very^  great  numbers  to  America.^    ^Caesar  was  frequently    \\\ 
in  Gaul.  -w. .  The  Sequani  came  alone  into  the  middle  of         >j 
the  city.    "lO.  Caesar  will  be  unwilling  to  send  the  envoy 
into  the  middle  of  the  city.    11.  The  consul  led  his  sol-  "^ 
diers  out  of  camp  in  the  last  part  of  winter.^^  ^12.  Caesar 
was   the,  first   to   lead  Roman'^^  soldiers   across  the  river 
Ehine.  ^t^.  On  the  top  of  a  hill  the  consul  formed  a  triple 
line  of  the  legions,  which  he  had  enlisted  in  GauL  .^ 


8  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


>^ 


Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Captus  est  agrees  with  unus  and  is  understood  mth  filia. 

'^  Which  is  an  attributive  and  which  a  predicate  adjective  ? 

8  Very  unlike ;  the  positive  with  very  is  often  rendered  into  Latin  by  the 
superlative  ;  valde  {very)  dissimilia  would  be  more  emphatic. 

*  The  adverb,  primum,  would  imply  that  Caesar  first  performed  the  act 
of  sending  and  afterwards  some  other  act. 

^  In  Latin  the  first  person  stands  before  the  second  ;  the  second  before 
the  third  :   e.  g.  ego  et  tu ;  tu  et  Caesar. 

^  Words  enclosed  in  parentheses  are  to  be  omitted  in  translation. 

7  Sent ;  See  Example  3  and  Note  1. 

8  For  the  Oermans  ;  render  by  the  Accusative. 

9  To  America  ;  translate  with  in  and  the  A  ccusative. 

I''  In  the  last  part  of  winter ;  Is  a  preposition  necessary  in  the  Latin 
equivalent  ?    What  use  of  the  Ablative  ? 

11  The  adjective,  Komanus,  should  always  follow  its  noun. 
^  See  Ref.  1-3. 


LESSON    III. 

USE    OF    PRONOUNS. 

REFERENCES. 

1.  2.  Personal,  K.  &  G.  194,  a-c ;  A.  &  S.  316  a;  page  77 
foot-note  :  B.  279  :  B.  &  M.  1013 ;  1016  :  G.  198  ;  362  Remark  : 
H.  446,  Notes  1-3. 

3-7.  Possessive.  A.  &  G.  197,  a,  1,  2,  c-e :  A.  &  S.  186  (1), 
(2)  ;  332 ;  444 :  B.  173,  a,  Rem.  1,  2  :  B.  &  M.  1027  :  G.  299  :  H. 
447  ;  -363,  4,  1). 

8-12.  Reflexive  {Reflective),  A.  &  G.  196,  a  1,  2,  /;  A.  &  S. 
445  (1),  a,  (2),  a;  447,  a;  449  (1),  a:  B.  280  Rule  LIV.,  Rem.  1,  2  : 
B.  &  M.  1018-1020  ;  1024 :  G.  294  ;  295  :  H.  448,  Note  ;  449,  1,  4. 

EXAMPLES. 

'     1.  I  am  consul,  ego  sum  consuL 

2.  Who  of  US'?     Quis  nostrum  '? 

3.  Caesar  led  out  his  troops,  Caesar  copias  suas  eduxit. 

4.  Gaul  is  my  province,  provincia  mea  est  Gallia. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  9 

5.  Ariovistus  led  his  troops  across  the  Rhone,  Ariovistus  copias 
trans  RhodSnum  duxit. 

6.  The  Gauls  made  an  attack  on  our  men,  Galli  in  nostras  im- 
pgtum  fecerunt, 

\   f.    Their  own  province,  sua  ipsorum  provincia. 
W^^^j!^,..  They  surrendered  themselves  and  their  possessions  to   Caesar, 
se  suaque  Caesari  dediderunt. 

9.  The  king  demanded  that  Caesar  send  an  envoy  to  him,  rex 
postulavit  ut  Caesar  legatum  ad  se  mittgret. 

10.  Our  soldiers  having  encouraged  one  another,  nostri   cohor- 
tati  inter  se. 

11.  All  di^er  from  one  another,  omnea  inter  se  diSeiunt. 

12.  They  give  hostages  to  one  another,  obsides  inter  sese  dant. 

VOCABULARY    3. 

musing,  delectans,  antis.  from,  out  of,  e,  ex ;  from,   from 

ttack,  impStus,  us,  m.  near,  a,  ab ;  prepositions  w.  ahU 

etake  one's  self,  se  conferre ;  lead  out,  educo,  6re,  duxi,  duc- 

confgro,     conferre,    contiili,  turn. 

collatum.  march,  iter,  itingris,  n. ;  to  march, 

bring  on,  infero,  inferre,  intiili,  iterfacSre;  facio,  facSre,  feci, 

iliatum.  factum. 

chief,    leading,    princeps,    ipis,  on,  upon,   in ;    see   Vy.    1   under 

adj.  into, 

encourage,  cohortor,    ari,   atus  parts,  from  all  parts,   undique, 

sum.  adv. 

entrust,    commendo,    are,   avi,  state,  civitas,  atis,  /. 

5tum.  surrender,  dedo,  6re,  dedidi,  de- 
fire,  set  fire  to,  burn,   incendo,  ditum.                                               \y 
gre,  cendi,  censum.  vigorously,  acriter,  adv.  ,            ^^ 

\y  EXERCISE   3. 

1.  You  are  that  consul  who  was  the  first  ^  to  lead  Eoman 
soldiers  across  the  river  Moselle.  }Q^  Who  of  you^  has  sent 
envoys  to  the  king  ?  3/ We  shall  lead  out  ourtroops  from 
camp  and  make  an  attack  on  the  enemy.  ^The  Gauls 
have  betaken  themselves  into  their  own^  province.  'B.  The 
enemy  will  betake  themselves  to  their  (friends)  and  make 


10  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

an  attack  on  our  (men).  6.  I  shall  surrender  myself  and 
all  my  (possessions)  to  Caesar.  ^  The  king  demanded  that 
we  send*  you  to  him  as  an  envoy>  8.  The  soldiers  are  very 
unwilling   to   go   through  the  middle  of  their  own  city. 

9.  In  the  last  part  of  your  book  is  a  very  amusing  story. 

10.  All    these    nations    gave    hostages    to    one    another. 

11.  Our  so]4iers  are  crossing  -the  Ehine,  which^  is  very 
perilous.  A2.  We  shall  march  intone  towns  and  villages 
which  the  enemy  have  set  fire  to.  ^13.  The  enemy  came 
in  verv  great  numbers  and  occupied  the  top  of  the  moun- 
tain. yi4.  The  chief  (men)  will  assemble  from  all  parts 
and  entrust  themselves  and  their  states  to  Caesar^)A5.  Our 
(soldiers),  having  encouraged  one  another,  made  a  vigorous 
attack^  on  the  Gauls.  ^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^  first ;  what  would  qui  primum  duxisti  imply  ?  See  Ln,  IL,  Note  4. 
2  of  you  ;  which  form  of  the  Genitive  plural  of  personal  pronouns  is  used 
partitively  ?    See  A.  &  G.  99  5  ;  A.  &  S.  page  77  foot-note  :  B.  227  Note  : 
I      «.B.  &  M.  773  last  part:  G.  99  Rem.  1  :  H.  446  Note  3. 
l^ik^  8  own  ;  See  Example  7. 

*  that  we  send  ;  See  Example  9. 

^  which ;  what  is  its  antecedent  and  gender?  See   Ln.  I.,  Eef.  5-8, 
and  Ex.  7. 

®  mude  a  vigorous  attack ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  made  an  attach  vigor- 


LESSON   IV. 

USE    OF  PRONOUNS   {Continued). 

1-8.  Demonstrative.  A.  &  G.  195,  e,  /;  A.  &  S.  181  (l)-(4)  ; 
447;  448  (1),  a,  {2)  ;  450  (1),  (2):  B.  281-285:  B.  &  M.  1028; 
1029 ;  1032 ;  1034  ;  1035  ;  1039  :  G.  290-293  ;  296-298  :  H.  450, 
1,  2  ;  451,  3  ;  452,  1,  2. 

9-13.   Indefinite.     A.  &  G.  202,  a-c ;  203,  a-c :  A.  &  S.  454- 


i- 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  11 

460  :  B.  173  e,  1,  3,  6,/;  B.  &  M.  1047-1049  :  G.  300-306  :  H.  455- 
458  ;  459. 

14,  15.     Relative,     A.  &  G.  201  e,  g:  A.&  S.  451  :  B.  286  h: 
B.  &  M.  701  :  H.  453. 

>*^  EXAMPLES. 

>l/They  hastened  to  that  place,  ad  eum  locum  contenderunt. 

2.  They  send  envoys  to  him,  legates  ad  eum  mittunt. 

3.  Caesar  grasps  his  right  hand,  Caesar  ejus  dextram  prendit. 

4.  They  perform  the  sam£  (act),  idem  faciunt. 

5.  You  also,  or  likewise,  said,  vos  iidem  dixistis. 

6.  Caesar  himself  hastened  to  them,  Caesar  ipse  ad   eos   con- 
tendit. 

7.  You  surrendered  yourself,  tu  te  ipse  dedidisti. 

8.  They  were  lighting  on  the  very  banks,  in  ipsis  ripis  proelia- 
bantur. 

9.  Without  any  danger,  sine  ullo  periculo. 

10.  He  asked  that  Caesar  send  some  one,  rogavit  ut  Caesar  ali- 
quem  mittSret. 

11.  If  any  wars  should  occur,  si  qua  bella  incidgrint. 

12.  One  man  from  one  ship,  another  from  another,   alius   alia 
ex  nave. 

13.  They  were  carried,  some  in  one  direction,  some  in  another,  alii 
aliam  in  partem  ferebantur. 

14.  When  these  had  betaken  themselves  into  the  town,  qui  cum  se 
in  oppidum  contul6rant. 

15.  They  killed  a  multitude  as  great  as  was  the  length  of  the  day, 
tantam  multitudinem  interfecerunt,  quantum  fuit  die!  spatium. 

VOCABULARY  4. 

any,  any  one,  anybody,  anything,  hasten,   contendo,    Sre,    tendi, 

aliquis ;  aft.  si,  nisi,  ne,or  num,  tentum. 

quis ;  see  gram,  for  declension.  party,  the  one  party  ...  the  other, 

as  much  ...  as,  as  great ...  as,  tan-  altSri  .  .  .  alteri. 

tus,  a,  um . . .  quantus,  a,  um.  reach,  capio,  capgre,  cepi,  cap- 
as  soon  as,  simul  atque.*  tum. 

at  once,  statim,  adv.  rescue,   eripio,   eripgre,   eripui, 

direction,  pars,  partis,/.  ereptum. 

grasp,  prehendo  (prendo),  ^re,  right    hand,   dextra,    ae,  /.,  sc. 

prehendi,  prehensum-  manus. 


12  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

save,  servo,  are,  avi,  atum.  some  .  .  .  others,  alii  .  .  .  alii. 

singuLarly,  egregie,  adv.  time,  at  one  and  the  same  time, 

some,  somebody,  some  one,  some-        simul,  adv. 

thing,   aliquis;    quidam;    see  withdraw,  se  recipSre ;  recipio, 
gram,  for  deck  recipere,  recepi,  receptum. 

>^^  EXERCISE  4. 

-"\  li  These  went^  unwillingly,  but  those  were  very  glad  to 
go.^  2.  By  means  of  ^  these  (men)  he  will  rescue  himself 
and  save  his  country.  ^  We  shall  hasten  to  them  our- 
selves and  likewise  demand  hostages.  *^They  betook 
themselves  to  Metellus,  governor  of  Africa,  and  also*  son- 
in-law  of  a  king.  jS/We  also*  sent  envoys  to  him^  and 
betook  ourselves  into  a  town  singularly  fortified  by  nature. 
^  We  can  not  cross  this  river  without  some  danger. 
T^^^e  grasped  their  right  hands  and  Marcus  did  the  same. 
S.'Hye  shall  send  soldiers  into  their  very^  cities,  if  they 
carry  on^  any  war  with  us.^  \9.  Our  army  occupied  as 
much  of  their  city  as  it  was  able  to  occupy.  I  10.  Some  of 
the  Gauls,  as  soon  as  they  reached  the  top  of  the  hill,  be- 
gan at  once  to  fortify  their ^  camp.  '^^1.  Some  befc9Qk  them- 
selves into  cities,  others  into  forests  and  swamps/'*^12.  The 
one  party  will  withdraw  upon  a  mountain,  the.oj^er  will 
betake  themselves  to  their  baggage  and  carts./  13.  One 
man  came  from  one  city,  another  from  another.  ^«14.  At 
one  and  the  same  time,  the  shouts  of  those  who  were  com- 
ing with  the  horses  were  heard,  and  we  were  sent,  some  in 
one  direction  and  some  in  another. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Also  written  simulatque,  simul  ac,  and  simulac. 

2  Write  the  verb  but  once,  and  at  the  end  of  the  entire  sentence. 
^  By  meaifis  of;  per  with  Accusative. 

*  Also;  see  Ex.  .5.  ^  to;  see  Ln.  I,  Note  4. 

^  Very ;  w^hen  used  to  emphasize  a  noun,  very  should  be  rendered  by 
the  proper  form  of  ipse :    see  Ex.  8.  ' 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  13 

7.  Carry  on;  render  by  the  future. 

8.  With  us;  what  is  the  position  of  cum  when  used  with  a  personal  or 
relative  pronoun  ?  See  A.  &  G.  99  e ;  104  e :  A.  &,  S.  431  e :  B.  334  d: 
B.  &  M.  986  :  G.  414  Rem.  1 :  H.  184  6  ;  187  2. 

9.   Their;  how  should  it  be  rendered  ?    See  Ln.  III.,  Ref.  8-12. 


jXKc 


LESSON   V. 

COMMANDS  AND  EXHORTATIONS:    PROHIBITIONS:  WISHES: 
VOCATIVE. 

REFERENCES. 
1,  2.    Use  of  the  Imperative.     A  &  G.  269:  A.  &  S.  527,  a: 
B.  312  Rule  LXXI.  :  B.  &  M.  1110  :  G.  259-261  ;  263  :  H.  487. 
3,  4.   Subjunctive  in  Commands  and  Exhortations,    A.  & 

G.  266  :  A.  &  S.  472  :  B.  309,  h,  d.  Rule  LXVIII,  :  B.  &  M.  1197  ; 
1198  :  G.  256,  1-3  :  H.  483,  3  ;  484,  II.,  IV. 

5-7.  Hotv  to  express  a  Prohibition.  A.  &  G.  269  a :  A.  & 
S.  529  :  B.  309  c;  313  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  1113  ;  1114  :  G.  264  II.  ; 
266  :  H.  488  ;  489,  l)-3). 

8,  9.  How  to  express  a  Wish,  A.  &  G.  267,  h:  A.  &  S.  473, 
a,  b:  B.  309  a,  Rule  LXVIII.  :  B.  &  M.  1193-1196  :  G.  253;  254  : 
H.  483,  2  ;  484,  I. 

lO.  Use  of  the  Vocative,  A.  &  G.  241,  a:  A.  &  S.  402  :  B. 
210  Rule  VI.  :  B.  &  M.  974  :  G.  194  Rem.  3 :  H.  369. 

EXAMPLES. 
/y   1.    Leap  down,  soldiers,  desilite,  milites. 

2.  Lead  out  your  (associates) ;  purify  the  city,  educ  tuos  ;  purga 
urbem. 

3.  Let  us  not  go,  ne  eamus. 

4.  Let  them  either  go  out  or  keep  quiet,  aut  exeant  aut  quies- 
cant. 

5.  Do  not  hesitate,  noli  dubitare,  nolite  dubitare. 

6.  Do  not  do  this,  you  shall  not  do  this,  hoc  ne  fecSris. 

7.  Do  not  pardon,  cave  ignoscas. 


/: 


14  LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

8.  Would  that  he  had  led  out  his  forces  !  utinam  copias  suas 
eduxisset ! 

9.  0  that  I  were  not  living  !  utinam  ne  vivSrem ! 

10.    May  my  fellow-citizens  be  prosperous !  sint  florentes  cives 
mei! 

VOCABULARY    5 

advance,  progredior    progredi,  happy,  beatus,  a,  um. 

progressus  sum.  hesitate,  dubito,  are,  avi,  atum. 

assemble,   convenio,   ire,   veni,  lead  out,  educo,  ere,  duxi,  duc- 

ventum.  tum. 

as  soon  as  possible,   quam  pri-  prosperous,  florens,  gen.  floren- 

mum,  adv.  tis,  adj. 

begin  a  battle,  proelium   com-  put  to  flight,  in  fugam  do,  dSre 

mitto,  ere,  misi,  missum.  dgdi,  datum, 

break    up  camp,  castra  moveo,  right,  dexter,  dextra,  dextrum 

ere,  movi,  motum.  take,    capture,     capio,     capere, 

face  about,   wheel  about,   signa  cepi,  captum. 

convert©,  §re,  verti,  versum.  wing,  cornu,  us  w. ;  on  the  right 

flee,  fugio,  fugSre,  fugi,  fugitum  ;  wing,  a  dextro  cornu. 

terga  verto,  ere,  verti,  ver- 
sum. 

EXERCISE  5. 

'''^1.  Lead  out  all  your  troops  as  soon  as  possible,  gen- 
eral,^ and  take  the  enemy's  camp.  2.  Soldiers,  break 
up  camp  as  soon  as  possible  and  advance  into  the  enemy's 
country.  3.  Wheel  about ;  attack  the  English ;  put  them 
to  flight.  4.  Let  us  likewise  face  about  as  soon  as  possible 
and  make  an  attack  on  the  French.  5.  Let  us  not^  assem- 
ble in  very  great  numbers,^  but  let  us  flee,  some  in  one 
direction  and  some  in  another>(  6.  Let  the  boys  and  girls 
be  both  attentive  and  industrious.  ^7.  Do  not  hesitate, 
soldiers,  to  march  through  the  very  territory  of  the  Gauls. 
8ri)o  not  begin  the  battle  on  the  right  wing,  but  with- 
draw at  once  upon  this  mountain.  •^.  You  shall*  not  march 
through  our  territory.     10.  May  you  and  all  your  friends 


LATIN    PROSE  COMPOSITION.  15 

be  happy  and  prosperous  IMfll.  Would  that  our  soldiers 
had  not  fled  !  would  that  they  w^re  advancing  into  the 
very  territory  of  the  enemy  !^  ^.  0  that  our  men  had 
broken  up  camp  !  O  that  they  were  beginning  battle  on  the 
left  wing !  ^13.  Let  us  not-surrender  ourselves  and  all  our 
possessions^  to  Caesar.  l4.  Do  not  surrender  yourselves 
and  all  your  possessions  to  Metellus,  the  consul.  15.  O 
that  some  of  the  Gauls  would  surrender  themselves  and  all 
their  possessions  to  me  !^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  In  Latin  prose  the  Vocative  usually  stands  after  one  or  more  words 
of  its  sentence. 

2  Not ;  in  negative  sentences  expressing  an  exhortation  or  a  wish,  ne  is 
generally  used  ;  see  Examples  3  and  9. 

8  Very  great  numbers;  see  Ln.  II.,  Ref.  10-12  and  Note  3. 

*  Shall  not  march  ;  see  Ex.  6, 

s  What  kind  of  a  wish  is  expressed  by  this  sentence  ? 

6  Possessions ;  is  it  necessary  to  translate  this  word  ? 


LESSON    VI. 
TENSES   OF   THE   INDICATIVE. 

REFERENCES. 

1.  Historical  Present.     A.  &  G.  276  d:  A.  &  S.  466:  B.  58: 
B.  &  M.  1082:  G.  220  :  H.  467  III. 

2.  Present  with  dum,  while.     A.  &  G.  276  6!;  A.  &  S.  468  : 
G.  220  Remark  :  H.  467  4. 

3.  Present  with  jam,  jam  diu,  jam  dudum,  jam  pridem. 

A.  &  G.  276  a:  A.  &  S.  467  :   B.  58:   B.  &  M.  1083  :  G.  221  :   H. 
467  2. 

4-6.  Imperfect,     A.  &  G.  277,  a,  c:  A.  &  S.  461 ;  464  :  B.  59  ; 

B.  &  M.  1087-1089  :  G.  222-224  :  H.  469  I.,  II. 


16  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

7.  Future.  A.  &  G.  278,  6 ;  A.  &  S.  461  :  B.  56  a:  B.  &  M, 
1090  :  G.  234,  Rem.  1  :  H.  470,  1. 

8,9.  Perfect,  A.  &  G.  279,  a,  e :  A.  &  S.  462  (1)  :  B.  60 : 
B.  &  M.  1092  ;  1093  ;  1095  :  G.  226-228,  Rem.  1  ;  231  ;  232  :  H. 
471,  L,  II.,  1,  3. 

10.  Pluperfect.  A.  &  G.  280  :  A.  &  S.  462  (2):  B.  56  b: 
B.  &  M.  1096  :  G.  233,  Rem.  1  :  H.  472. 

11.  Future  Perfect.  A.  &  G.  281,  Remark  :  A.  &  S.  462  (3)  ; 
B.  56  b:  B.  &  M.  1098  :  G.  236,  Rem.  2,  3  :  H.  473,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  They  send  envoys  to  Caesar  with  respect  to  a  surrender,  legS- 
tos  ad  Caes^em  de  deditione  mittunt. 

2.  While  he  was  delaying,  fear  seized  the  army,  dum  mordtur, 
timor  exercitum  occupavit. 

3.  We  have  been  living  now  a  long  time  in  the  midst  of  these 
perils,  jam  diu  in  his  perictLlis  versSmur. 

4.  The  shouting  of  those,  who  were  coming,  was  arising,  eorum, 
qui  veniebant,  clamor  oriebatur. 

5.  They  kept  Tnaking  sallies  from  the  town,  ex  oppido  excur- 
Biones  faciebant. 

6.  They  were  wont  to  talk  {used  to  talk)  more  fearlessly  than  they 
fought,  fortius  loquebantur  quam  pugnabant. 

7.  If  they  are  willing  to  hasten,  they  will  overtake  (him),  si  ac- 
celerare  volent,  consequentur. 

8.  The  enemy  Jled,  hostes  terga  verterunt. 

9.  He  remembers  all,  omnia  meminit;  men  hated  him,  eum 
odgraut  viri. 

10.  Who  had  come  as  envoys  to  Caesar,  qui  legati  ad  Caesarem 
venerant 

11.  When  you  are  reading  this,  perhaps  I  shall  have  met  him,  cum 
tu  haec  leges,  ego  ilium  fortasse  convenSro. 

VOCABULARY    6. 
because,  quod,  conj.  for  the  sake   of,  causa:   abl.   of 

commend,      laudo,   .  are,      avi,         cause;  must  follow  its  limiting  gen. 

atum.  sally,  excursio,  onis,  /. 

delay,  moror,  ari,  atus  sum.  scatter,  rout,  fugo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

devastate,  vasto,  are,  avi,  atum.     supplies,  commeatus,  us,  m. 


oJJb  p^  ^A?^^^ 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  17 

surrender,  deditio,  onis,  /.  when,  cum  (quum),  conj. 

take  part,  versor,  ari,  atus  sum.  while,  dum,  con^. 

time,  now  a  long  time,  for  a  long  winter,   pass  the  winter,  higmo, 

time,  jam  diu,  jam  dudum.  are,  avi,  atum. 

to-day,  hodie,  adv.  with    respect    to,    de,   p-ef.    w. 

vicinity,   in  the  vicinity  of,  ad,  abl. 

prep.  w.  ace. 

EXERCISE   6. 

>\l.  The  king  pitches  a  camp  and  sends  envoys  to  the 
consul  with  respect  to  a  surrender.  2.  While  the  general 
was  forming^  a  triple  line  of  battle  on  the  top  of  the  hill, 
the  enemy  made  an  attack  on  him.  ,.\3.  The  governor  has 
been  delaying  ^  now  a  long  time  in  the  vicinity  of  this  city 
for  the  sake  of ^  supplies.  4.  The  Gauls  were  devastating 
the  territory  through  which  they  had  comeJ(  o.  The  Ger- 
mans used  to  cross  the  river  Ehine  with*  rafts  and  boats, 
of  The  French  kept  makinoj  sallies  from  the  town  and 
attacks  on  the  Germans,  w.  The  enemy  had  now  for  a 
long  time  been  making^  sallies  from  the  town  of  Geneva. 
8f^f  our  men  make^  a  sally  from  the  town  to-day,  they 
will  take  the  enemy's  camp.  -^9.  "We  likewise  were  wont 
to  make  sallies  from  the  city  and  take  part  with  our 
friends  in  battles.  /iO.  Caesar  marched  through  the  terri- 
tory of  the  Gauls,  who  at  once  surrendered  themselves  and 
all  their  possessions  to  him.^  ^1.  Caesar  remembered  all 
that  he  had  ever''  seen.  ^12.  While  our  general  was  delay- 
ing in  those  places  for  the  sake  of  supplies,  ambassadors 
from  a  large  part  of  Gaul  came  to  him^  w^th  respect  to 
peace.  y/l3.  He  commended  the  legions,  which  were  win- 
tering in  the  neighborhood  of  Geneva,  because  they  had 
been  the  first  to  march  into  the  enemy's  country. 
yl4.  When  you  and  I  lead^  our  troops  across  the  river 
Ehine,  we  shall  scatter  the  Germans,  some  in  one  direction 
and  some  in  another. 


18 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


Notes  and  Quesfions. 

1  was  forming ;   see  Eef.  2  and  Ex.  2. 

2  has  been  delaying;  see  Ref.  3  and  Ex.  3. 

^for  the  sake  of;  what  must  be  the  position  of  causa  ?    see  Vy. 

*  with  rafts;  should  a  preposition  be  used  in  the  Latin  equivalent  ? 

^  had  been  making;  with  jam  diu,  etc.,  the  Latin  employs  the  imperfect 
where  the  English  uses  the  progressive  pluperfect. 

^  make;  what  tense  must  be  used  ?    See  Ref.  7  and  its  Ex. 

■^  ever,  in  the  sense  of  at  any  tiiiu,  must  be  rendered  by  umquam ;  in 
the  sense  of  always,  by  semper. 

8  to  him;  how  should  to  him  be  rendered  in  Sentence  10  and  how  in 
Sentence  12  ?    Why  ? 

*  lead;  with  what  tense  should  lead  be  rendered  and  why?    See  Ref.  11. 


LESSON    VII. 
SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES. —FINAL  CLAUSES. 

REFERENCES. 

1-7.  Sequence  of  Tenses,  A.  &  G.  283-286  :  A.  &  S.  524; 
625  ;  526,  a:  B.  61  ;  311  Kule  LXX. :  B.  &  M.  1163,  I.,  II. ;  1164  : 
G.  216 ;  510  :  H.  490 ;  491  ;  492,  1,2;  493,  1,  2. 

8,9.  Exceptions,  A.  &  G.  287,  a,e:  A.  &  S.  524  a;  311  g. 
Rem.  2  :  B.  &  M.  1167  ;  1171  :  G.  511  Rem.  1,  2  :  H.  495,  I.-IV. 

lO,  11.     Adverbial  use  of  Final  Clauses.^     A.  &  G.  317,  h  : 

A.  &  S.  482  (1),  (3),  a,  h:  B.  298,  a,  1,  Remark,  2  ;  Rule  LXI.  : 

B.  &  M.  1205;  1207,  (a.);  1210:  G.  543;  544,  L;  545,  1-3:  H. 
497,  II.,  1,  2. 

12,  13.  Adjective  use  of  Final  Clauses.  A.  &  G.  317  2  : 
A.  &  S.  482  (2)  :  B.  299  ;  B.  &  M.  1207,  (6.)  ;  1212  :  G.  632:  H. 
497,  I. 


"A 


EXAMPLES. 


1.  He  stays 

2.  He  will  stay  i 

3.  He  has  staid  f  to  know,  so  as 

4.  He  will  have  staid  J  to  know. 


^  that  he  may  know,     rem  Sue  t 
to  know,  in  order 


remanebit 

remansit 

remansSrit 


ut  sciat. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  19 

5.  He  was  staying  1  that  he  might  know,     remanSbat  1 

6.  He  staid  I  to  know,  in  order  remansit      }-utsciret. 

7.  He  had  staid     J  to  know,  so  as  to  know;  remanserat  j 

8.  I  have  been  waiting  that  you  might  see,  exspectavi  ut  vide- 
retis. 

9.  He   persuades  Dumnorix  to  attempt  the   same,   Dumnorigi, 
ut  idem  conaretur,  persuadet. 

10.  He  strengthens  the  forts  that  he  may  he  able  more  easily  to  pre- 
vent, castella  communit,  quo  facilius  prohibere  possit. 

11.  He  stopped  that  he  might  not  lose  time  {so  as  not  to  lose  time), 
constitit  ne  tempus  dimitteret. 

12.  He  sends  forward  scouts  to  select  (who  are  to  select)  a  place,  ex- 
ploratores  praemittit  qui  locum  deligant. 

13.  He  sent  forward  the  cavalry  to  delay  {which  was  to  delay)  the 
army,  equitatum,  qui  agmen  moraretur,  praemisit. 


/ 


VOCABULARY    7. 

auxiliaries,  auxilia,  orum,  n.  pi.  fear,  timor,  oris,  m. 

avoid,  vito,  are,  avi,  atum.  force,  band,  body,  manus,  us,  /. 

bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m.  «  fort,  castellum,  i,  n. 

cavalry,  equitatus,  us,  m.  infantry,  pedites,  um,  m.  pi. 

confer,     coll6quor,    i,    locutus  nation,  natio,  onis,  /. 

sum.  send    forward,    praemitto,    gre, 
cut  down,  interscindo,  Sre,  soldi,        misi,  missum. 

scissum.  storm,  expugno,  are,  avi,  atum. 

easily,  facile,  adv.  suspicion,  suspicio,  onis,  /. 

excuse,  excuse,  are,  avi,  atum.  terrify,  perterreo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

.       .  EXERCISE  7. 

^  1.  Crassus  and  Metellus  go  into  Italy  that  they  may  be 
elected^  consuls.  2.  The  cavalry  delay  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  enemy's  camp  so  as  to  avoid  ^  the  suspicion  of  fearj^ 
/o.  The  infantry  had  delayed  in  the  vicinity  of  the  city  in 
order  to  avoid  the  suspicion  of  fear^j^.  The  consul  was 
leading  a  large  force  of  cavalry^  through  the  territory  of 
the  Allobroges,  that  he  might  terrify  them.  )^.  Metellus  / 
sent  forward  his  cavalry,  which  \Yas  to  terrify  the  Gauls.  / 


^ 


20  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

6.  These  had  delayed,  that  they  might  avoid  the  suspicion 
'of  fear.  >^.  We  have  been  storming  the  city  that  the 
enemy  might  not**^  make  a  sally  from  it.*  VS.  Ariovistus 
sends  forward  his  infantry  with  all  his  cavalry,  which 
forces  are  to  terrify  our  men.  9.  The  Gauls  sent  ambas- 
sadors to  me  when  I  was  consul,  who  were  to  confer  with 
me^  with  respect  to  peace.  10.  The  consul  led  with  him^ 
a  large  force  of  infantry  that  he  might  more  easily  storm 
the  fort.  11.  Let  the  general  send  forward  a  part  of  his^ 
infantry  to  storm  the  fort  and  cut  down  the  bridge.  *  12. 
Let  us  march  into  the  enemy's  country  that  he  may  not 
winter  in  ours.  UfS.  Crassus  will  march  into  Aquitania 
and  Helvetia  that  auxiliaries  may  not  be  sent  from  those 
nations  into  Gaul.  >i^.  While  the  general  was  delaying^  in 
the  vicinity  of  Geneva  for  the  sake  of  ^^  supplies,  men  from 
a  large  part  of  Helvetia  came  to  him  to  excuse^  themselves. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  In  English,  pur2)osc  or  design  is  expressed  by  that  and  a  verb  with 
may  or  Tnight ;  by  in  order,  so  as,  who  is,  who  was,  etc.  followed  by  an 
infinitive  ;  and  very  often  by  an  infinitive  alone :  see  Examples. 

2  Large  force  of  cavalry;  when  a  Noun  is  modified  both  by  an  Adjec- 
tive and  a  Genitive,  the  usual  order  is  Adj.,  Gen.,  Noun:  e.g.,  tanta  rerum 
commutatio. 

3  That  not  in  a.  final  clause  should  be  rendered  by  ne. 

*  It ;  what  must  be  the  gender  of  this  word  in  the  Latin  ?    Why  ? 

^  What  is  the  position  of  cum  when  used  with  personal  and  relative 
pronouns  ?     See  Ln.  IV.,  Note  8. 

^  Him ;  with  what  pronoun  should  him  be  rendered  ?  See  Ln.  III., 
Kef.  8-12. 

■^  That;  how  may  that  be  rendered  when  it  introduces  a  final  clause 
containing  a  comparative  ? 

^  His ;  when  should  his,  their  be  rendered  by  suus  ?  When  by  the 
Genitive  of  is  ? 

9  was  delaying ;  see  Ln.  VI.,  Kef.  2. 

1'^  What  must  be  the  position  of  causa  with  respect  to  its  limiting  Geni- 
tive ?    See  Vy.  6. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  21 

LESSON  VIII. 

FINAL  CLAUSES  (Continued). 

REFERENCES. 
1-14.   Substantive   Use  of  Final  Clauses.     A.  &  G.  329  ; 

331,  a-f:  A.  &  S.  484-490;  492,  Note:  B.  295,  1,  2,  Rule  LVIIL  : 
B.  &  M.  1200  :  G.  544  II.  ;  546  ;  552  :  H.  498,  I.-III. 

12-14:.  ut  omitted,    A.  &  G.  331  /.  Remark  :  A.  &  S.  491  : 
B.  295  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  1203  ;  1204  :  G.  546  Rem.  3  :  H.  499  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  He  advised  that  the  legions  unite,  monuit  ut  sese  legiones 
conjungerent. 

2.  They  ask  him  to  choose,  ab  eo  posttilant  uti  deltgat. 

3.  They  begged  him  not  to  move,  ne  moveret  petierunt. 

4.  He  exhorted  them  to  withstand  the  attack,   cohortatus   est 
uti^  impStum  sustinerent. 

5.  He  commanded  that  they  should  not  (hrow  hack  any  weapon, 
imperavit  ne  quod  telum  rejicSrent. 

6.  He  ordered  these  to  find  out,  his  mandavit  ut  cognoscSrent. 

7.  They  persuade  their  neighbors  to  set  out,  persuadent  finiti- 
mis  uti  profi^iscantur. 

8.  He  employs  the  Senones  to  find  out  these  things,  dat  nego- 
tium  Senonlbus  uti  ea  cognoscant.^ 

9.  He  feared  that  he  would  offend,  ne  oflfendSret  verebatur. 

10.  I  fear  that  you  are  not  long  lived,  ut  sis  vitalis  metuo. 

11.  I  fear  that  I  shall  not  bring  it  to  pass,  timeo  ne  non  impe- 
trem. 

12.  I  desire  you  to  consider,  velim.  existimes. 

13.  He  asks  him  to  make  an  end,  rogat  finem  faciat. 

14.  Him  he  orders  to  go  to  the  Belgians,  huic  mandat  Belgaa 
adeat. 

VOCABULARY    8. 
advance  to  the  attack,  make  an    advise,  moneo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 
assault,  signa  infgro,  inferre,     at  all,  omnino,  adv. 
inttLli,  illatum.  beg,  peto,  6re,  ivi  &  ii,  itum. 


% 


22  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.      ' 

command,     impSro,    are,     avi,  persuade,  persuadeo,  gre,  suSsi, 

atum,  w.  dat.  suasum. 

employ,     negotium     do,    dare,  report,  refgro,    referre,    retuli, 

dedi,  datum ;  lit.  give  employ-  relatum. 

ment ;  w.  dat.  of  person  employed  remaining,  rest  of,  reliquus,   a, 

and  final  clause  defining  the  em-  um. 

ployment.  throw    back,    rejicio,   rejicere, 

exhort,  urge,  encourage,   cohor-  rejeci,  rejectum. 

tor,  ari,  atus  sum.  unite,  join  together,   conjungo, 

fear,    vereor,    eri,    itus    sum;  gre,  junxi,  junctum,   w.    re- 

timeo,  ere,  ui;    metuo,   6re,  fi£xive  pronoun. 

metui,  metutum.  weapon,  telum,  i,  n. 

fearlessly,  bravely,  fortiter,  adv.  withstand,  sustineo,  ere,  tinui, 

find  out,   cognosco,   6re,   cog-  tentum. 

novi,  cognitum. 

/     EXERCISE   8.  3 

^.  The  consul  adyised  that  for  the  future  we  avoid  all 
suspicions  of  fear.  ^2.  The  general  exhorts  both  the  cav- 
alry and  infantry  to  advance  fearlessly  to  the  attack.  ><i  3. 

vMIJrassus  advises  that  the  legions  unite  and  make  an  assault 
on  the  enemy.  4.  The  governor  betook  himself  to  his 
friends^  and  urged  tliem^  to  assemble  in  as  great  numbers 
as  possible. tjr'  5.  Caesar  betook  himself  to  his  men^  and 
commanded  them  not  to  throw  back  any  weapon  at  all. 
6.  MeteUus  sent  ambassadors  to  the  king,  who  were  to  beg^ 

/him  not  to  cut  down  the  bridge.  -"7.  We  shaU  employ 
these  soldiers  to  cut  down  the  bridge.  ,-''8.  They  employed 
us  to  find  out  what  Ariovistus  said^  and  to  report  to  them.' 
9r  They  persuaded  us  to  pass  the  winter  in  their  city.  '^10. 
We  have  persuaded  not  only  the  boys  but  also  the  girls  to 
be  more  attentive  and  industrious.  11.  We  fear^  that 
father  and  mother  will  be  unwilling  to  come.  12.  Our 
general  feared  that  auxiliaries  would  come  from  those 
nations  into  Switzerland.  13.  We  have  feared  that  you 
and  the  rest  of  the  boys  would  not  be  attentive.     14.  The 


LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION.  23 

general  fears  that  his  cavalry  will  not  withstand  the  attack 
of  the  Swiss.    15.  Him  I   desired  to  go^  as  an  ambassador^ 
to  the  French.  /  ^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  nti,  original  form  of  ut. 

2  uti  —  cognoscant,  an  appositive  with  negotium ;  what  is  the  literal 
translation  of  this  sentence  ? 

^  Is  it  necessary  to  render  this  word  ? 

*  as  possible  ;  the  force  of  a  superlative  is  intensified  by  prefixing  quam ; 
e.g.  quam  plurimi,  as  many  {men)  as  possible. 

^  who  were  to  beg  ;  which  use  of  the  Final  Clause  ?  See  Ln.  VII.,  Ref. 
12,  13. 

6  said;  render  by  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive. 

■^  them ;  what  pronoun  should  be  used  ?    See  Ln.  III.,  Ref.  8-12. 

8  Verbs  and  expressions  of  fearing  in  Latin  are  followed  by  ne  and  the 
Subjunctive  if  the  object  is  not  desired;  by  ut  or  ne  non  and  the  Subjunc- 
tive if  it  is  desired.  In  such  sentences  ne  equals  that^  lest ;  ut,  ne  non 
equal  that  not :  see  Examples  9,  10,  11. 

®  to  go;  see  Example  12. 


LESSON    IX. 

CONSECUTIVE  CLAUSES. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Adverbial  and  Adjective  Uses  of  Consecutive 
Clauses,^  A.  &  G.  319,  Rem.,  a,  Rem.  :  A.  &  S.  483,  a,  c  :  B.  300, 
1,  2  ;  301,  1,  2,  Rule  LXIL,  B.  &  M.  1218-1220:  G.  553-556;  633: 
H.  500,  I.,  11. 

4-8.  Substantive  Use  of  Consecutive  Clauses,  A.  &  G. 
332,  a,  b,  e,  f:  A.  &  S.  494-497  :  B.  296,  Rule  LIX.,  Remark  ; 
297,  d:  B.&  M.  1222-1224  :  G.  557-559 :  H.  501,  I.,  1,  2,  IL,  1,  2, 
III.;  502,  1,2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Such  a  change  was  made  that  our  f^n\fyieT8  reneioed  the  battle, 
tanta  commutati5  facta  est,  ut  nostri  proelium  redintegrdrent 


24  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

2.  There  are  so  many  that  a  prison  can  not  hold  them,  sunt 
ita  multi,  ut  eos  career  capSre  non  possit. 

3.  No  one  will  be  so  stupid  as  Twt  to  see,  or  that  he  will  not  see, 
nemo  tarn  stultus  erit,  qui  non  videat. 

4.  It  happened  to  be  full  moon,  accidit  ut  asset  luna  plena. 

5.  The  result  was  that  they  endured  not  even  one  attack,  factum 
est,  ut  ne  unum  quidem  imp^tum  ferrent. 

6.  They  made  the  departure  seem  entirely  like  a  flight,  fecerunt. 
ut  consimilis  fugae  profectio  videretur. 

7.  They  had  caused  these  hedges  to  furnish  protection,  eflfecfi- 
rant,  ut  hae  sepea  munimenta  praeberent. 

8.  It  is  a  law  of  war  that  they  who  conquer  rule,  jus  est  belli 
ut,  qui  vicSrint,  impSrent? 

VOCABULARY    9. 

arise,  coorior,  iri,  ortus  sum.  not  . . .  even,  ne  . . .  quidem ;  the 

bring  to  pass,  cause,  efficio,  effi-        word  to  he  made  emphatic  must 

c6re,  efifeci,  effectum.  stand  between  ne  and  quidem. 

defend,  defendo,  6re,  fendi,  fen-  remains,   it    remains,    reliquuro 

sum.  est ;  restat. 

endure,   bear,   fero,    ferre,    tuli,  seize,  occupo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

latum.  so,  tam,  ita,  advh. 

happens,  the  result  is,  it  comes  to  spiritedly,  acriter,  adv. 

pass,  fit,  fiSri,  factum  est  storm,  tempestas,  atis,  /. 

indeed,   at  least,    quidem,   adv.)  such,   so  great,   tantus,   a,  um; 

stands  immediately  after  the  em-        such,  of  such  a  kind,  talis,  e. 

phatic  word.  suddenly,  subito,  adv. 

nobody,  no  one,  nemo ;  gen.  and  true,  verus,  a,  um. 

abl.  suirplied  from  nuUus ;  dat.  wicked,  imprbbus,  a,  um. 

and  ace,  nemini,  neminem. 

EXERCISE  9. 

1.  Such  fear  suddenly  seized  the  army  that  it  terrified 
the  minds  of  all.  2.  Such  a  storm  suddenly  arose  that 
it  drove  our  ships,  sonie  in  one  direction  and  some  in 
another.  3.  Our  soldiers  are  so  cowardly  that  they  will 
not^  advance*  to  the  attack.  4.  No  one  is  so  cowardly  as 
not   to  defend  himself     5.  The   consul  made  us   betake 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  25 

ourselves  into  the  middle  of  the  city.  6.  We  fear  that  we 
shall  not  make  you  hear,/7 .  I  brought  it  to  pass  that  the 
senate  sent  me  as  an  ambassador  to  the  French.  "^.  The 
result  was  that  the  Gauls  did  not  endure  even  one  attack 
of  our  men  but^  fled  at  once.  ^.  It  happens  that  the 
very^  men,  who  are  making  an  assault  on  the  Swiss,  are 
very  7  cowardly.  10.  It  remains  for  you  to  go^  to  the 
general  and  beg  him  not  to  pitch  his  camp  in  our  city. 

MJ..  It  is  a  law  of  war  that  those,  who  have  been  con- 
quered, surrender^  themselves  and    all  their   possessions. 

J-2.  The  storm  was  so  great  that  nobody^  came.  '  13.  The 
consul  advised  that  no  one^  lead  his  army  out  of  winter- 
quarters.  14.  For  a  long  time  I  have  been  exhorting  i<^ 
the  cavalry  to  make  a  spirited  assault  on  the  English. 
15.  This  is  indeed  true  that  he  exhorted ^^  us  to  withstand 
the  attack. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  In  English  a  result  is  expressed  by  that,  so  that,  and  an  indicative;  by 
as,  so  as,  and  an  infinitive;  sometimes  by  an  infinitive  alone.  The  pre- 
ceding clause  generally  contains  some  word  modified  by  such  or  so:  see 
Examples  and  compare  Lesson  VII.,  Note  1. 

^  lit  —  impgrent  is  an  appositive  with  jus. 

8  that  noi  ;  In  clauses  of  result,  that  not,  that  no  one,  that  nothing,  that 
iiever  are  to  be  translated  respectively  by  ut  non,  ut  nemo,  ut  nihil,  ut 
numquam;  in  clauses  of  purpose  by  ne,  ne  quis,  ne  quid,  ne  umquam. 

4  will  advance;  "The  present  subjunctive  corresponds  in  most  cases  to 
the  present  and  to  the  simple  future  of  the  indicative  ;  but  when  it  is  im- 
portant to  distinguish  the  future  from  the  present,  the  future  active  parti- 
ciple, with  Sim  or  essem,  is  resorted  to."     Roby,  1507. 

^  hut ;  "If  a  negative  proposition  is  followed  by  an  affirmative,  in 
which  the  same  thought  is  expressed  or  continued,  que,  et,  or  ac,  is  em- 
ployed in  Latin,  where  in  English  we  use  hut."     Madvig,  433  Obs.  2. 

6  very;  see  Ln.  IV.,  Note  6.  ^ very ;  see  Ln.  II.,  Note  3. 

^  for  you  to  go  ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  that  you  go. 

9  that  —  surrender  ;  see  Ex.  8  and  Note  2. 
i''  have  heen  exhorting  ;  see  Ln.  VI. ,  Ref.  3. 

1^  that  he  exhorted;  which  use  of  the  Consecutive  Clause  ? 


26  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


LESSON    X. 

PECULIAR  USES  OF  RELATIVE  CLAUSES.  —  SUBJUNCTIVE 
WITH   QUIN  AND   QUOMINUS. 

REFERENCES. 

1-9.  Relative  Clauses,  A.  &  G.  320,  a,  h,  f:  A.  &  S.  500  (2) : 
B.  301,  3,  4,  5,  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  1226 ;  1227  :  G.  633  ;  634 ;  H. 
603,  I.,  II.,  1-3. 

10-12.  Subjunctive  tvith  Quin,  A.  &  G.  319  d :  A.  &  S. 
493  (2),  a,  h;  499,  a :  B.  297,  Rule  LX.,  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  1230- 
1233  :  G.  550  ;  551,  1,  2  :  H.  504,  1-3,  1),  2),  4. 

13,  14.  Subjunctive  tvith  Quominus^  A.  &  G.  319  c:  A. 
&  S.  493  (2),  a:  B.  297,  Rule  LX.,  Remark:  B.  &  M.  1236  :  G. 
547 ;  549  :  H.  497  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  And  not  any  one  has  been  found  who  refused  to  die,  neque 
repertus  est  quisquam,  qui  mori  recusdret. 

2.  There  was  nothing  with  which  to  allay  hunger,  nihil  erat, 
quo  famem  tolerdrent. 

3.  There  is  nobody  who  does  not  fear  you,  nemo  est  qui  te  non 
metuat. 

4.  There  are  some  who  do  not  see,  sunt  qui  non  videant. 

5.  There  will  be  some  who  will  desire,  erunt  qui  velint. 

6.  What  is  there  which  can  please  you  ?  Quid  est  quod  te  de- 
lectare  possit  ? 

7.  I  am  the  only  man  who  could  not  be  induced,  unus  ego  sum 
qui  adduci  non  potuerim. 

8.  He  will  not  be  a  fit  man  to  send,  non  erit  idoneus  qui 
mittatur. 

9.  The  stories  are  not  worth  reading,  fabiilae  non  dignae 
sunt  quae  legantur. 

10.  I  do  not  doubt  that  he  will  inflict  punishment,  non  dubito 
quin  supplicium  sumat. 

11.  There  is  no  doul)t  that  they  are  the  most  powerful,  non  est 
dubium  quin  plurimum  possint. 

12.  They  bould  not  be  restrained /rom  hurling  weapons,  retineri 
non  potgrant  quin  tela  conjicSrent. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  27 

13.  Nobody  was  hindered  from  enjoying  Ms  property,  nemo  im- 
pediebatur  quommus^  ejus  lehna  frueretur. 

14.  They  will  not  refuse  to  be  under  their  government,  non  re- 
cusabunt  quommus^  sub  illorum  imperio  sint. 

VOCABULARY    10. 

allay,   endure,  tolero,   are,  avi,  induce,  adduce,  §re,  duxi,  duc- 
at um.  turn. 

doubt,  dubito,  are,  avi,  atum.  inflict  punishment,   supplicium 
doubtful,  dubius,  a,  um ;  there  is        sumo,  6re,  sumpsi,  sumptum; 
no  doubt  that,  non  est  dubi-        to  inflict  punishment  on  any  one, 
um  quin,  w.  subj.  de    aliquo    supplicium    su- 

dwell  in,    inhabit,   inc51o,   ere,         mSre. 

colui,  no  sup.  prevent,  deterreo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

fit,  suitable,  proper,  idoneus,  a,  refuse,  recuso,  are,  avi,  atum. 

um.  restrain,  retineo,  ere,  tinui,  ten- 
government,  imperium,  i,  n.  tum. 

hinder,  impedio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  severe,  gravis,  e. 

itum.  time,  a  second  time,  itSrum,  adv. 

hostage,  obses,  obsidis,  m.  aTidf-  under,  sub,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  abl. 

hunger,  fames,  is,  /.  worthy,  dignus,  a,  um. 

^  EXERCISE   10. 

1.  A  storm  arose  which  drove  ^  our  ships,  some  in  one 
direction  and  some  in  another.  ^TWe  have  nothing  with 
which  to  allay  our  hunger.  3.  There  was  nobody  who  did 
not  fear  that^  you  would  come.  ^  There  are  some  who 
fear  that^  our  infantry  will  not  be  able  to  withstand  the 
attack.  ^.  Who  is  there  in  this  city  that  will  not  bravely 
defend*  himself ?'d.  Divitiacus  was  the  only  man  who 
could  not  be  induced  to  give  his  children  as  hostages. 
7.  This  is  the  only  general  who  urged  his  soldiers  to 
march  ^  fearlessly  into  the  enemy's  country.  8.  This  man 
is  not  fit  to  be  sent  as  ambassador  to  the  Germans.  9.  The 
books,  which  you  sent  me,^  are  worth  reading  a  second 
time.     10.  We  did  not  doubt  that  Ariovistus  would  inflict 


28  ^    LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

very  severe  punishment  on  all  the  hostages.  11.  There  is 
no  doubt  that  he  will  inflict  severe  punishmeut  on  all  of 
us.'^  ^1:2.  We  shall  not  be  able  to  prevent  even  the  Ger- 
mans^ from  uniting  themselves  with  the  French.  /VS.  Our 
army  could  not  be  restrained  from  making  an  attack  on 
the  Swiss.  \^4.  The  Eomans  were  not  hindered  from 
marching  through  the  territory  of  the  Gauls.  15.  The 
Germans  do  not  refuse  to  be  under  our  government,  but 
are  glad  to  dwell  in  our  country. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Some  write  quominus ;  others  quo  minus.  "The  use  of  '  quominus ' 
springs  from  the  euphemistic  courtesy  of  the  Latin  language.  It  is  more 
polite  to  say,  '  I  will  hinder  you  so  that  you  shall  the  less  do  what  you 
wish,'  than  to  say,  'quin(utnon)  facias,'  'so  that  you  shall  not  do  it.' 
So  after  recuso  the  refusal  is  less  point  blank,  as  far  as  expression  goes, 
with  'quominus  *  than  it  would  be  with  quin."  Moberly's  Caesar,  page  225, 
Note  P.  18. 

2  which  drove ;  the  indicative  would  simply  state  the  fact  that  '  the 
storm  drove  our  ships';  the  subjunctive,  that  'it  was  of  such  force  as  to 
drive  them  ' :  which  mood  should  be  used  ? 

8  that;  see  Ln.  VIII.,  Note  8. 
*  will  defend  ;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Note  4,  last  part. 
^  to  march;  see  Ln.  VIII.,  Ref.  1-14.         ^  me  =  to  me  =  ad  me. 
'  all  of  us  =  us  all. 

8  Germans;  what  must  be  the  position  of  Germanos?  "Why  ?  See  Vy. 
IX. ,  under  not  —  even. 


LESSON    XL 

CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES. 
REFERENCES. 

1-15.  A.  &  G.  804,  a,  Note,  d;  306;  307,  a-d:  A.  &  S.  476, 
a,  6,  Note  :  B.  305,  a,  1,  2,  b;  306,  Note,  a,  Remark,  b,  Eule 
LXVL:  B.  &  M.  1259-1266:  G.  590-592;  596-598:  H.  506;  507, 
I.,  II.  ;  508,  1-5  ;  509,  Note  1. 


si  pugnent,  vincant. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  29 

EXAMPLES. 

^^     rif  they  are  fighting,  they  are  |  g.  p^^^^^^^  ^.^^^^^._ 

{      conquering,  J 

2      (If   they    were    fighting,    they  1    .  p^^^.^^^^^  ^.^^g^^^^. 
1     were  conquering,  J 

f  If  they  have  fought,  they  have  1 
3.    i      conquered,  [  si  pugnaverunt,  vicerunt. 

[  If  they  fought,  they  conquered,  j 
4     I  If  they  fight  (shall  fight),  theyl    ^  p„g„5bunt,  vlnoent. 

i     will  conquer,  J 

^      r  If  they  fight  (shallhavefought),!.  p^g^^^g^i^t,  vincent. 

[     they  will  conquer,  J 

g      r  If  they  shall  have  fought,  they  1    .  p^g^avgrint,  vicgrint. 
I     will  have  conquered,  J 

If  they  should  fight,  or  were  to ' 

fight,  they  would  conquer. 
If  they  should  be  fighting,  they 

would  be  conquering, 
If  they    should  have  fought,  ] 

they  would  have  conquered,   I    .  x  •  ♦•     •  ^  •   t 

If  they  should  fight,  they  would 
conquer, 

^j)(f[f  he  has  come,  he  has  brought  a  legion  with  him,  si  venit, 
secum  legionem  duxit. 

10.  I  shall  not  make  war  upon  them,  if  they  pay  (shall  pay)  the 
tax,  iis  non  bellumyinfgram,  si  stipendium  pendent. 

11.  If  he  leaves  (shall  have  left),  I  shall  reward  him,  si  discessg- 
rit,  ilium  remunerabor. 

12.  If  nobody  should  follow,  I  should  go  with  the  tenth  legion, 
si  nemo  sequatur,  cum  decima  legione  eam. 

13.  Unless  relief  is  dispatched  (shall  be  dispatched),  I  cannot  hold 
out,  nisi  subsidium  summittetur,  ego  sustinere  non  possum. 

14.  Leap  down  unless  you  wish  to  abandon  the  standard,  desillte, 
nisi  vultis  aquilam  prodgre. 

15.  But  if  you  prefer  that,  betake  yourself  to  Caesar,  sin  id  mavis 
confer  te  ad  Caes^em. 


1  0  W    ,  irvv 


30  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

VOCABULARY  II. 

alarm,   commoveo,   Sre,   movi,  pay,  pendo,  gre,  pependi,  pen- 

motum.  sum. 

depart,  discedo,  ere,  cessi,  ces-  prefer,  malo,  malle,  malui. 

sum.  stay,  remaneo,   ere,  mansi,   no 

flight,  fuga,  ae,  /.  sup. 

give,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum.  tax,  stipendium,  i,  n. 

if,  si ;  if  however,  but  if,  sin,  confs.  tenth,  decimus,  a,  um. 

make  upon,  bring  upon,  infgro,  unless,  nisi. 

inferre,  intiili,   illatum ;    w.  write,  scribo,  gre,  scripsi,  scrip- 

acc.  and  dat.  turn. 

EXERCISE  II. 

^.  If  these  boys  and  girls  are  attentive  and  industrious, 
they  are  happy y'  2.  If  the  flight  of  the  Gauls  has  alarmed 
any,  they  have  fled.  S,  If  the  Eomans  were  marching 
through  Gaul,  the   Gauls  were  making  war   upon   them^/ 

*  4.  If  any  of  the  soldiers  were  cowardly,  the  general  inflicted 
severe  punishment  upon  them.  S.  If  nobody  comes,  we 
shall  go  with  the  tenth  legion  alone.— 6.  They  would  not 
make  war  upon  us,  if  we  should  pay  the  tax.  "7.  If  hos- 
tages should  be  given,  I  should  make  peace  with  them. 

"^.  If  there  should  be  no  doubt  that  hostages  would  be  given, 
I  should  be  willing  to  make  peace  with  them.  -*^.  If  they 
should  not  refuse  to  be  under  our  government,  nothing 
would  prevent  us  from  making  peace  with  them.  ^0.  Do 
not  break  up  camp,  unless  you  wish  to  begin  a  battle. 
il.  But  if  you  prefer  to  break  up  camp,  betake  yourselves 
to  the  vicinity  of  Geneva.  ^^2.  If  you  were  to  wheel  about, 
you  would  put  the  enemy  to  flight.,  13.  If  you  wrote 
these  books  yourself,  they  are  worth  reading.     14.  If  there 

.  is  nobody  in  this  city  who  will  bravely  defend  himself,  let 
us  flee.  15.  Stay  in  this  place,  if  you  wish  to  avoid  the 
suspicion  of  fear. 

X 

>3 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  31 

» 

LESSON    XII. 
CONDITIONAL    SENTENCES   {Continued). 

1-5.   Supposition  contrat-y  to  Reality.     A.  &  G.  308  :  A.  & 

S.  476  a,  b,  Note  :  B.  306  c,  Rule,  LXYI.,  last  part :  B.  &  M.  1267  ; 
1268:  G.  599  :  H.  507,  III.  ;  510,  Note  1. 

G,  Use  of  quam  si,  ac  si,  etc.  A.  &  G.  312,  Remark  :  A.  & 
S.  481,  a:  G.  604:  H.  513,  II. 

7.  Conditional  Relative  Clauses.  A.  &  G.  316 :  A.  &  S. 
500  (2)  c:  B.  307  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  1280  :  G.  594:  H.  507  2. 

8.  Use  of  modo,  dum,  dum  modo.  A.  &  G.  314 ;  A.  &  S. 
504  :  B.  &  M.  1259  last  part:  G.  575  :  H.  513,  I. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  If  they  were  fighting,  they  would  be  conquering,  si  pugnarent, 
vincgrent. 

2.  If  they  had  fought,  they  would  have  conquered,  si  pugna- 
vissent,  vicissent. 

3.  If  they  could,  they  would  storm  the  fort,  si  possent,  castel- 
lum  expugnarent. 

4.  If  they  had  been  able,  they  would  have  cut  down  the  bridge, 
si  potuissent,  pontem  interscidissent. 

5.  If  the  troops  had  come,  we  should  be  storming  the  fort,  si 
copiae  venissent,  castellum  expugnaremus. 

6.  They  shudder  at  the  cruelty  of  the  absent  Ariovistus  as  if  he 
were  present  (i.e.,  as  they  would  shudder  if  he  were  present),  ab- 
sentis  Ariovisti  crudelitttem,  velut  si  adsit,  horrent. 

7.  Whoever  sees  this  will  be  compelled  to  admit  that  there  are 
gods,  or^  if  any  one  should  see  tliis,  he  would  be  compelled  to  admit 
that  there  are  gods,  haec  qui  videat,  cogatur  confiteri  deos  esse. 

8.  Let  him  depart,  provided  he  goes  into  exile,  discedat.  dum 
modo  in  exsilium  eat. 

VOCABULARY  12. 
absent,  absens,  gen.  absentis.  as  if,  velut  si,  quasi. 

affair,  res,  rei,  /.  beset  closely,    urgeo,  ere,   ursi, 

arrival,  adventus,  us,  m.  no  sup. 


32                            LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

by,  a,  ab,  prep.  w.  abl.  present,  be  present,  adsum,  ad- 
cruelty,  crudelitas,  atis,  /.  esse,  adfui. 
district,  regio,  onis,/.  provided,  modo,  dum,  dum  mo- 
inform  anyone,  aliquem  certio-  do,  confs. 

rem  facio,  fac6re,   feci,   fac-  regard  as  an  enemy,   pro  hoste 

tum;  be  informed,  oertior  fio,  habeo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

fiSri,  factus  sum.  seventb,  Septimus,  a  um. 

in  person,  coram,  adv.  shudder  at,  horreo,  ere,  horrui, 

lead  down,   deduce,  8re,  duxi,  no  sup. 

ductum.  well,  bene,  adv. 
on  the  march,  ex  itingre ;  to  be 

on  the  march,  esse  in  itingre. 


If  If 


EXERCISE   12. 


the   infantry   could   cross   the   river,   they  would 

^-  ptorm  the  fort  on  the  march.  ^\i  the  Gauls  had  cut 

^     down  the  bndge,  they  would  not  have  been  able  to  cross 

the  river.     3.  If  he  had  not  led  down  his  army  out  of 

V^ese  districts,  I  should  have  regarded  him  as  an  enemy.  \ 

'^  If  he  were  leading  down  his  army  out  of  these  districts, 

^^  should  not  regard  him   as  an   enemy.  ^.  Unless  he 

leads ^  down  his  army  out  of  these  districts,  I  shall  regard 

him  as  an  enemy.     ^  But  if  he  should  lead  down  his 

army  out  of  these  districts,  we  should  not  regard  him  as 

£an  enemy. )  /.  The  Sequani  used  to  shudder ^  at  the  cruelty 

of  the  absent  Ariovistus  as  if  ^  he  were  present  in  person. 

/6.  The  king  makes  us  shudder  at^  his  cruelty  as  if  he  were 
present  in  person.  9.  If  any  one^  should  be  alarmed  by 
(the  flight  6  of  the  Gauls,  he  would  flee.  ^  10.  If  the  enemy 
had  been  informed  with  respect  to. our  arrival,  they  would 
have  fled.  11.  If  we  should  employ  the  Gauls  to  inform  7 
us  with  respect  to  his^  arrival,  it  would  be  well  12.  If 
Caesar  had  employed  the  Gauls  to  inform  him  with  respect 
Itp  these  affairs,  it  would  have  been  welLj  13.  If  the  gen- 
eral saw^  that  the  legions  were  closely  beset ^^  by  the  ene- 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  33 

my,  he  would  advise  that  they  join  themselves  together. 
14.  If  Caesar  had  seen  that  the  seventh  legion  was  closely 
beset,  he  would  have  advised  that  the  legions  unite  and 
attack  the  enemy.  15.  Nothing  will  prevent  us  from  vis- 
iting ^^  you,  provided  we  are  not  sick. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  leads;  what  tense  should  be  used  ?  /' 

2  icscd  to  shudder  at;  see  Ln.  VI.,  Ref.  4-6.  / 

3  as  if ;  what  may  be  supplied  between  as  and  if? 
*  shudder  at ;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8,  and  Ex.  6. 

^  If  anyone  ;  see  Ref.  7  and  Ex.  7. 

6  by  the  flight ;  what  does  this  phrase  denote  ?  should  a  preposition  be 
used  in  the  Latin  equivalent  ? 

"^  to  inform;  what  must  be  its  construction?    See  Ln.   VIII. ,   Ref. 
1-14,  and  Ex.  8. 

^  his  ;  how  is  it  to  be  translated  ? 

^  saw ;  what  time  does  this  verb  refer  to,  present  or  past  ?    What  tense 
must  be  used  ? 
^^  that  the  legions  were  closely  beset,  legidnes  urggri. 
'^'^  from  visiting ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  13,  14. 


LESSON    XIII. 

CONCESSIVE  CLAUSES. 

REFERENCES. 

1-6.    Use  of  Moods  in  Concessive  Clauses,     A.  &  G.  313, 

a-f;  326  ;  A.  &  S.  478-480,  h;  510  (2)  :  B.  292  e,  Rule  LVI.;  303, 
Rule  LIV.  :  B.  &  M.  1281-1284  ;  1290  :  G.  605-610 ;  637  ;  588 : 
H.  514  ;  515,  I.,  II.,  1-3,  IIL 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  I   opposed   you   although  I  saw  my  own  ruin,  tibi   obstiti, 
quamquam  videbam  perniciem  meam. 

2.  Although  all  perils  threaten,  I  shall  endure  them,  licet  peri- 
ctila  impendeant  omnia,  subibo. 


34  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

3.  Althougli  the  Siievi  had  not  been  able  to  drive  these  out,  yet 
thev  made  them  tributary  to  themselves,  hos  cum  Suevi  expellgre 
non  potuissent,  tameu  vectigales  sibi  fecerunt. 

4.  Although  the  battle  was  fought  till  evening,  nobody  could  see 
an  enemy  in  retreat,  cum  ad  vespgrum  pugnatum  sit,  aversum 
hostem  videre  nemo  potuit. 

5.  However  large  it  is,  it  is  too  little,  quamvis  amplum  sit,  id 
est  parum. 

6.  Even  if  the  zeal  of  men  should  fail,  the  gods  would  compel, 
etiam  si  homiuum  studia  deficiant,  dii  cogaut. 

VOCABULARY    13. 

although,       quamquam,       cum  ojffend,  ofifendo,  Sre,  fendi,  fen- 

(quum),  licet,!  co7ifs.  sum. 

drive  out,  expello,  Sre,  ptiii,  pul-  plan,  consilium,  i,  n. 

sum.  reprimand,  accuse,  are,  avi, 
fight,  pugno,  are,  avi,  atum ;  in        atum, 

passive  used  impersonalbj ;  pug-  rout,  put  to  flight,  fugo,  are,  avi, 

natur,  it  is  fought,  a  battle  is         atum. 

fought,  they  fight.  safely,  tuto,  adv. 

harbor,  portus,  us,  m.  sail,  navigo,  are,  avi,  atum, 

however,  however  much,  quam-  scout,  explorator,  oris,  m. 

vis,  conj.  severely,  graviter,  adv. 

nevertheless,   yet,    still,    tamen,  teacher,  praeceptor,  oris,  m. 

adv.  till  late  at  night,  ad  multam 
now,  jam,  nunc,  adv^s.  noctem. 

nothing,  nihil,  indecl.  neut.  suh-  tributary,  vectigalis,  e,  adj. 

stantive. 

EXERCISE   13. 

y^..  Althougb  the  Gauls  are  leading  down  their  troops  out 
of  these  districts,  nevertheless  we  shall  regard  them  as 
enemies,  /z.  Although  our  men  fought  bravely  till  late  at 
night,  still  they  were  not  able  to  storm  the  fort.  ^6.  Al- 
though these  boys  and  girls  are  now  attentive  and  indus- 
trious, yet  their  teacher  will  severely  reprimand  them. 
JL  Although  they  cannot  drive  out  the  Aquitani  from 
their  territory ,2  nevertheless  they  will  maJve  them  tributary 


1.x 


p    . 

LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  35 

to  themselves.^  5.  Although  the  legions  were  closely  be- 
set, the  seventh  suddenly  wheeled  about  and  put  the  enemy 
to  flight.  ^.  Although  our  troops  kept  making  sallies  from 
the  town  till  late  at  night,  still  they  did  not  rout  the  Eng- 
lish. ^.  Although  Caesar  sent  forward  scouts,  who  were 
jv.y.  to  inform*  him  with  respect  to  the  plans  of  the  Gauls, 
nevertheless  they  made  no  report.^  8.  Although  he  feared 
that^  he  would  offend  the  mind  of  Divitiacus,  he  urged  his 
soldiers  to  withstand  the  attack  bravely.  -^  However  much 
you  desire  to  see  us,  we  shall  not  visit  you.  A.^.  Even  if 
the  governor  scuds'^  men  to  cut  down  the  bridge,  the  enemy 
will  cross  the  river  and  storm  the  town.  11.  Even  if  the 
general  should  employ  scouts  to  inform  him  with  respect  to 
the  plans  of  the  enemy,  they  would  make  no  report. 
12.  Even  if  Caesar  had  been  informed  with  respect  to  the 
plans  of  the  Gauls,  he  would  have  urged  the  Eomans  to 
send  an  army  into  their  ^  country. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  licet  is  properly  an  impei-sonal  verb,  present  tense  ;  hence  it  is  followed 
only  by  the  Present  and  Perfect  Subjunctive  ;  cf.  rule  for  Sequence  of 
Tenses,  Ln.  VII.,  Ref.  1-7. 

"^  from  territory  ;  abl.  without  preposition. 

8  themselves  ;  what  pronoun  should  be  used  ?    See  Ln.  III.,  Ref.  8-12. 

*  who  were  to  inform  ;  see  Ln.  VII. ,  Ref.  12,  13. 

^  they  made  no  report  =  they  reported  nothing. 

6  that;  how  should  "that"  be  rendered  after  a  verb  of  fearing?  "that 
not "  ? 

■^  sends ;  what  time  does  this  verb  refer  to  ?  What  mood  and  tense 
should  be  used  in  translating  it?    See  Ln.  XL,  Examples  4  and  5. 

8  their  ;  render  with  the  genitive  plural  of  ille  because  it  refers  to  Gauls, 
the  remoter  word. 


36  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

LESSON    XIV. 

CAUSAL  CLAUSES.  —  ATTRACTION. 

REFERENCES. 

1-5.  Causal  Clauses,  A.  &  G.  321,  I;  326;  341,  c^:  A.  &  S 
519  ;  510  (2)  ;  500  (2)  h:  B.  292,  c  ;  302,  1-3,  Rule  LXIII.  :  B.  & 
M.  1250  ;  1251  ;  1255  :  G.  538-542  ;  587  :  H.  516,  I.,  II.  ;  517. 

6.  Attraction,  A.  &  G.  342  :  A  &  S.  523  :  B.  310,  Rule 
LXIX.  :  B.  &  M.  1291  ;  G.  666  :  11.  529,  II. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Our  men  were  thrown  into  great  disorder,  because  they  could 
not  keep  in  line,  nostri,  quod  non  ordines  servare  potSrant, 
magnopSre  perturbabantur. 

2.  Since  he  makes  this  requital,  I  demand  this,  quoniam  hauo 
gratiam  refert,  haec  postiilo. 

3.  He  complains  because  he  has  been  forsaken,  quod  sit  desti- 
tutus,^  queritur. 

4.  Caesar  is  doing  a  great  wrong,  because  he  is  making  the  revenues 
decrease,  magnam  Caesar  injuriam  faoit,  qui  veotigalia  deteriora 
faciat. 

5.  Since  he  had  come  unexpectedly,  the  Remi  sent  envoys,  cum 
de  improviso  venisset,  Remi  legatos  miserunt. 

6.  Such  an  opinion  of  the  war  was  spread  abroad,  that  envoys  were 
sent  by  those  tribes  which  dwelt  across  the  Rhine,  tanta  belli  opinio 
perlata  est,  uti  ab  iis  nationibus,  quae  trans  Rhenum  incolerent,^ 
mitterentur  legati. 

VOCABULARY    14. 

because,  quod,  quia,  corij's.  follow,  follow  close  after,  subse- 
beyond,  across,  trans,  prep.  w.  ace.         quor,  sequi,  seciitus  sum. 

bring  on,  infer o,  inferre,  intuli,  get  a  firm  footing,   firmiter  in- 

illatum.  sisto,  Sre,  institi,  no  sup. 

complain,  queror,  queri,  questus  greatly,  magnopSre,  adv, 

sum.  hitherto,  adhuo,  adv. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  37 

keep  in  line,  ordines  servo,  are,  since,   cum    (quum),   quoniam, 

avi,  atum ;  lit.  keep  ranks.  confs. 

lately,  nuper,  adv.  spread  abroad,  perfSro,  perferre, 

ravage,  popiilor,  ari,  atus  sum.  pertiili,  perlatum. 

renew,     redintegro,     are,     avi,  support,  subl6vo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

atum.  the  one  party  .  .  .  the  other,  alt6- 

run,   curro,   gre,   cucurri,    cur-  ri  .  .  .  altgri. 

sum.  throw  into    disorder,    perturbo, 

severely,  graviter,  adv.  5re,  avi,  atum. 

EXERCISE    14. 

l^NOu^  soldiers  will  be  thrown  into  great ^  disorder,  be- 
cause they  can  neither  keep  in  line  nor  follow  the  stand- 
ards. \  Your  men  were  thrown  into  disorder,  because  one 
was  running  from  one  ship,  another  from  another.  ^.  The 
infantry  were  thrown  into  great  disorder,  because  they  could 
neither  get  a  firm  footing  nor  follow  the  standards.  \4.  Caesar 
did  a  great  wrong,  because  he  inflicted*  so  severe  punishment 
\  on  the  Gauls.  6.  The  consul  censures  his  soldiers  severely, 
t  because  he  is  not  supported  by  them,  u  Caesar  complains 
s  because  the  Britons  have  brought  on^  a  war  without  cause. 
^.  Since  they  could  no  longer^  withstand  the  attacks  of 
our  men,  the  one  party  betook  themselves  into  the  town, 
the  other  to  their  baggage  and  wagons.  -8r  The  -  Aedui 
complain  because  the  Germans,  who  have  lately  come  into 
Gaul,  are  ravaging  their  territory.  ~^.  Such  an  opinion  of 
this  war  will  be  spread  abroad,  that  envoys  will  be  sent  to 
us  by  the  nations  which  dwell  beyond  the  Alps.  -10.  Such 
a  change  was  made  that  the  soldiers,  who  had  hitherto  been 
cowardly,  renewed  the  battle.  Sl^l.  He  complains  because 
he  has  been  hindered  from  renewing"^  the  battle. '^42.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  he  will  inflict^  severe  punishment  on  the 
infantw,  because  they  did  not  advance  to  the  attack. 
13.  Miere  were  some  who  complained,^  because  the  cavalry 
kept  making  sallies  from  the  town. 


38  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  quod  sit  destitutus ;  the  writer  does  not  vouch  for  the  reality  of  this 
reason  but  states  it  as  that  given  by  him  who  complains  and  hence  uses 
the  subjunctive  ;  had  he  written  est  instead  of  sit,  then  he  would  have 
stated  it  as  the  actual  reason  according  to  his  own  view. 

2  quaeincolerent;  "Subordinate  sentences  are  often  found  with  the 
verb  in  the  Subjunctive,  because  they  are  stated  not  as  a  fact  but  as  part  of 
a  thought.  The  principal  sentence  which  they  qualify  has  its  verb  in  the 
infinitive  or  subjunctive."  Roby,  1772.  Such  a  construction  is  called 
*'  Subjunctive  by  Attraction." 

3  great ;  see  Ex.  1. 

*  because  he  inflicted ;  A  Causal  Clause,  introduced  by  a  relative  pro- 
noun, has  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive. 

^  because  .  .  .  have  brought  on ;  In  translating  a  Causal  Clause,  which  is 
to  begin  with  quod,  think  whether  the  writer  is  stating  the  actual  reason, 
according  to  his  own  view,  or  a  reason  given  by  some  other  person  than 
himself ;  in  the  former  case  render  with  the  indicative ;  in  the  latter, 
with  the  subjunctive. 

6  no  longer  =  not  longer.  "^  from  renewing ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  13,  14. 

8  vnll  inflict ;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Note  4,  and  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10-12. 

®  who  complained ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9  and  Ex.  4. 

LESSON    XV. 

TEMPORAL  CLAUSES. 
REFERENCES 

1,  2.    With  postquam,  ubi,  ut,  simulac.     A.  &  G.  323  ;  324  : 

A.  &  S.  506  :  B.  292  d  1,  Eule  LVI.  :  B.  &  M.  1249  :  G.  563  :  H. 
518. 

3,  4.  With  antequam,  priusquam.  A.  &  G.  327,  a:  A.  &  S. 
505  :  B.  292,  d,  2,  Rule  LVI.  ;  304,  2,  Rule  LXV.  :  B.  &  M,  1241  ; 
1243,  Ohs.  2,  3 :  G.  576-579  :  H.  520,  I.,  1,  2,  II. 

5-7.  With  cum  (quum).  A  &  G.  325  :  A.  &  S.  509,  a:  B.  292 
d  1,  Rule  LVI.  ;  304,  1,  Rule  LXV.  :  B.  &  M.  1244  ;  1245  :  G. 
582;  586  :  H.  521,  I.,  II.,  1,  2. 

8-10.  With  dum,  donee,  quoad.  A.  &  G.  328  :  A.  &  S.  502, 
a  ;  503,  h :  B.  292  d,  3,  Rule  LVI.  ;  304  3,  Rule  LXV.  :  B.  &  M. 
1238  ;  1239  :  G.  571  ;  573  ;  574  :  H.  519,  I.,  IL,  1,  2. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  39 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  After  he  saw  tlie  troops,  he  pitched  a  camp,  postquam  copias 
vidit,  castra  posuit. 

2.  When  he  comes,  he  sets  forth  the  fear,  ubi  venit,  timorem 
proponit. 

3.  Before  the  enemy  recovered  from  fright,  he  led  his  army  into  the 
territory  of  the  Snessiones,  priusquam  se  hostes  ex  terrore  recipe- 
rent,  in  fines  Suessionum  exercitum  duxit. 

4.  He  arrived  in  the  vicinity  of  the  enemy's  camp  before  the  Ger- 
mans could  find  it  out,  prius  ad  hostium  castra  pervenit,  quarn 
German!  sentire  possent. 

5.  When  Caesar  was  in  Gaul,  reports  were  brought  to  him,  cum 
esset  Caesar  in  Gallia,  ad  eum  rumores  afferebantur. 

6.  When  he  had  come,  he  ascertained  this,  cum  venisset,  ea 
cognovit 

7.  He  came  to  the  army  himself,  as  soon  as  there  began  to  be  a 
supply  of  food,  ipse,  cum  primum  pabiili  copia  esse  incepitf  ad 
exercitum  venit. 

8.  He  waited  until  the  rest  of  the  ships  assembled,  dum  reliquae 
naves  convenlrent,  exspectavit. 

9.  Wait  until  he  is  made  consul,  exspectate  dum  consul  fiat. 
10.  While  this  was  taking  place,  he  arrived,  dum  haec  geruntur, 

pervenit. 

VOCABULARY    15. 

after,  postquam,  conj.  frequent,    creber,  crebra,    ere- 

arrive,  pervenio,  ire,  veni,  ven-  brum. 

turn.  fright,  terror,  oris,  m. 

as  a  deserter,  pro  perfiiga.  hasten,    contendo,    Sre,    tendi, 

as    soon    as,   cum    (quum)    pri-  tentum. 

mum.  increase,  augeo,  ere,  auxi,  auc- 

away,  be  away,  absum,  abesse,  tum,    tr.:   cresco,  Sre,   crevi, 

abfui  or  afui.  cretum,  intr. 

begin,     incipio,     cipSre,     cepi,  receive,    accipio,   cipSre,    cepi, 

ceptum.  ceptum. 

before,   antgquam,    priusquam,  recover,   recipio,    cipSre,    cepi, 

confs.  ceptum,  w.  reflexive  pron. 

bring  to,  affSro,  afferre,  atttilj,  return,  reverter,  i,  versus  sum. 

aliatum.  set  forth,  propono,  gre,  posui, 

far,  longe,  adv.  positum. 


^       40  LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

s^       take  place,  geror,  i,  gestus  sum.        wait,  exspecto,  (expecto),  Sue, 
there,  in  that  place,  ibi,  adv.  Svi,  atum. 

until,  till,  dum,  donee,  quoad,  conj's.     when,  ubi,  cum  (quum),  confs. 


EXERCISE    15. 

yl.  When  lie  came  to  them  as  a  deserter,  he  set  forth  the 
fear  of  the  Eoman  people./2.  After  the  lieutenant  was 
informed  by  those  scouts,  whom  he  had  sent,  that  all  the 
forces  of  the  Germans  were  not  far  away,^  he  led  his  army 
across  the  Moselle,  which  is  in  the  territory  of  the  Belgae, 
and  there  pitched  his  camp.  ^.  Metellus  led  his  army 
into  the  country  of  the  Allobroges,  before  the  enemy  re- 
covered from  fright.  ^^.  Before  the  enemy  recover^  from 
fright,  our  general  will  lead  his  cavalry  into  the  territory 
of  the  Swiss,  who  are  nearest  to  the  Germans,  and  hasten 
towards  the  town  of  Genev§,/^5.  When  we  were  in  Italy, 
frequent  reports  were  brought  to  us  and  we  were  informed 
by  letter^  that  the  French  had  made  war  upon  the  Ger- 
mans. J^.  You  hastened  into  Italy  yourself  as  soon  as  the 
Germans  began  to  make  war  upon  the  French^  7.  We 
shall  hasten  into  Switzerland  as  soon  as^'the  summer  be- 
gins* to  be  hot.  )>8.  Our  general  waited  until  the  eiiemy 
assembled  in  very  great  numbers,  ^tet  us  not  wait 
until  the  forces  of  the  enemy  are  increased^  and  their 
cavalry  returnsM^^.  When  we  had  arrived  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  the  forest  and  had  begun  to  fortify  a  camp,  suddenly 
from^  all  parts  of  the  forest  the  enemy  made  an  attack  on 
our  men.  \il.  While  this  was  taking  place  ^  among  the 
Helvetii,  Crassus  arrived  in  the  territory  of  the  Aquitani 
with  those  troops  which  he  had  received  from'^  Caesar. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Were  away,  abesse ;  what  must  he  the  case  of  its  subject  ? 

^recover;    **In  reference  to   future  time,   these  particles  (antequam, 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  41 

priusquam)  take  the  present  and   future  perfect  indicative ;  rarely  the 
present  subjunctive."  A.  &  G. 

3  hy  letter  ;  Ablative  of  means. 

*  begins  ;  render  with  the  Future  Indicative. 

5  Let  us  not  wait;  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  3,  4,  and  Note  2. 

^  are  increased  .  .  .  returns;    see  Ex.  9. 

"^  from;  which  preposition  should  be  used,  ex  or  ab? 

8  While  this  was  taking  place  ;  see  Ex.  10  and  Ln.  VL,  Bef.  2. 


LESSON    XVI. 
DIRECT  AND  INDIRECT  QUESTIONS. 

REFERENCES. 

1-5.  Hoiv  to  ask  a  Question.  4-  ^  Gr.  210,  a-f:  A.  &  S.  574, 
a,  b,  c;  575-578  :  B.  328,  a,  Rem.  1  :  B.  &  M.  1040  ;  1041  ;  1103- 
1106  :  G.  451-458  ;  464-467  :  H.  351,  1,  Notes  1-3,  2. 

6.  Double  Questions,  A.  &  G.  211,  a-d:  A.  &  S.  580,  a,  b; 
581  :  B.  1328  b,  Rem.  1  :  B.  &  M.  1107  ;  1108  :  G.  460  ;  461  ;  459  : 
H.  353,  1,  2,  Notes  2-4. 

7,  8.  Answers,  A.  &  G.  212  :  A.  &  S.  582  :  B.  328  a  Rem.  2, 
b  Rem.  2  :  G.  473  :  H.  352,  Notes  1,  2. 

9-14.  Indirect  Questions,  A.  &  G.  334,  a,  /,  with  Note  im- 
mediately preceding  334  :  A.  &  S.  518  ;  579  :  B.  294,  a,  Rule  LVIL: 
B.  &  M.  1182  :  G.  462,  1-4  ;  469  :  H.  528  2  Note  ;  529, 1.,  1,  Note 
1,  3. 

15.  Rhetorical  Questions,^  A.  &  G.  268  :  A.  &  S.  475  :  B. 
308  b,  Rule  LXVII.  :  B.  &  M.  1180 :  G.  468  :  H.  486  II. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Which  states  are  in  arms ?     quae  civitates  in  armis  sunt? 

2.  Do  you  remember  ?    meministine  ? 

3.  Is  not  the  consul  brave  ?     nonne  fortis  est  consul  ? 

4.  Do  you  hesitate  to  do  that  ?     num  dubitas  id  facgre  ? 

5.  Pray,  what  hinders  you  ?     quid  tandem  te  impddit  ? 

6.  Is  this  law  or  the  destruction  of  all  laws  1    haec  utrum  lea: 
est  an  legum  omnium  dissolutio  ? 


42  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

7.  Has  he  come  ?    He  has ;  venitne  ?     venit. 

8.  Did  the  general  lead  out  his  army  ?     He  did  not ;  eduxitne 
imperator  exercitum  ?     non  eduxit. 

9.  He  inquired  which  states  were  in  arms,  quaerebat  quae  civl- 
tates  in  armis  essent. 

10..  He  inquires  of  the  men  themselves  what  the  reason  is,  quae 
causa  sit  ex  ipsis  quaerit 

11.  I  asked  w^hether  he  had  arrived,  rogavi  pervenissetne. 

12.  He  asks  whether  they  will  come,  rogat  num  venturi  sint. 

13.  The  enemy  were  waiting    (to  see)   whether  our  men   would 
cross,  si  nostri  transirent  hostes  exspectabant. 

14.  The  tribunes  were  not  decided  as  to  what  they  would  do,  non 
satis  tribunis  constabat  quid  aggrent. 

15.  Why,  pray,  should  you  fear  J     quid  tandem  vereamini  ? 

VOCABULARY    16. 

adopt,    insisto,   gre,   institi,   no  or,  aut;  in  double  questions,  an:' 

sup.  or  not,  in  direct  questions,   an 

ask,  rogo,  are,  avi,  atum.  non ;  in  indirect,  necne. 

decided,  be  decided,  determined,  peril,   be  in   peril,    in  periculo 

satis  constat,  w.  Dat.  of  per-  versor,  ari,  atus  sum. 

son;  I  am  decided,  determined,  plan,  ratio,  onis,/. 

satis    mihi    constat ;    lit.    it  please,  delecto,  are,  avi,  atum. 

stands     sufficiently     firm     for  pray,    who    pray  ?     what    pray  ? 

me.  quis  tandem?  quid  tandem? 

find  out,  reperio,  ire,  repSri  or  size,  magnitude,  inis,  /. 

reppSri,  repertum.  w^hence,  unde;  w.  verbs  of  motion. 

how  great,  quantus,  a,  um.  where,  ubi ;  w.  verbs  of  rest. 

inquire,   quaere,  gre,    quaesivi  whither,  quo;  w.  verbs  of  motion. 

or  quaesii,  quaesltum.  whether,  in  double  indirect  ques- 

island,  insiila,  ae,  /.  tions,   utrum ne 

live,  vitam  dego,  6re,  degi,  no  (enclitic^):    in    single  indirect 

sup,  questions,  num,  si 

EXERCISE   16. 

^1. .  Pray,  who  are  you  and  where  do  you  live  ?   2.  Whence '  .'^ 
do  you  come  and  whither   are  you   going  1^  S.^^hat  is 
there  which  can^   now  please  you  in  this  city  ?   Jr.  Are 


LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION.  43 

not  these  books  worth  readingj^  a  second  time  ?     5.  What, 
pray,  hinders  you  from  visiting^  me  ?  ^.  Has  the  general 
whom  I  saw  in   the  city  arrived  ?     He  has.    ^.  Do  you 
hesitate  to  surrender  yourself  and  all  your  property  to  me  ? 
I  do  not.  X8.  Will  the  French  make  peace  with  the  Ger- 
mans or  make  war  upon   them^?    ^9.  The   Germans   are 
waiting  (to  see)  whether  the  French  will  cross ^  the  river 
Ithine.      10.   We   shall   ask   these   envoys   whether   they 
?^    have  coiTfe  to  see^  us.      11.    ^ley  inquired  of  us^  how 
"^.    great  was  ^^  the  size  of  the  island.     12.  They  can  find  out 
VT    neither  how  great  is  the  size  of  the  island  nor  what  tribes 
^  dwell  (on  it).     13>s»^e  are  not  decided  (as  to)  what  we 
^^^  shall  do  or  what  plan  of  battle  we  shall  adopt.  ^4^.  Our 
friends  asked   us  whether  we  would  come  to  visit  them 
or  not.      I'S.    When  the  soldiers  found  out  in  how  great 
peril  the  camp  and  general  were,  they  advanced  to  the 
attack. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^  Called  also   Dubitative  or    Doubting   Questions ;  also   Questions  of 
Appeal. 


2  He  asks  whether  you  will  go  or 
stay,  rogat, 


utrum  itarus  sis  an  remansurus. 
iturusne  sis  an  remansurus. 
itarus  sis  an  remansurus. 
ittlrus  sis  remanstirusne. 


*  can  ;  what  mood  should  be  used  ?    Why?    See  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

*  Worth  reading ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9,  and  Examples. 
^  from  visiting ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  13,  14,  and  Examples. 
6  See  Ref.  6. 

'  Will  cross ;  in  indirect  questions  referring  to  future  time,  the  future 
active  participle  with  the  proper  form  of  esse  is  generally  used ;  sec 
Note  2. 

8  to  see  ;  what  does  this  denote  ?    What  must  be  its  construction  ? 

*  of  us ;  quaero  is  followed  by  e,  ex  or  a,  ab  and  Abl.  of  person  ;  see 
Ex.  10. 

^°  Was ;  Indirect  questions  are  subject  to  the  same  rules  for  sequence  of 
tenses  as  Final  and  Consecutive  Clauses:  see  Ln.  VII.,  Ref.  1-7. 


44  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 


LESSON    XVII. 

THE   INFINITIVE. 

REFERENCES. 

1,2.  Subject  of  the  Infinitive,  A.  &  G.  240/:  A.  &  S. 
530:  B.  225  Rule  XVI. :  B.  &  M.  1136:  G.  341:  H.  536. 

1-5.  Infinitive  as  Subject.  A.  &  G.  270,  a;  Note  imme- 
diately  preceding  270  :  A.  &  S.  531  :  B.  315,  a,  Rule  LXXIII.  :  B. 
&  M.  1118  ;  1147  :  G.  423 ;  535  :  H.  538. 

^10.  Infinitive  without  Subject-Accusative  as  Object  or 
Complement,  A.  &  G.  271,  Note,  a:  A.  &  S.  532,  a :  B.  315,  c, 
Rule  LXXIII.:  B.  &  M.  II38:  G.  424:  H.  533,  L,  1,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  It  was  reported  that  horsemen  were  approaching,   nuntiatum 
est  equUes  accedSre. 

2.  JFe   ought    to  measure   out    corn,   nos  frumentum    metiri 
oportet. 

3.  You  might  have  given  hack  the  hostages,  vobis  obsides 
reddere  licuit. 

4.  It  pleased  a  part  to  defend  the  camp,  parti  placuit  castra  de- 
fenders 

5.  They  begged  permission  to  do  that,  petierunt  uti  sibi  id 
facere  liciret 

6.  Gaul  ought   to  he  free,  libera  debet  esse  Gallia. 

7.  He  hastens  to  depart  from  the  city,  maturat  ab  urbe  proficisci. 

8.  They  dared  to  cross  the  river,  ausi  sunt  translre  flumen. 

9.  They  began  to  fortify  a  camp,  castra  munlre  coeperunt. 

10.  Nobody  could  see  an  enemy,  hostem  videre  nemo  potuit 

How  to  express  can,  could,  may,  might,  ought, 

11.  I  can  do  this,  hoc  facgre  possum. 

12.  I  could  do  this,  hoc  facere  potgram  or  potid. 

13.  I  could  have  done  this,  hoc  facSre  potuL 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


45 


14  I  may  do  this      .... 

15.  I  might  have  done  this     . 

16.  I  ought  to  do  this   .     .     . 

17.  I  ought  to  have  done  this 

18.  I  must  do  this    .... 


mihi  hoc  facSre  licet 

hoc  faciam  licet. 

mihi  hoc  facgre  licuit 

hoc  fac6rem  licuit 

hoc  facSre  debeo. 

me  hoc  facSre  oportet 

hoc  faciam  ^  oportet 

hoc  facere  debuL 

me  hoc  fac6re  oportuit 

hoc  facSrem  ^  oportuit. 

me  hoc  facgre  necesse  est 

hoc  faciam  1  necesse  est 


VOCABULARY.    17. 


able,  be  able,  can,  possum,  posse, 

potui 
accustomed,    be    accustomed,   be 

wont,  soleo,  ere,  solltus  sum. 
attempt,  conor,  ari,  atus  sum. 
begin,  incipio,  cipgre,  cepi,  cep- 

tum ;  coepi  and  coeptus  sum, 

coepisse;  coeptus   sum  only 

jused  w.  pass,  infin. 
dare,  audeo,  ere,  ausus  sum. 
determine,  statuo,    gre,   statui, 

Btatiitum. 
hasten,  make  haste,  matiiro,  Sre, 

&vi,  atum. 
leave  off,  cease,  desino,  gre,  de- 

sivi  or  desii,  desitum. 
may,  one  may,  it  is  allowed,  it  is 


permitted,  licet,  licgre,  licuit 
or  licitum  est 

must,  one  must,  it  is  necessary,  it 
is  unavoidable,  necesse  est; 
necesse,  an  indecl.  neut.  adj. 

ought,  one  ought,  it  behooves,  it  is 
proper,  oportet,  ere,  oportuit; 
ought,  be  under  obligation,  de- 
beo, ere,  ui,  itum. 

prefer,  wish  rather,  choose  rather, 
malo,  malle,  malui. 

report,  nuntio,  are,  avi,  atum. 

unwilling,  be  unwilling,  not  wish, 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui. 

willing,  be  willing,  wish,  desire, 
volo,  velle,  volui. 


EXERCISE  17. 

1.  We  begged  permission^  to  appoint  a  council  of  all 
Gaul.     2.  The  Gauls  will  beg  permission  to  depart  as  soon 
as  possible.     3.  It  has  been  reported  that  the  French  are 
making  war  upon  the  Swissj    4  You  ought  to  have  ex- 
ported •  the   soldiers  to  fight^  bravely.     5.  Those  soldiers 


46  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

ought  not  to  have  prevented  the  enemy  from  cutting  down* 
the  bridge.  6.  The  French  could  have  crossed  the  river 
yesterday  but  they  cannot  to-dayj  7.  You  might  have 
gone  if  you  had  been  willing^  to  ask.  8.  If  you  do  not 
prefer  to  surrender  yourselves  and  all  your  possessions,  you 
must  flee.  9.  When  our  cavalry  had  begun  ^  to  advance, 
the  enemy  were  fleeing.  10.  Let  us  not"^  attempt  to  begin 
the  battle  on  the  left  wing.  11.  Our  army  is  accustomed 
to  delay  in  the  vicinity  of  large  towns  for  the  sake  of^ 
supplies.  12.  The  infantry  did  not  dare  to  cross  the  river, 
because  it  was^  very  wide  and  deep.  13.  Do  not  hesi- 
tated^ to  cross  the  river,  although  it  is  wide  and  deep. 
14.  Pompey,  since  he  was  unwilling  to  flee,  had  determined 
to  fight.  15.  The  governor  hastened  to  go  back  into  Italy 
as  soon  as  possible.  16.  Cease  to  fear  that^^  the  English 
will  declare  war  against  the  Germans. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  A.  &  G.  331,  c,  f  Remark  :  A.  &  S.  491  :  B.  295  Remark  :  G. 
659  Kemark  :  H.  501,  I.,  1  ;  502,  1. 

2  We  begged  permission  ;  see  Ex.  5. 

8  to  fight ;  what  does  this  denote  and  what  must  be  its  mood  ? 

*  from  cutting  down;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10,  12. 

^  if  you  had  been  willing ;  what  kind  of  a  supposition  ?  see  Ln.  XII., 
Ref.  1-5. 

6  had  begun;  see  Ln.  XV.,  Ref.  5-7. 

■^  not ;  which  negative  should  be  used  ?    See  Ln.  V.,  Note  2. 

*  for  the  sake  of;  what  must  be  the  position  of  causa  1     See  Vy.  6. 

^  because  it  was  ;  in  this  clause  how  would  quod  followed  by  the  sub- 
junctive differ  in  sense  from  quod  followed  by  the  indicative  ?  See  Ln. 
XIV.,  Note  5. 

1*^  do  not  hesitate ;  how  is  a  prohibition  expressed  in  Latin  ?  See  Ln. 
v.,  Ref,  5-7. 

i^fear  that;  see  Ln.  VIIL,  Note  8. 


LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 


47 


LESSON   XVIIL 

THE   INFINITIVE   {Continued). 

REFERENCES. 

l-O.**   Infinitive  with  Subject-Accusative  as  Object.     A,  & 

G.  272,  Remark  :  A.  &  S.  533  (l)-(5)  :  B.  315,  /,  1-4  :  B.  &  M. 
1148:  G.  527  ;  532  ;  533  :  H.  535,  I.-IIl. 

1-6.^  Tenses  of  the  Infinitive,  A.  &  G.  288,  a,/;  336  A 
Note  1  :  A.  &  S.  538,  a,  6;  539  :  B.  317  Rem.  4  :  B.  &  M.  1126- 
1129  :  G.  530  :  H.  537,  Note  3. 

7,  8.  Predicate  after  Infinitive,  A.  &  G.  272  a,  1,  2  :  A.  & 
S.  531  c;  532  6;  B.  225  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  1142  :  G.  535  R.  2  : 
H.  536  2,  l)-3). 

O.  Historical  Infinitive.  A.  &  G.  275  :  A.  &  S.  530  a :  B. 
315^;  B.  &M.  1137  :  H.  536  1. 


EXAMPLES. 


1.  He 


2.  He 


says 

thinks 

believes 

hopes 

hears 

rsgoices 

said 

thought 

believed 

hoped 

heard 

r^oiced 


I  have  conquered, 
that  the  Gauls  are  conquering, 
Iwill  conquer, 


Ihad  conquered, 
that  the  Gauls  were  conquering, 
[would  conquer, 


dicit 

putat 

credit 

sperat 

audit 

gaudet 

dixit 

putavit 

credidit 

speravit 

audivit 

gavisusest 


Gallos 


Gallos 


Ticisse. 
vinc6re. 
victuros    (esse) 

or  fore  ut  Galli 

Tincant. 


Ticisse. 
■vinc6re. 
victuros   (esse) 

or  fore  ut  Galli 

vincSrent. 


3.  He  ordered  the  third  line  to  fortify  the  camp,  tertiam  aciem 
castia  munire  jussit. 

4.  They  do  not  permit  wine  to  be  imported,  vinum  importari 
aon  sinunt. 

5.  I  see  that;  some  one  is  absent,  video  abesse  non  neminem. 

6.  They  say  that  they  will  not  return,  negant  sese  reversuros.* 

7.  I  wish  to  be  good,  volo  esse  bonus  or  volo  me  esse  bonum. 

8.  I  may  be  good,  mihi  bono  esse  licet. 

9.  Caesar  importuned  the  Aedui,  Caesar  Aeduos  flagitaxe. 


48  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

VOCABULARY    18 

accept,    accipio,    cipSre,    cepi,  hope,  spero,  are,  avi,  atum. 

ceptum.  lieutenant,  legatus,  i,  m. 

already,  jam,  adv.  order,  jubeo,  ere,  jussi,  jussum 

announce,     nuntio,      are,     avi,  promise,  polliceor,  eri,  poUici- 

atum.  tus  sum. 

approach,  appropinquo,  are,  avi,  recover,     recupSro,     are,     avi, 

atum.  atum. 

believe,  credo,  Sre,  credidi,  ere-  right,  jus,  juris,  n. 

ditum.  terms,  condicio,  onis,  /. 

denies,  says  not,  nego,  are,  avi,  think,  puto,  are,  avi,  atum ;  ar- 

atum.  bitror,  ari,  atus  sum. 

give  back,  reddo,  ere,  reddidi,  tower,    turris,  is,  /. ;   ace.    sing. 

redditum.  turrim. 

EXERCISE    18. 

1.  The  consul  believes  that  the  Gauls  will  neither  send^ 
envoys  nor  accept^  any ^  terms  of  peace.  2.  He  hopes  that 
the  Aquitani  have  recovered  their  hostages  and  refturned 
into  their  dWn  country.  3.  Our  commander  thinks  that 
the  Germans  are  marching  into  Switzerland  in  order  that 
auxiliaries  may  not  be  sent  from  that  nation  into  France. 
4.  The  envoys  said  that  they  would  report ^  these  things 
to  their  friends  and  return  to  Caesar.  5.  The  lieutenant 
announced  that  the  Germans  were  leading*  a  part  of  their 
troops  across  the  river.  6.  They  promised  that  they  would 
either  give  hostages  or  surrender  themselves  and  all  their 
possessions  to  the  consul.  7.  When  the  Gauls  saw  the 
tower  approaching,^  they  sent  legates  to  beg  for^  peace„ 
8.  The  consul  began  to  march  into  those  places  in  which 
he  had  heard  that  there  were  Germans.  9.  He  says  that  he 
ought  not^  to  be  hindered  in  his  right  by  the  Eoman  people. 
10.  He  says  that  Ariovistus  was  not  hindered  from  re- 
turning into  Germany.  11.  The  general  ordered  his  lieu- 
tenant to  lead  a  part  of  his  troops  to  the  river  and  cut 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  49 

down  the  bridge.  12.  I  shall  ask  whether  he  promised  or 
not  that  he  would  give  back  the  hostages.  13.  There  is 
no  doubt  that  he  thinks  that  we  could  have  crossed^  the 
river,  although  it  was  very  deep  and  wide. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  In  Caesar's  Commentaries  the  future  active  infinitive  is  very  often 
written  without  esse. 

2  any  ;  aliquam  or  ullam?     See  Gen.Vy.  under  "any." 

^  would  report;  what  is  its  time  relative  to  the  time  of  the  principal 
verb  said  ?    What  were  the  exact  words  of  the  envoys  ? 

*  were  leading;  what  were  the  lieutenant's  words  ?    What  tense  of  the 
infinitive  must  be  used  ? 

^  tower  approaching  =  tower  to  approach. 

^  to  hcg  for ;  what  is  denoted  by  this  infinitive  and  with  what  construc- 
tion must  it  be  rendered?    See  Ln.  VII.,  Note  1. 

'  says  .  .  .  not ;  Latin  idiom,  denies. 
'    *  could  have  crossed;  compare  Ln.  XVII. ,  Ex.  13. 


LESSON    XIX. 
INDIRECT    DISCOURSE. 

Answer  the  following  questions  :  What  is  a  Direct  Quotation] 
An  Indirect  ?  Direct  Discourse  or  Oratio  Recta  ?  Indirect  Discourse 
or  Oratio  Obliqua  1  In  Indirect  Discourse,  what  mood  is  used  in  the 
principal  clause  of  a  declarative  sentence  ?  What  mood  in  subordi- 
nate clauses  ?  When  Direct  Discourse  becomes  Indirect,  what  changes 
are  made  in  the  pronouns  ?  What  verbs  and  expressions  are  fol- 
lowed by  the  Indirect  Discourse  ? 

For  the  answers  consult  the  Examples  and  Notes  of  this  Lesson, 
and  the  following  References  :  A.  &  G.  335,  Remark  ;  336,  a;  also 
Note  on  pages  369,  370 :  A.  &  S.  514-516  ;  533  (1)  :  B.  316  ;  317, 
Rule  LXXIV.  :  B.  &  M.  1295  ;  1296,  A.,  E.,  G.,  H.,  I. :  G.  509  2; 
651  ;  652 ;  653  ;  663,  1-4  :  H.  522,  1,  2  ;  513,  I.-III.  ;  524  ;  526. 


y. 


50  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


EXAMPLES. 

Examples  1,  3,  5,  7  are  Direct  Discourse ;  2,  4,  6,  8  are  the  same 
changed  to  Indirect  Discourse. 

1.  He  is  hopeless  with  respect  to  that  influence  which  he  possesses, 
de  ea,  quam  habet,  giatia  desperat. 

2.  Caesar  finds  that  he  is  hopeless  with  respect  to  that  influence 
which  he  possesses,  Caesar  repSrit  ilium  de  ea,  quam  habeat, 
gratia  desperaxe. 

3.  I  have  not  made  war  upon  the  Gauls,  but  the  Gauls  upon  me, 
non  ego  Gallis,  sed  Galli  miM  bellum  intulerunt. 

4.  Ariovistus  declared  that  he  had  not  made  war  upon  the  Gauls, 
but  the  Gauls  upon  him,  Ariovistus  praedicavit  non  sese  Gallis, 
sed  Gallos  sibi  bellum  intulisse. 

5.  I  wonder  what  business  the  Roman  people  have  in  my  Gaul, 
which  I  have  conquered,  mihi  mirum  videtur,  quid  in  mea  Gallia, 
quam  vici,  populo  Romano  negoti  sit. 

6.  Ariovistus  answered  that  he  wondered  what  business  the  Eoman 
people  had  in  his  Gaul,  which  he  had  conquered,  Ariovistus  re- 
spondit  sibi  mirum  videri,  quid  in  sua  Gallia,  quam  vicisset, 
popiilo  Romano  negoti  esset 

7.  Since  he  makes  me  this  requital,  this  is  what  I  demand  of  him, 
quoniam  banc  mihi  gratiam  refert,  haec  sunt,  quae  ab  eo 
postiilo. 

8.  He  said  that  since  he  made  him  this  requital,  this  was  what  he 
demanded  of  him,  dixit  quoniam  banc  sibi  gratiam  referret,  haec 
esse  quae  ab  eo  postularet. 


VOCABULARY   19. 


jonquer,  vinco,Sre,vici,  victum.  manner,  in  what  manner,  quem- 
'     demand,  postulo,  are,  avi,atum;         admbdum,  a^^v. 

I  make  this  demand  of  him,  ab  multitude,  multitudo,  inis,  /. 

eo  hoc  postulo.  on  this  side  of,  cis,  prep.  w.  Ace. 

especially,  praesertim,  adv.  private  property,  res  familiaris. 

find,    reperio,    ire,    reperi    and  reply,   answer,  respondeo,    ere, 

repperi,  repertum.  respondi,  responsum. 

know,  scio,  scire,  scivi  or  scii,  requital,  make  requital,  gratiam 

scitum.  refSro,   referre,   retiili,    rela- 

law,  right,  jus,  juris,  n.  tum;  I  shall  make  you  this  re- 


LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION.  51 

qiiital,     tibi     haac     gratiam  true,  verus,  a,  um. 

refgram.  unoccupied,  be  unoccupied,  vaco, 

rule  over,  Impgro,  Sre,  avi,  atum,  are,  avi,  atum. 

w.  dat.  with,   at,   near,  at  the  house  of, 

settle,  consido,Sre,sedi,sessum.  apud,  prep.  w.  ace. 

EXERCISE    19. 

1.  Caesar  finds  that  Dumnorix  always  has  about  himself 
a  large  number  of  cavalry,  and  that  he  has  increased  his 
private  property.  2.  The  envoy  said  he  knew*  that  those 
things,  which  we  had  reported,  were  true.  3.  The  am- 
bassador reported  that  all  the  rest  of  the  Belgians  were  in 
Larms,  and  that  the  Germans,  who  were  dwelling  on  this 
side  of  the  Ehine,  had  united  themselves  with  these. 
4.  The  king  replied  that  he  would  not  give  back  the  hosta- 
ges, which  he  had  received,  but^  would  make  war  upon  the 
tribes  who  dwelt  beyond  the  Alps.  5.  Ariovistus  answered 
that  it  was  a  law  of  war,  that  those,  who  had  conquered, 
should  in  what  manner  they  wished  rule  over^  those  whom 
they  had  conquered.  6.  The  general  says  that  since  they 
have  made  him  this  requital,  he  ^ill  make  this  demand  of 
them,  that  they  at  once  give  back^  the  hostages.  7.  The 
king  thinks  that  since  he  has  made  you  this  requital,  you 
ought  not  to  demand  that  he  give  back  the  hostages. 
8.  The  lieutenant  reports  that  his  general  will  make  the 
Roman  people  this  requital,  provided  they  shall  make^ 
peace  with  him.  9.  Caesar  replies  that  no  fields,  which 
can  be  given  especially  to  so  great  a  multitude  without 
wrong,  are  unoccupied  in  Italy;  but  they  may  settle,  if 
they  wish,  in  the  territory  of  the  Gauls,  whose  ambassa- 
dors are  with  him. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^  "When  a  statement  is  directly  made,  a  question  directly  put,  or  a 
supposition  directly  expressed,  the  language  is  said  to  be  direct,  oratio 
recta."     Rohy. 


52  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

2  "When  a  statement,  question,  or  supposition  is  reported  in  a  form 
which  makes  it  dependent  in  construction  on  some  such  word  as  said, 
the  language  is  said  to  be  oblique  or  indirect  {oratio  obllqua)."     Rohy. 

3  When  Direct  Discourse  becomes  Indirect,  the  forms  of  ego  and  mens 
are  usually  changed  to  those  of  sui,  suus,  ipse  if  they  refer  to  the  subject 
of  the  verb  on  which  the  Indirect  Discourse  is  made  dependent ;  otherwise 
to  those  of  is  or  ille. 

4  knew;  which  tense  must  be  used?    See  Ln.  XVIII. ,  Ref.  1-6^ 
^hut;  **If  a  negative  proposition  is  followed  by  an  affirmative,    in 

which  the  same  thought  is  expressed  or  continued,  que,  et,  or  ac,  is  em- 
ployed in  Latin,  where  in  English  we  use  hut."     Madvig,  433,  Obs.  2. 

^  should  .  .  .  rule  over ;  what  would  be  the  construction  in  Direct  Dis- 
course?   See  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8. 

''give  back;  construction  in  Direct  Discourse?  See  Ln.  VIII.,  Ref. 
1-14.  - 

8  provided  they  shall  make;  see  Ln.  XII.,  Ref.  8. 


LBSSONXX. 

INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  (Continued). 

Answer  the  following  questions  :  When  Direct  Discourse  is  made 
Indirect  what  does  an  indicative  in  the  apodosis  —  conclusion  —  of  a 
conditional  sentence  become  ?  A  subjunctive  of  the  active  voice  ? 
A  subjunctive  of  the  passive  voice  ?  What  does  an  indicative  in  the 
protasis  —  conditional  clause  —  become  ?  Into  what  mood  is  an  im- 
perative changed  ?  What  mood  does  an  interrogative  sentence  take  ? 
What  changes  are  made  in  the  tenses  ?  For  the  answers  consult  the 
Examples  of  this  lesson,  the  Table  on  page  54,  and  the  following 
Keferences  :  a.  &  G.  337,  a,  h;  338,  Note  2  ;  339  :  A.  &  S.  515- 
517  (1),  (2),  Note;  518:  B.  3l7,a-c;;  B.  &  M.  1296,  A.  — I.; 
1303:  G.  654-659  :  H.  523  II.,  1,  2,  III. ;  527,  I.-III. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  If  he  departs,  I  shall  reward  him,  si  discessgrit  {fut.  jperf. 
ind.),  ego  ilium  remunerabor. 

2.  He  declares  that  if  he  departs,  he  will  reward  him,  praedlcat 
si  discessgrit  {perf.  suhj.),  se  ilium  remuneraturum  esse. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  53        j 

> 
3-   He  declared  that  if  lie  should  depart,  he  would  reward  him, 
praedicavit  si  discessisset,  se  ilium  remuneraturum  esse. 

4.  If  hostages  should  be  given,  I  should  make  peace,  si  obsides 
dentur,  pacemfaciam.i  >,  .  V 

5.  He  answers  that  if  hostages  should  be  given,  he  would  make        .  ^ 
peace,  respondet  si  obsides  dentur,  pacem  se  esse  facturum.  ^    i 

6.  He  answered  that  if  hostages  should  be  given,  he  would  make  ^  / 
peace,  respondit  si  obsides  darentur  (dentur),  pacem  se  esse      / 
facturum. 

7.  If  hostages  had  been  given,  I  should  have  made  peace,  si     j  5  ^ 
obsides  dati  essent,  pacem  fecissem.  > 

8.  He  answers,  or  he  answered,  that  if  hostages  had  been  given,  he 
would  have  m^de  peace,  respondet,  or  respondit,  si  obsides  dati    q*1\J 
essent,  pacem  se  fuisse  facturum.  Ql  5  » 

9.  If  I  should  make  peace,  hostages  would  be  given,  si  pacem        \'^ 
faciam,  obsides  dentur. 

10.  He  says  that  if  he  should  make  peace,  hostages  would  be  given, 
dicit,  si  pacem  faciat,  futurum  esse,  or  fore,  ut  obsides  dentur. 

11.  He  said  that  if  he  should  make  peace,  hostages  would  be  given,  cj  ^ 
dixit,  si  pacem  facSret,  futurum  esse,  or  fore,  ut  obsides  da-  ^^ 
rentur.  ^  l 

12.  If  I   had  made   peace,  hostages  would  have  been  given,  si  <fi 
pacem  fecissem,  obsides  dati  essent  J^T^ 

13.  He  says,  or  he  said,  that  if  he  had  made  peace,  hostages  would  #^ 
have  been  given,  dicit,  or  dixit,  si  pacem  fecisset,  futurum  fuisse 

ut  obsides  darentur. 

14.  But  if  you  persist,  remember,  sin  perse verabis,  reminiscere. 

15.  He  said  ;  but  if  he  should  persist,  he  must  remember,  dixit, 
sin  perseveraret,  reminisceretur. 

16.  Let  him  engage  in  the  contest  when  he  wishes,  cum  volet, 
congrediatur. 

17.  He  answered  that  he  might  engage  in  the  contest  when  he 
wished,  respondit,  cum  vellet,  congrederetur. 

18.  If  I  am  willing  to  forget,  can  I  lay  aside  memory  ?  si  oblivi- 
sci  volo,  num  memoriam  deponSre  possum  ? 

19.  He  answered  ;  if  he  should  be  willing  to  forget,  could  he  lay 
aside  memory  ?  respondit ;  si  oblivisci  vellet,  num  memoriam 
depongre  posse  ? 


54  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

TABLE  showing  the  Changes  made  in  Moods  and  Tenses  when 
Direct  Discourse  becomes  Indirect. 

I.  Moods- 

1.    Principal  Clauses  :   Statements. 

Direct  Discourse.  Indibeot  Discourse. 

Indicative becomes     Infinitive. 

Active  Subjunctive  in  the  apod-l  ,  (Future  Active  Participle  with 

-,.  .       ,  r  becomes  <  ,  -^ 

osis  01  a  conditional  sentence  J  [     esse  or  fuisse. 

Passive  Subjunctive  in  the  apod- 1  J  fore,  or  fattirum  esse  or  fuisse, 

osis  of  a  conditional  sentence  J  [     with  ut  and  the  subjunctive. 

2.    Principal  Clauses  :  Questions. 
Indicative,  1st  or  3d  person,     .     becomes  Infinitive. 

Indicative,  2d  person,     .     .     .     becomes  Subjunctive. 

Subjunctive remains  Subjunctive. 

3.    Principal  Clauses  :    Commands  or  Prohibitions. 

Imperative becomes  Subjunctive. 

Subjunctive remains  Subjunctive. 

4.    Subordinate  Clauses  of  All  Kinds. 

Indicative becomes  Subjunctive. 

Subjunctive remains  Subjunctive. 

II.  Tenses. 

1.  When  an  Indicative  or  a  Subjunctive  of  Direct  Discourse  passes  into  a 

Subjunctive  of  Indirect  Discourse. 

Present,  often  Imperfect,  when  made  dependent 
upon  a  Principal  Tense  ;  Imperfect,  some- 
times Present,  when  made  dependent  upon 
an  Historical  Tense. 

)r  Perfect,  often  Pluperfect,  when  made  dependent 
become  <      upon   a   Principal    Tense ;  Pluperfect,   some- 
[     times  Perfect,  after  an  Historical  Tense. 

Imperfect remains         Imperfect. 

Pluperfect .     remains         Pluperfect. 

2.  When  an  Indicative  of  Direct  Discourse  passes  into  an  Infinitive  of 

Indirect  Discourse. 

Present remains         Present. 

Future  or  Future-Perfect      .     .     becomes         Future  Participle  with  esse. 
Perfect 

Imperfect   \ become  Perfect. 

Pluperfect 


Present  ^^     .     .     be,come 
Future  J 


Perfect 
Future-Perfect 


•v*^ 

"^ 


Y    .,j^                LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION.                            55 

A  VOCABULARY   20- 

danger,  periciilum,  i,  n.  manner,  in  no  ordinary  manner, 

declare,  praedico,  are,  avi,  atum.  non  mediocriter,  adv. 

disturb,     perturbo,      are,     avi,  pleasing,  gratus,  a,  um. 

atum.  prepared,  paratus,  a,  um. 

entire,  totus,  a,  um.  reward,    remuneror,    ari,    atus 

forget,  obliviscor,  i,  oblitus  sum.  sum. 

high-born,  nobllis,  e.  try,  experior,  iri,  expertus  sum. 

kill,  interficio,  ficSre,  feci,  fee-  understand,  intellego,  hie,  lexi, 

tum.                   ^,  w  ^.  lectum. 


EXERCISE  20. 

'ranslate  "sentences  1-6  into  Indirect  Discourse,  making  1,  3,  5 
dependent  upon  dicit,  and  2,  4,  6,  upon  dixit.  ! 

1.  If  the  Gauls  who  dwell  on  this  side  of  the  Alps  de-    ^    ^^ 
part,i  the  Komans  will  reward  them.     2.  You  are  the  only 
person  who  has  ever  led ^  troops  across  the  Ehine^     3.  If_j 
the  Gauls  had  staid  in  Italy,  there  '<SmA  have  been  no  ^  J  /  » 
friendship  between  them  and  me.^     4.  If  you  wish  to  con- 
quer, wheel  about  and  advance  fearlessly  into  the  enemy's 
country.     5.  Can  I  forget  that  this  is  my  native  country 
and  that  I  am   the  consul  of  these  people*  ?     6.  While 
Caesar  was  delaying^  in  the  vicinity  of  Geneva  for  the 
sake  of  supplies,  such  fear  suddenly  seized  the  entire  army 
that  it  disturbed  the  minds  of  all  in  no  ordinary  manner. 
7.  He  declared  that  if  they  wished  to  try  a  second  time, 
he  was  prepared   to   fight  a  secolid   time.     8.  Ariovistus 
replied,  that  if  h.e  should  kill  Caesar,  he  would  do  a  favor  ^ 
to  many  high-born  men  among  the  Eoman  people."^    9.  The     -x  J\ 
king  answered,  that  if  we  had  surrendered  our  town   to       ^ 
him,  his   private   property  would   have  been   greatly  in- 
creased.    10.  He  said  that  he  understood  with  how  great 
danger  you  had  done^  that.     11.  He  says  that  if  we  had 
not  come,  the  enemy  would  have  cut  down  the  bridge. 


56  LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  depart;  which  tense  should  be  used  in  Direct  Discourse  and  which  in 
Indirect  ?    See  Ex's  1  and  2. 

2  Aas  led;  what  mood  is  necessary  in  Direct  Discourse?  See  Ln.  X., 
Ref.  1-9  and  Ex.  7. 

3  between  them  and  me  ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  for  me  with  them,. 
*  people  ;  is  it  necessary  to  translate  this  word  ? 

^  was  delaying ;  what  tense  would  be  used  in  Direct  Discourse  ?  See 
Ln.  VI.,  Ref.  2. 

^  a  favor  ;  gratum. 

■^  among  the  Roman  people;  render  by  the  genitive. 

8  you  had  done ;  what  mood  would  be  necessary  in  Direct  Discourse  ? 
See  Ln.  XVI.,  Ref.  9-14. 

\ 

LESSON   XXL 

TJIE  GENITIVE. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Subjective  Genitive  tvith  Nouns.  A.  &  G.  214,  a; 
223  e:  A.  &  S.  350  ;  351  ;  353  (1)  ;  358  (2)  :  B.  232,  Eule  XXI., 
Eem.  1-3  :  B.  &  M.  751  ;  753 ;  756  :  G.  361,  1  :  H.  396,  I.,  II. 

3-6.  lAmited  Word  Omitted,  A.  &  G.  214  6  ;  A.  &  S.  353 
d,  e:  B.  230  Rem.  2  :  B.  &  M.  755  :  G.  360,  Rem.  3  :  H.  398. 

7-12.  Subjective  Genitive  tvith  Verbs,  A.  &  G.  214  c,  d  : 
A.  &  S.  357:  B.  230,  Rem.  1  :  B.  &  M.  780  :  G.  365,  Rem.  1-3  : 
H.  401,  Notes  2,  3  ;  402. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  The  fear  of  the  people,  the  running  together  of  all  the  good, 
the  faces  and  looks  of  these,  tiraor  popiili,  concursus  bonorum 
omnium,  horum  ora  vultusque. 

2.  For  the  sake  of  aid,  auxili  causa. 

3.  Is  unpopularity  caused  by  severity  very  much  more  to  he 
dreaded  than  that  caused  by  negligence  ?  num  est  vehementius 
severitdtis  invidia  quam  nequitiae  pertimescenda  ? 

4.  For  the  purpose  of  avoiding  suspicion,  suspicionis  vitandae, 
sc.  causa. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 


57 


5.  ^uintus,  son  of  Marcus,  Quintus  Marci,  sc.  filius. 

6.  With  respect  to  my  danger  and  that  of  the  state,  de  meo  peri- 
ctilo  et  rei  publicae,  sc.  perictilo. 

7.  It  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  see,  sapientiae  est  videre. 

8.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  consul,  constilis  est. 

9.  It  is  your  duty  to  care  for  the  state,  vestrum  est  rei  publicae 
providere. 

10.  It   was  foolish  to   think   of    peace,   erat    amentis    pacem 
cogitare. 

11.  The  fifth  class  consists  of  murderers,  quintum   genus   est 
parricidarum. 

12.  I  shall  grant  that  the  fault  belongs  to  Ligarius,  confitebor 
culpam  esse  Ligari 

VOCABULARY    21. 


avert,  drive  away,  depello,  6re, 
deptili,  depulsum. 

care  for,  provideo,  ere,  vidi, 
visum,  w.  dat. 

criminal,  facinorosus,  i,  m. 

decide,  decerno,  Sre,  crevi,  cre- 
tum. 

desolation,  vastitas,  atis,  /. 

destruction,  exitium,  i,  n. 

establish,  constituo,  6re,  ui, 
utum. 

foolish,  stupid,  amens,  ge7i.  amen- 
tis. 

highest,  summus,  a,  um. 

house,  tectum,  i,  n. 

it  is  the  duty,  part  of,  est  w.  pred. 
gen. 

misfortune,  calamitas,  atis,  /. 


never,  numquam  (nunquam), 
adv. 

retain,  hold,  teneo,  gre,  ui,  ten- 
turn. 

separate,  sejungo,  ere,  junxi, 
junctum. 

state,  res  publica,  rei  publicae,/. 

troubled,  anxious,  sollicitus,  a, 
um. 

welfare,  prosperity,  salus,  litis,  /. 

whole,  on  the  whole,  universus, 
a,  um. 

wisdom,  sapientia,  ae,/. 

wise,  sapiens,  gen.  sapientis. 

withdraw,  deficio,  ficSre,  feci, 
fectum;  to  withdraw  from 
allegiance  to  the  king,  a  rege 
deficgre. 


V 


EXERCISE   21. 

1.  Cicero  said  that  Catiline  was  bringing  to  destruction 
and  desolation  the  temples  of  the  immortal  gods  and  lives  ^ 
of  all  the  citizens.  2.  Catiline  was  hindered  by  Cicero 
from  bringing^  to  destruction  and  desolation  the  houses  of 


58  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

the  city.  3.  Those  men,  who  have  withdrawn  from  alle- 
giance to  the  state,  ought ^  never  to  retain  the  rights  of 
citizens.  4.  Cicero  said  that  they,  who  had  withdrawn* 
from  allegiance  to  the  state,  had  never  in  the  city  of  Eome 
retained  the  rights  of  citizens.  5.  The  orator  saw  that  the 
senators  were  troubled  not  only  with  respect  to^  their 
danger  and  that^  of  the  state,  but  also,  if  that  should  be 
averted,^  with  respect  to  his.  6.  It  is  the  duty  of  the 
senate  to  care  for  the  highest  welfare  of  the  state.  7.  Do 
not  doubt ^  that  it  is^  your  duty^  to  care  for  the  state. 
8.  It  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  see  that  the  misfortunes^ 
of  many  citizens  cannot  be  separated  from  that^  of  the 
state.  9.  Tfie  consul  says  that  the  fifth  class  consists  of 
criminals.  10.  Cicero  said  that  the  colonies,  which  Sulla 
had  established  in  Etruria,  consisted  on  the  whole  of  very 
good  citizens  and  very  brave  men.  11.  There  is  no  doubt 
that  it  was  foolish  ^^  to  think  of  peace  when  the  enemy  was 
already  in  the  city.  12.  It  will  be  wise^^  to  delay  in  the 
vicinity  of  this  town  for  the  sake  of  aid.  13.  The  consul 
said  that  the  senate  ought  fearlessly  to  decide  with  respect 
to  its  own  highest  welfare  and  that  of  the  Eoman  people. 
14.  Let  us  at  once  carefully  and  fearlessly  decide  ^^  with 
respect  not  only  to  our  own  welfare  but  also  to  that  of  the 
Eoman  people. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  lives ;  the  Latin  often  has  a  noun  in  the  singular  number  where  the 
English  requires  the  plurah 

'^  from  bringing  ;  what  constructions  may  depend  upon  verbs  of  hinder- 
ing?   See  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10-12  and  13,  14. 

8  ought;  see  Ln.  XVIL,  Examples  16,  17. 

*  had  withdrawn  ;  what  mood  must  be  used  in  a  subordinate  clause  of 
Indirect  Discourse  ?     See  Ln.  XIX. 

^  that;  see  Ref,  3-6  and  Ex.  6.  6  should  he  averted;  pluperf.  subj. 

^  do  not  doubt ;  how  is  a  prohibition  expressed  in  Latin  ?  See  Ln.  V., 
Ref.  5-7. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  59 

8  that  it  is ;  what  construction  usually  depends  upon  a  negative  clause 
expressing  or  implying  doubt  ?     See  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10-12. 

^  your  duty ;  instead  of  the  predicate  genitive  of  di  personal  pronoun,  the 
nominative  or  accusative  of  the  possessive  is  generally  used  :  see  Ex.  9. 

1°  With  adjectives  of  one  ending  the  genitive  masculine,  instead  of  the 
nominative   or  accusative  neuter,  is  generally  used  in  a  predicate  after 
esse  to  avoid  ambiguity ;  e.  g.  it  is  wise,  sapientis  est  (it  is  of  a  wise 
man). 
^1  Let  us  .  .  .  decide ;  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  3,  4. 


LESSON   XXIL 

THE    GENITIVE    (Continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Objective  Genitive.  A.  &  G.  217  :  A.  «&  S.  353  (2)  : 
B.  233,  Rule  XXll. :  B.  &  M.  751  ;  753  :  G.  361,  2  ;  362  :  H.  396, 
III. 

4,  5,  12,  Constructions  used  instead  of  Objective  Geni- 
tive.    A.  &  G,  217,  a,  c :  A.  &  S.  353  6;  358  (2)  a:  H.  396  Note  1. 

6-8.  Partitive  Genitive.  A.  &  G.  216,  a,  1-4  :  A.  &  S.  354  ; 
355  :  B.  227  Rule  XVII.,  a-g :  B.  &  M.  771  ;  772  :  G.  366-371  :  H. 
397  1-4, 

O.  Constructions  used  instead  of  Partitive  Genitive. 
A.  &  G.  216  c,  d ;  A  &  S.  358  (5)  :  B.  227  Rem.  2  :  B.  &  M.  775  : 
G.  371  Rem.  5  :  H.  397  Note  3. 

10.  When  the  Partitive  Genitive  is  not  to  be  used, 
A.  &  G.  216,  e :  B.  227  Rem.  3 :  G.  368  Rem.  2  -.  H  397  2  Note. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  The  destruction  of  the  commonwealth,  perniciem  rei  publl- 
cae. 

2.  From  dangers  to  the  commonwealth,  a  rei   publicae   peri- 
ctllis. 

3.  A  leader  in  the  war,  dux  belli ;  preparation  for  war,  com- 
paratio  belli 


60  LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

4.  By  the  love  of  the  gods  for  you,  deorum  erga  vos  amore. 

5.  With  danger  to  himself,  suo  periciSlo. 

-^      '      6.    Which  o/ i6s  do  you  think  knows  not  what  j^Za^i  you  adopted? 
*>&     ^quid  consili  cepgris  quern  nostrum  ignorare  arbitraris? 
\^  7.   There  is  no  one  who  does  not  contribute  as  much  good-will  as 

h'  he  can,  est  nemo,  qui  non  tantum,  quantum  potest,  confgrat 

voluntatis. 

8.  No  one  of  these,  horum  nemo;  sufficient  garrison,  satis 
praesidi ;  some  place,  aliquid  loci ;  one  of  whom,  quorum  alter ; 
where  in  the  world  are  we,  ubinam  gentium  sumus  ?  the  bravest 
of  the  soldiers,  militum  fortissimi. 

9.  One  of  the  sons,  unus  e  filiis. 

10.  The  welfare  of  all  of  us,  salutem  omnium  nostrum. 

11.  There  is  not  one  slave,  servus  est  nemo. 

12.  With  respect  to  the  destruction,  of  all  of  us,  de  nostro  omni- 
um^ interitu. 

VOCABULARY    22. 

as  much  ...  as,  tantus  .  .  .  quan-  former,  vetus,  gen.  vetSris. 

tus.  garrison,  protection,  praesidium, 

bestow,  impertio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  i,  n. 

itum ;   IV.  ace.   of  direct   object  plot,  cogito,  are,  avi,  atum. 

and  dat.  of  indirect.  preparation,  comparatio,  onis,  /. 

contribute,  devote,  confgro,  con-  renown,  gloria,  ae,  /. 

ferre,  contiili,  collatum.  save,  conserve,  are,  avi,  atum. 

due,  be  due,  debeor,  eri,  debitus  safficientlj,  sufficient,  satis,  adv. 

sum.  surely,  profecto,  adv. 

endeavor  to  bring  about,  molior,  the   one  .  .  .  the  other,  alter  .  . . 

iri,  itus  sum.  alter. 
forgetting,  forgetfulness,  oblivio, 

onis,  /. 

EXERCISE   22. 

1.  Do  not  doubt  that  the  leader  of  the  enemy  is  in  the 
senate,  endeavoring  to  bring  about  the  destruction  of  the 
commonwealth.  2.  No  one  can  prevent  the  commander  of 
that  camp  from  endeavoring  to  bring  about^  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  commonwealth.  3.  There  were  in  that  most 
dignified  council  of  the  earth,  those  who  were  plotting  "^ 


LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION.  61 

with  respect  to  the  destruction  of  alP  of  us.  4.  Provided 
my  destruction  is  separated*  from  dangers  to  the  common- 
wealth, I  shall  not  be  unwilling  to  die.^  5.  The  city  has 
been  saved  by  the  highest  love  of  the  immortal  gods  for 
you,  but  with  danger  to  me.  6.  All  of  us  desire  to  know 
who  will  be^  leaders  in  this  war.  7.  There  was  not  one 
slave  who  did  not  contribute  to  the  common  welfare  ^  as 
much  good-will  as  he  dared  and  as  he  could.  8.  Cicero 
said  that  he  would  bestow^  upon  Lucullus  as  much  praise 
as  was  due  to  a  brave  man  and  great  commander.  9.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  the  general  devoted  all  the  remaining 
time,  not  to  forgetting  the  former  war,  but  to  preparation 
for  a  new.  10.  Who  of  us^  does  not  know  what  pro- 
tection the  city  has  ?^^  11.  There  is  no  one  of  these  who 
does  not  know^^  that  the  city  has  sufficient  garrison. 
12.  There  will  surely  be  some  place  for  my  renown  amid 
the  praises  for  this  man.  13.  Two  kings  were  captured,  of 
whom  one  had  slaughtered  the  bravest  of  our  soldiers,  the 
other  had  murdered  one  of  my  sons. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^omniiiin;  **A  possessive  in  any  case  may  have  a  genitive  in  appo- 
sition."   A.  &  G. 

^from  endeavoring  to  brin^  about;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10-12. 

8  were  plotting ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

*  is  separated;  see  Ln.  XII.,  Ref.  8. 

^  I  shall  not  be  unwilling  to  die;  see  Ln,  II.,  Ref.  10-12. 

6  will  be;  how  should  it  be  expressed  ?    See  Ln.  XVI.,  Note  7. 

'  to  the  common  welfare  ;  ad  w.  ace. 

8  would  bestow;  what  mood  and  tense  must  be  used  ?    See  Ln.  XVIII. , 
Ref.  1-6K 

9  of  us;  see  Ln.  III.,  Note  2. 

i«  has;  see  Ln.  XVI.,  Ref.  9-14. 

1^  does  not  know;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  10-12. 


62  LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

LESSON    XXIII. 

THE    GENITIVE    {Continued). 

REFERENCES. 
1-5.    Genitive  of  Quality,     A.  &  G.  215,  a,  6;  252  a:  A.  &  S. 

356  ;  371  ;  372  :  B.  238,  Rule  XXVIL,  Rem.  1-5  :  B.  &  M.  757  ; 
758  ;  799  ;  800  :  G.  364,  Remark  ;  378  :  H.  396  V.  ;  404,  Notes  1, 
2  ;  405. 

6-12.  Genitive  with  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  218  a-c  ;  224  d: 
A.  &  S.  359-361  ;  362,  (4)  ;  B.  234,  Rule  XXIII ,  1-3,  Rem.  1-3  : 
B  &  M.  765  ;  767  ;  776  :  G  373  ;  374  :  H.  399,  I.,  1-3,  II. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  In  a  contest  of  such  a  kind,  in  ejus  modi  certamine. 

2.  Rocks  of  great  weight,  magni  pondSris  saxa. 

3.  All  which  is  of  such  a  character,  quae  sunt  omnia  ejus 
modi. 

4."   The  depth  of  the  river  was  about  three  feet,  flumlnis  erat 
altitudo  circiter  pedum  trium. 

5.  It  is  worth  while  for  rae,  est  mihi  tanti, 

6.  Mindful  of  you,  membrem  vestri. 

7.  Unacquainted  with  affairs,  ignarus  rerum. 

8.  Very  skilful  in  wars,  bellorum  peritissimus. 

9.  Like  the  truth,  veri  simile. 

10.  Peculiar  to  Caesar,  proprium  CaesSris. 

11.  Not  sharing  in  renown,  expers  gloriae. 

12.  He  is  made  participant  in  the  public  council,  fit  publici  con- 
sili  partioeps. 

VOCABULARY  23. 

anxiety,  soUioitudo,  inis,/.  exile,  exsilium  (exilium),  i,  n. 

beyond,  more  than,  praeter,  prep,  fond, loving,  araans,f/e«.  amantis. 

w.  ace.  full,  plenus,  a,  um. 

decide,     adjust,    dijudico,    are,  greedy,  avidus,  a,  um. 

avi,  atum.  help,  succurro,  Sre,  curri,  cur- 
eager    for,    appStens,    gen.    ap-        sum,  w.  dat. 

petentis.  like,  simllis,  e. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  63 

massacre,  internecio,  onis,,/.  submit  to,  endure,  subeo,  ire,  ii 

narrow,  small,  parvus,  a,  um.  itum,  w.  ace. 

of  such  a  kind,  of  such  a  charac-  the  other,  cetgrus,  a,   um ;  jpl., 

ter,  ejus  modi;   often  written  the    rest. 

ejusmSdi.  unacquainted  with,  ignorant,  igna- 

on  account  of,  propter,p-e29.  w.  ace  rus,  a,  um. 

participant,  particeps,  gen.  par-  unfortunate,  miser,  misgra,  mi- 

ticXpis.  sgrum. 

rouse,  incite,  inflammo,  are,  avi,  unpopularity,  invidia,  ae,  /. 

atum.  zeal,  studium,  i,  n. 
skilful,     practically     acquainted 

with,  peritus,  a,  um. 

EXERCISE   23. 

1.  The  soldiers  could  not  be  prevented  from  hurling 
rocks  of  great  weight.  2.  Would  that  all  my  fellow-citi- 
zens were^  men  of  great  valor.  3.  The  depth  of  the  river, 
which  we  crossed,  was  said  to  be  about  nine  feet.  4,  All 
of  us  seem  to  be  of  so  narrow  a  mind  that  we  think  ^  all 
things  will  perish  at  one  and  the  same  time  with  ourselves. 
5.  That  war  was  of  such  a  kind  that  it  ought  to  have 
roused  your  minds  to  the  highest  zeal.  6.  All  those 
quarrels  were  of  such  a  character  that  they  were  decided 
by  a  massacre  of  citizens.  7.  It  is  worth  while  for  me  to 
submit  to  unpopularity,  provided  Catiline  goes^  into  exile. 
8.  It  would  be  worth  while  for  me  to  submit  to  unpopu- 
larity, if  only  Catiline  would  go  into  exile.*  9.  The  Eo- 
mans  more  than  the  other  nations  were  always  eager  for 
glory  and  greedy  for  praise.  10.  No  one  can  be  found  so 
like  you  that  he  will  not  go  into  exile.  11.  There  is  no 
doubt  that  all  of  us  are  very  fond  of  leisure.  12.  Since  no 
one  is  unacquainted  with  trouble,  all  ought  to  know  how  to 
help  the  unfortunate.  13.  It  is  said  that  Caesar^  was 
practically  acquainted  with  the  arts  not  only  of  peace,  but 
also  of  war.  14.  This  man  hopes  to  be  made*  participant 
in  the  council  of  his  nation.     15.  When  we  were  waging 


64  LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

war,  we  were  full  of  anxiety  on  account  of  love  for  our 
country.^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  would .  .  .  were ;  what  mood  and  what  tenses  are  used  to  express  a 
wish  that  cannot  be  fulfilled  ?    See  Ln,  V.,  Ref.  8,  9. 

2  that  we  think  ;  what  must  be  the  construction  of  this  clause  ?  Is  it  used 
adverbially  or  substantively  ?    See  Ln.  IX. 

3  goes  ;  what  mood  is  necessary  after  dum  modo. 

*  What  kind  of  a  supposition  is  expressed  by  this  sentence  ?    To  what 
time  does  it  refer  ?    What  mood  and  tense  must  be  used  ? 

^  It  is  said  that  Caesar ;  the  Latin  prefers  the  personal  construction : 
Caesar  is  said. 

*  to  be  made;  fore  ut  fiat. 

'/or  our  country;  see  Ln.  XXII.,  Ref.  1-3. 


LESSON    XXIV. 

THE    GENITIVE    {Cmtinued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  With,  Verbs  of  Memory.  A.  &  G.  219,  a-c;  A.  &  S. 
365,  a,  b ;  366  :  B.  235,  Rule  XXIV.,  Rem,  1 :  B.  &  M.  788  ;  793  : 
G.  375 :  H.  406  II.  ;  409,  I.  ;  410,  I.,  1,  2. 

4-8.  With  Verbs  of  Emotion.  A.  &  G.  221,  a-c:  A.  &  S. 
363  ;  364:  B.  237,  Rule  XXVI.,  Rejm.  1,  2  :  B.  &  M.  783  ;  805  : 
G.  376:  H.  406  1.  ;  409  III. 

9,  lO.  With  Verbs  of  Judicial  Action.  A.  &  G.  220,  a,  b  ; 
A.  &  S.  367  :  B.  236,  Rule  XXV. :  B.  &  M.  793  :  G.  377 :  H. 
409  IL;  410  in. 

11.  WitJi  Verbs  of  Plenty  and  Want.  A.  &  G.  223  :  A. 
&  S.  409  a  ;  414  a :  G.  389  Rem.  2  :  H.  4lO  V.,  1, 

12-14.  With  refert  and  interest.  A,  &  G.  222,  a:  A.  &  S. 
368-370  ;  B.  237  Note  :  B.  &  M.  809 ;  810 :  G.  381  ;  382  :  H.  406 
III. ;  408,  I.-IV. 


LA.TIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION.  65 

EXAMPLES 

1.  I  remember  your  constancy,  memini  constantiae  tuae. 

2.  Forget  murder,  oblivisc6re  caedis. 

3.  He  was  reminding  us  of  his  extreme  poverty,  admonebat  iios 
egestatis. 

4.  Pity  such  labors,  miserere  laborum  tantorum. 

5.  We  pity  them,  eorum  nos  misgret. 

6.  Do  not  pity  your  brothers,  cave  te  fratrum  misereat. 

7.  The  Athenians  repented  of  the  act,  facti  Athenienses  pae- 
nituit. 

8.  Of  what  should  I  be  ashamed  1    me  quid  pudeat  ? 

9.  He  was  accused  of  treason,  accusatus  est  proditionis. 

10.  He  was  condemned  for  treason  in  his  absence,  absens  pro- 
ditionis damnatus  est. 

11.  I  need  your  counsel,  indigeo  tui  consili. 

12.  It  is  of  great  importance  to  Cicero,  magni  Ciceronis  intSrest. 

13.  It  matters  little  to  me  what  you  say,  parvi  mea  refert  quid 
dicas. 

14.  Who  is  there  to  whom  it  is  important  that  this  law  remain  ? 
quis  est  cujus  iutersit  istam  legemi  manere  ? 

VOCABULARY    24. 

absent,  in  one's  absence,  absens,  need,  indigeo,  ere,  ui,  no  sup. 

gen.  absentis.  negligence,  nequitia,  ae,  /. 

accuse,  accuso,  are,  5vi,  Stum.  old,  senex,  gen.  senis. 

ashamed,  something  causes  one  to  pity,   misereor,    eri,   miserltus 

be  ashamed,   pudet,    pudgre,  sum;  misgret,  miserere,  mis- 

puduit  or  puditum  est ;  I  am  eruit,  impers. 

ashamed,  me  pudet.  poor,  pauper,  gen.  pauperis. 

condemn,      damno,     Sre,     avi,  remember,  memini,  isse. 

atum.  remind,  admonish,  admoneo,ere; 

inactivity,  inertia,  ae,  /.  ui,  itum. 

it  is  of  importance,  it  concerns,  it  repent,  paenitet,paenitere,  pae- 

matters,  interest,  esse,  fuit.  nituit. 

kindness,  beneficium,  i,  n.  .  sound,  sanus,  a,  um. 

military  affairs,  res  militaris.  treason,  proditio,  onis,  /. 


66  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

EXERCISE  24. 

1.  Do  not  forget  me  and  that  I  am  your  consul.  2.  We 
ought  to  forget  others' ^  faults,  but  remember  our  own. 
3.  Pity  the  sorrows  of  a  poor  old  man.  4.  It  is  of  great 
importance  to  a  general  to  be  practically  acquainted  with 
military  affairs  and  to  have  brave  soldiers.  5.  It  is  of 
little  importance  to  me  whether  he  comes  to  visit  ^  you  or 
not.^  6.  I  fear  that  he  will  remind  me  of  my  negligence 
and  inactivity.  7.  There  is  no  doubt  that  we  have  been 
accused  of  treason  in  our  absence.  8.  Cicero  said  that  he 
condemned  himself  for  inactivity  and  negligence.  9.  All 
of  us  hope  that  you  will  not  be  condemned*  for  treason. 

10.  The  consul  says  that  he  will  never  repent^  of  his  acts. 

11.  Magisti-ates  were  not  ashamed  to  come  into  this  place, 
since  our  ancestors  had  adorned^  it  with  the  spoils  of  fleets. 

12.  Of  what  should  we  be  ashamed^  when  we  have  done 
all  we  can?s  i^  jji  ought  to  pity  those  who  do  not  pity 
themselves.  14.  There  is  no  doubt  that  every  one  needs  a 
sound  mind  and  a  sound  body.  15.  If  Caesar  should  re- 
pent^ of  his  kindness,  this  man  would  be  condemned  £or 
treason. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  others' ;  render  with  the  possessive  adjective  alignus,  a,  um. 

2  to  visit;  see  Ln.  VII.,  Ref.  10-11. 

8  or  not ;  how  should  it  be  expressed  in  an  indirect  question  ?  See 
Vt.  16. 

*  will  not  he  condemned ;  ' '  The  future  infinitive  is  often  expressed  by- 
fore  (futumm  esse)  ut  with  the  subjunctive  —  necessarily  where  there  is  no 
supine  stem."     A.  &  G. 

fi  will  .  .  .  repent ;  see  Note  4. 

6  had  adorned;  see  Ln.  XIV.,  Ref.  1-.5,  and  Ex.  5. 

'  should  we  be  ashamed;  see  Ln.  XVL,  Ref.  15. 

8  all  we  can  ;  the  relative  is  rarely  omitted  in  Latin. 

^  If .  .  .  should  repent ;  what  kind  of  a  supposition.  ? 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  67 

LESSON    XXV. 

THE   DATIVE  CASE. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  With  Transitive  Verbs,  A.  &  G.  225,  c,  e:  A.  &  S. 
373  ;  374  (2)  :  B.  240,  Eule  XXVIII.  :  K  &  M.  818  ;  819  :  G.  344  : 
H.  382  ;  384,  II.,  l)-3) 

4,  5.  Double  Construction.  A.  &  G.  225  d:  A,  &  S.  379 ; 
G.  348  :  H.  384  II ,  2. 

6-11.  With  Intransitive  Verbs.  A.  &  G.  226;  227,  a,  e.- 
A.  &  S.  374(1);  375;  376:  B.  241  Rule  XXIX.  ;  244  Rule 
XXXII.  :  B.  &  M.  831 :  824.  G.  345;  H.  384,  I.  ;  385,  I.,  II., 
Note  3. 

12,13.  Dative  or  Accusative  according  to  Signification. 
A.  &  G.  227  c;  A  &  S.  378:  B.  &  M.  836 :  G.  347  :  H.  385  IL  1. 

14,  15.  When  **to**  and  **for**  are  to  be  rendered  by 
ad  and  pro.  A.  &  G.  225  b ;  236  Remark  :  G.  344  Remark  : 
II.  384,  3,  1),  2). 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  To  you  our  country  stretches  out  her  hands,  vobis  manus 
tendit  patria. 

2.  No  destruction  will  be  prepared,  for  the  city,  nulla  pernicies 
moenibus  comparabitur. 

3.  Death,  with  which  they  threaten  me,  mors,  quam  mihi 
minitantur. 

4.  He  presented  books  to  me,  libros  mihi  donavit. 

5.  You  presented  your  clerk  with  a  ring,  scribam  tuum  anttlo 
donasti. 

6.  If  this  has  happened  to  no  one,  si  hoc  contlgit  nemini. 

7.  Nor  could  I  persuade  myself,  nee  mihi  persuaders  potSram 

8.  It  was  necessary  to  obey  the  senate,  parere  senatui  necesse 
erat. 

9.  Cease  to  spare  me,  mihi  parcSre  desinite. 

10.  They  chose  to  serve  the  Roman  people  rather  than  to  rule  over 
others,  servire  poptilo  Romtno  quam  imperare  aliis  malue- 
runt. 


68  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

11.  We  seem  to  do  enough  for  the  republic,  satisfacere  rei  pub- 
lic ae  videmui. 

12.  If  you  consult  me,  or  if  you  ask  my  advice,  si  me  consiilis. 

13.  Consult  for  yourselves,  or  consult  your  interests,  consulite 
vobis. 

14.  I  wrote  a  letter  to  Pompey,  litteras  ad  Pompeium  scripsi. 

15.  They  used  to  speak  for  liberty,  pro  libertate  loquebantur. 

VOCABULARY    25. 

angry,  be  angry,  irascor,  i,  iratus  ol)ey,  pareo,  ere,  ui,  Itum. 

sum.  pardon,    ignosco,    ere,    ignovi, 

choose  rather,  prefer,  malo,  malle,  ignotum. 

malui.  please,  placeo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

consult,  ask  advice  of,  consulo,  pray,  beseech,  quaeso,  ere,  ivi  or 

Sre,  consului,  consultum,  w.  ii,  itum. 

ace. :  w.  dat.,  consult  for,  con-  present,  dono,  are,  avi,  atum. 

suit  the  interests  of.  rule  over,  command,  impero,  are, 

crime,  scelus,  sceleris,  ri.  avi,  atum. 

decree   of    the    senate,    senatus  satisfy,    do    enough,    satisfacio, 

consultum.  facSre,  feci,  factum, 

drive  out,  ejicio,  ejicSre,  ejeci,  serve,     servio,     Tre,    Ivi    or    ii, 

ejectum.  itum. 

except,  praeter,  2yrep.  iv.  ace.  threaten,     minitor,      ari,     atus 

for,  in  behalf  of,  pro,  prep.  w.  abl.  sum. 

happen,  contingit,  />/.  contlgit.  truth,  verum,  i,  n. 

intrust,    commendo,    are,    avi,  write,  scribo,  6re,  scripsi,  scrip- 

atum.  tuin. 

EXERCISE  25. 

1.  Our  country  intrusts  to  you  the  temples  of  her  gods 
and  the  lives  of  her  citizens.  2.  They  threatened  my 
brother  with  the  severest  punishment  that  they  might 
drive  him  out  into  exile.  3.  If  this  should  happen  to  me, 
I  should  choose  to  go  into  exile  rather  than  to  obey  the 
decree  of  the  senate.  4.  They  could  not  persuade  them- 
selves to  go^  into  exile.  5.  These  men  are  angry  with  me 
because   I   have   driven    out^   their    brother    into    exile. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  69 

^"^       6.  Our  ancestors  chose  to  rule  over  themselves  rather  y 

than  to  serve  a  king.     7.  The  decree  of  the  senate  pleased 
^    me  so  very  much  that  I  wrote  ^  a  letter  to  my  brother  with 
, .    respect  to  it.     8.  Pardon  me,  I  pray,  if  I  speak  the  trutl/*  y/ 
*  '   tw     freely.    9.  May  the  gods  pardon*  all  your  crimes,  the  senate  ^  ^ 
\.   \     can  not.     10.  All  exhorted  me  to  consult^  for  my  own  life 
4^  ^     and  welfare.     11.  ♦You  ought  to  consult  the   interests  of       y^ 
^         those   men  in  their  absence,  since  they  are  your  fellow-     d   \ 
\        citizens.     12.  Let  the  consul  ask  the  advice  of  the  senate    /   "^ 
^      (as  to)  whether  he  ought  ^  to  drive  out  this  man  into  exile 
"^     or  not.     13.  Our  orators  speak  more  fearlessly  than  they         ^ 
-;    fight  for  their  country.     14.  He  presented  his  son  with    tM 
ii  many  books,  worthy  to  be  read^  a  second  time.     15.  They 
thought  that  they  would  satisfy  the  city,  if  they  should        ^ 
aV  avoid  the  suspicion  of  fear.  J^ 

y  "^ 

"^  Notes  and  Qaesfions. 

/  V         ^to  go;  see  Ln.  VIII.,  Ref.  1-14. 

y  2  hecaicse  I  have  driven  out ;  what  moods  may  be  used  after  quod  and 

^  "Witli  what  difference  in  signification?  See  Ln.  XIV.,  Ref.  1-5,  and 
"W^  j!Note  5. 

\^  ^:  8  11^1  J  wrote ;  what  is  expressed  by  this  clause  ?  What  must  be  its 
\^    construction  ?    See  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  1~3. 

*  may  .  .  .  pardon ;  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  8,  9. 
^  to  consult ;  see  Note  I. 

*  whether  he  ought ;  what  kind  of  a  question  ?    What  must  be  its  mood  ? 
'  worthy  to  he  read ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

LESSON    XXVI. 

THE'    DATIVE    (CmUinued). 

REFERENCES. 
1-7.    With  Compounds,    A.  &  G.  228,  a,  b;  229,  b:  A.  &  S. 
377  (I)  ;  380,  a,  b :  B.  242,  Rule  XXX.,  Rem.  3  :  B.  &  M.  824  ; 
826 :  G.  346  :  H.  386,  2. 


70  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

8-11.  Of  the  Possessor,  A.  &  G.  231,  Eemark,  a,  b,  c: 
A.  &  S.  384  :  B  243,  Rule  XXXI,,  Note  :  B.  &  M.  821  :  G.  349 : 
322  :  H.  387,  Note  1. 

13.  Of  the  Agent,  A  &  G,  232,  a,  c  :  A  &  S.  383,  6  ;  B.  247, 
Rule  XXXV.  :  B.  &  M.  814  :  G.  352  :  H.  388  L 

13,  14.  Hoto  Intransitive  Verbs  are  used  in  the  Passive, 
A.  &  G.  23C  :  A.  &  S.  387  ;  B.  &  M.  453 ;  G.  208  ;  H.  465  1. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  I  withstood  you  by  my  own  efforts,  per  me  tibi  obstiti. 

2.  This  day  you  will  prefer  to  the  greatest  manifestations  of  joy 
for  you,  hunc  tu  diem  tuis  maximis  gratulationibus  antepones. 

3.  The  senate  would  have  laid  violent  hands  on  me,  mihi  senatus 
vim  et  manus    intulisset. 

4.  He  met  me,  se  mihi  obvium  tulit. 

5.  I  went  to  meet  you,  ego  tibi  obviam  ivi. 

6.  Take  this  fear  from  me,  hunc  mihi  timorem  erjpe. 

7.  We  wrested  the  sword  from  his  hands,  ei  ferrum  e  manlbus 
extorsimus. 

8.  The  gates  have  no  keeper,  nullils  est  portis  custoa. 

9.  Marcellus  has  me  as  witness,  Marcello  sumi  testis. 

10.  They  said  that  Cethegus  had  had  a  dispute  with  the  rest, 
Cethego  cum  ceteris  controversiam  fuisse  dixerunt. 

11.  His  name  is  Caesar,  ei  CaesSri  nomen  est,  or  ei  nomen 
Caesar  est,  or  ei  nomen  Caes^ris  est 

12.  I  see  that  war  has  been  undertaken  by  me,  mihi  bellum  sus- 
ceptum  esse  video. 

13.  When  they  wished  no  one  to  be  pardoned,  cum  ignosci 
nemini  vellent. 

14.  T  am  envied,  you  are  envied,  he  is  envied,  mihi  invidetur, 
tibi  invidetur,  ei  invidetur. 

VOCABULARY  26. 

controversy,  dispute,  controver-  force,  vis,  vis,  /. ;  by  force,  per 

sia,  ae,/.  vim. 
disturbance,  tumultus,  us,  m.  fruitful,  fertilis,  e. 
effort,  by  his  own  efforts,  per  se.  lay  violent  hands     on,  vim  et 
envy,  invideo,  §re,  vidi,  visum.  manus    infero,    inferre,    in- 
fertile, opimus,  a,  um.  tiili,  illatum. 


4 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  71 

meet,   se   obvium  ferre;   go  to  rage,  madness,  furor,  oris,  m. 

meet,  obviam  {or  obvius,  a,  surpass,  antecello,  Sre,  no  perf. 

um)  eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum.  nor  sup. 

neighbors,  finitimi,  orum,  m.  pi.  take  from,  eripio,  eripgre,  eripui, 

prefer,    antepono,    6re,     posui,  ereptum. 

positum.  very  much,  vehementer,  adv. 

protection,  praesidium,  i,  n.  withstand,    thwart,    obsto,    are, 

provision,  make  provision,   pro-  obstiti,  obstatum. 

video,  ere,  vidi,  visum.  witness,  testis,  is,  m.  andf. 

EXERCISE   26 

1.  We  withstood  your  villainy  and  rage  by  our  own 
efforts.  2.  Do  not  hesitate^  to  thwart  this  man's  villainies 
and  madness  by  your  own  efforts.  3.  They  would  choose  ^ 
to  lay  violent  hands  ^  on  this  man  rather  than  to  bring  war 
upon  their  country.  4.  We  prefer  this  day  to  all  the  spoils 
of  war  that  we  have  been  able  to  take.  5.  Our  fields  are 
so  fertile  and  fruitful  that  they  surpass  the  fields  of  our 
neighbors.  6.  They  met  us  in  a  forest  when  we  were 
making*  a  journey  through  Switzerland.  7.  If  you  come 
to  visit  me,  I  shall  go  to  meet  you^8.  They  took  this 
money  from  us  by  force  that  they  might  make  war  upon 
their  country.  9.  We  have  very  many  books,  which  are 
not  worth  reading^  at  all.  10.  If  we  had  had^  this  dispute 
with  the  rest,  we  should  not  have  pardoned  them.  11.  The 
king  would  be  very  much  envied,  if  the  Eomans  should 
present^  him  this  city."^  12.  This  man  said  that  his  name 
was  Marcellus  and  that  he  should  make  a  journey  into 
Italy.  13.  You  have  me  as  witness  that  Catiline  could  ^ 
not  persuade  you  to  make  war  upon  your  country. 
14.  Cicero  said  that  provision  had  been  made  by  him  that 
the  city  might  have  sufficient  protection  without  any  dis- 
turbance. 15.  If  we  should  make  war  upon  the  state,  we 
should  not  be  envied,^  but  should  be  condemned  for  treason. 


72  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

Nofes  and  Questions. 

^  do  not  hesitate;  how  may  a  prohibition  be  expressed?  See  Ln.  V., 
Ref.  5-7. 

2  would  choose  ;  see  A.  &  G.  265 :  A.  &  S.  474  :  B.  293,  III.  :  B.  &  M, 
1177  :  G.  250  :  H.  485. 

*  violent  hands  ;  what  is  Hendiadys  ?  A,  &  G.  page  429  :  A.  &  S.  659 
(14)  :  B.  370  J  2  :  B.  &  M.  1379  2d:  G.  695  :  H.  636  III.  2. 

*  we  were  making, -  see  A.  &  G.  325  :  A.  &  S.  509  a :  B.  304  :  B.  &  M. 
1244  :  G.  581,  11.  :  H.  251,  II.,  2. 

5  which  are  not  worth  reading  at  all ;  Latin  idiom,  not  at  all  worthy 
which  (so  that  they)  are  read ;  for  the  construction  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9 
and  Ex.  9. 

®  What  kind  of  a  supposition  is  expressed  in  sentence  10  ?  What  in 
sentence  11  ? 

'  him  this  city  ;  what  are  the  different  constructions  for  these  words  ? 
See  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  4,  5. 

8  that  Catiline  could ;  accusative  and  infinitive  depending  upon  testis, 
which  has  the  force  of  a  declarative  verb. 

^  we  should  not  be  envied  ;  see  Ref.  13,  14  and  Examples. 


LESSON    XXVIl. 

THE    DATIVE     (Continited). 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Two  Datives.  A.  &  G.  233,  a:  A.  &  S.  385;  386  :  B. 
246,  Rule  XXXIV.  :  B.  «fc  M.  848  :  G.  350  :  H.  390,  I.,  II. 

4-7.  With  Adjectives,  A.  &  G.  234,  a:  A.  &  S.  388  ;  389  : 
B.  245,  Rule  XXXIII. :  B.  &  M.  860  ;  862  :  G.  356 :  H.  391,  1. 

8,  9.  Other  Constructions  tvith  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  234 » 
b,c,d2,e:  A  &  S.  390  (l)-(4)  :  B.  245  Rem.  1-3 :  B.  &  Mc  863 ; 
865  :  G.  356  Rem.  1-5  :  H.  391  II.,  1-4. 

10,  11.  Of  Reference  or  Interest.  A.  &  G.  235  ;  A.  &  S. 
381  :  B.  244,  Rule  XXXH.  :  H.  384  II.  2). 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Whose  affairs  ought  to  be  a  care  to  you,  quonim  res  vobia 
curae  esse  debent 


o 


LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION.  73 

2.  Whom  have  you  protected  with  your  fleets?  ciii  praesidio 
classibus  vestris  fuistis  ? 

3.  Who  bring  you  enjoyment,  qui  vobis  fructui  sunt. 

4.  My  country  is  dear  to  me,  patria  mihi  cara  est. 

5.  Most  unfriendly  to  you,  inimicissimi  vobis. 

6.  Your  good- will  is  pleasant  to  me,  est  mihi  jucunda  vestra 
voluntas. 

7.  I  think  him  very  like  a  god,  eum  simillimum  deo  judico. 

8.  Who  are  fit  for  friendship,  qui  ad  amioitiam  sunt  idonei 

9.  1  thought  that  it  was  my  duty  to  keep  the  army  as  near  as 
possible  to  the  enemy,  esse  officium  meum  putavi  exercitum 
habere  quam  proximum  hostem. 

10.  The  sight  of  Cethegus  hovers  before  my  eyes,  versatur  mihi 
.  ante  octilos  aspeotus  Cethegi. 

11.  For  you  alone  has  the  murder  of  many  citizens  been  un- 
punished, tibi  uni  multorum  civium  neces  impunitae  fuerunt. 

VOCABULARY  27. 

agreeable,  gratus,  a,  um.  safety,  salus,  utis,  /. 

ally,  socius,  i,  m.  stand,  sto,  stare,  stSti,  st^tum. 

annoying,  molestus,  a,  um.  suited,  accommodatua,  a,  tun. 
can  not  but,  facSre  non  possum     threaten,  immineo,  ere,  no  perf. 

quin,  w.  subj.  nor  sup. 

care,  cura,  ae,  /.  unfriendly,  inimicus,  a,  um. 

comitium,  comitium,  i,  n.  voice,  vox,  vocis. 

dear,  earns,  a,  um.  weapon,  telum,  i,  n. 

defendant,  reus,  i,  m.  protection,  praesidium,  i,  n. ;  to 
enjoyment,  fructus,  us,  m.  protect  any  one,  alicui  prae- 

forbearance,  venia,  ae,  /.  sidio  esse. 

near,  prope,  adv.;  nearest,  prox- 

Imus,  a,  um. 

n  EXERCISE  27. 

kJi^'  If  my  voice  has  been  a  means  of  safety  for  any  one,^ 
surely  I  ought  to  be  pardoned.^  2.  If  the  general  had 
protected  the  city  with  his  troops,  he  would  not  have  been 
condemned  for  treason.  3.  I  can  not  but  think  that  this 
province    has    brought    great    enjoyment   to   the   Eoman 


74  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

people.  4.  We  fear  that  this  army  will  not  be^  a  great 
protection  to  the  Eoman  people.  5.  Their*  country,  tem- 
ples, and  gods  were  very  dear^  to  all  the  Komans.  6.  Cice- 
ro asked  Catiline  whether  the  light  could  ^  be  agreeable  to 
him,  when  he  knew^  that  there  was  no  one^  of  the  senators  ^ 
who  did  not  know^  that  he  had  stood ^  in  the  comitiumj^ 
with  a  weapon.  /  7.  He  said  that  the  commonwealth  ought 
to  be  a  very  great  care  to  us.  8.  Cicero  did  not  think  that 
many  could  be  found  who  were  fit  for  friendship.  9.  He 
besought  the  judges  to  grant ^^  him  forbearance,  suited  to 
the  defendant  and  not  annoying  to  them.  10.  Two  kings, 
most  unfriendly  not  only  to  you  but  also  to  your  allies  and  ■ 
friends,  have  now  for  a  long  time  been  threatening^^  entire 
Asia.  11.  It  is  the  general's  duty^^  to  keep  both  the  in- 
fantry and  cavalry  as  near  as  possible  to  our  city.  12.  Our 
ancestors  both  acquired  much  territory  and  waged  many 
wars  for  us.  13.  I  can  not  but  think  that  fear  of  this  man 
will  hover  continually  before  your  mind.  >y 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  means  of  safety  for  any  one  ^=for  safety  to  any  one. 

2  to  he  pardoned;  see  Ln.  XXVI. ,  Ref.  13,  14. 
«  will  not  he  ;  see  Ln.  VIIL,  Note  8. 

*  their ;  see  Ln.  IV.,  Ref.  1-8. 
s  very  dear ;  see  Ln.  II.,  Ref.  6-8. 

6  could;  see  Ln.  XVI.,  Ref.  9-14,  and  Ln.  XVII.,  Ex.  12. 

7  when  he  knew;  cum  w.  subj.  because  there  is  an  accessory  notion  of 
cause. 

8  there  was  no  one  ;  he  had  stood;  see  Ln.  XVIII. ,  Ref.  1-6«  and  1-6^. 
^  who  did  not  know  ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

1°  to  grant ;  see  Ln.  VIIL,  Ref.  1-14. 

ii  have  .  .  .  heen  threatening ;  see  Ln.  VI.,  Ref.  3. 

12  It  is  the  general's  duty;  see  Ln.  XXL,  Ref.  7-12  and  Examples. 


LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION.  75 

LESSON    XXVIII. 

THE    ACCUSATIVE. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Direct  Object,  A.  &  G.  237,  a :  A.  &  S.  392 ;  393  :  B. 
212,  KuLE  VII.  ;  213  :  B.  &  M.  712  :  G.  329  :  H.  371  ;  464,  I.,  II. 

4-8.  With  Verbs  tvhich  in  English  require  a  Prepo- 
sition, A.  &  G.  237,  6,  c:  A.  &  S.  392  Note  :  B.  &  M.  716  ;  717  : 
G.  329  Rem.  1  :  H.  371  III.  Note  1. 

9-1 1.  With  Cotnpounds.  A.  &  G.  237  d ;  228  a ;  A.  &  S. 
377  (2)  :  B.  215,  a,  1,  2,  6 ;  B.  &  M.  718;  719  :  G.  330  :  H.  372. 

12-15.  Cognate,  A.  &  G.  238:  A.  &  S.  396:  B.  214,  a,  b: 
B.  &  M.  713:  G.  331:  H.  371  I.,  2,  1),  II. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Defend  the  name  and  welfare  of  the  Roman  people,  popiili 
Romani  nomen  salutemque  defendlte. 

2.  I  hope  the  gods  will  requite  me  as  I  deserve,  spero  deos 
mihi  ac  mereor  relaturos  esse  gratiam. 

3.  You  have  thanked  me,  mihi  gratias  egistis. 

4.  Honors,  which  they  despair  of,  honores,  quos  desperant. 

5.  Citizens  grieved  for  my  misfortune,  cives  meum  casum 
dolugrunt. 

6.  I  shudder  greatly  at  the  annoyance,  vexationem  per- 
horresco. 

7.  Catiline  breathing  out  crime,  Catilinam  scelus  anhelantem. 

8.  They  do  not  complain  of  this  as  much  as  they  fear  it,  non 
tain  hoc  queruntur  quam  verentur. 

9.  Citizens  who  stand  about  the  senate,  cives  qui  circumstant 
senatum. 

10.  They  crossed  the  river,  flumen  transierunt. 

11.  They  approached  me,  me  adierunt. 

12.  You  seem  to  have  won  a  victory,  victoriam  vicisse  videris. 

13.  He  has  fought  battles,  pugnavit  proelia. 


76  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

14.  What  should  I  reply  ?  or  What  reply  should  I  make  ?    quid 
respondeam  ? 

15.  All  have  one  and  the  same  opinion,  omnes  sentiunt  uuum 
atque  idem, 

VOCABULARY    28. 

as,  atque,  ac,  conj.  rampart,  vallum,  i,  n. 

as  much  ...  as,  tam  .  .  .  quam.  requite,  gratiam  ^  refero,  referre, 

boldness,  audacia,  ae,  /.  retuli,  relatum. 

deserve,   mereor,    eri,    meritus  shudder  greatly  at,  perhorresco, 

sum.  Sre,  perhorrui,  no  sup. 

despair    of,    despero,   are,   avi,  stand  about,  around,  circumsto, 

atum.  are,  steti,  st^tum. 

ditch,  fossa,  ae,  /.  surround,  put  around,  circumdo, 

feel,  think,  have  opinion,  sentio,  are,  dSdi,  datum. 

ire,  sensi,  sensum.  thank,    gratias  ^   ago,    6re,   egi, 

feel  thankful,  gratiam  ^  habeo.  actum. 

go  to,  approach,  adeo,  ire,  ivi  or  the  same  ...  as,  idem  .  .  .  qui. 

ii,  itum.  wretch,  sceleratus,  i,  m. 

grieve  for,  doleo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  win  a  victory,  victoriam  vinco, 

live,  vivo,  Sre,  vixi,  victum.  6re,  vioi,  victum. 
question,  quaestio,  onis,  /. 

EXERCISE  28. 

1.  We  ought  to  hope  that  all  the  gods  will  recjuitei  us 
as  we  deserve.  2.  The  senate  thanked  the  consul  in  very- 
strong  terms  because  lie  had  driven  out^  that  wretch  into  V 
exile.  3.  We  cannot  but  think  that  we  ought  to  surround  ^ 
the  city  with  a  rampart  and  a  ditch.^  4.  Let  us  not  stand 
about  the  senate,  but  let  us  go  to  the  consul  and  ask  his 
advice.*  5.  They  inquired  of  us^  whether  we  despaired  of 
the  city's  safety.  6.  There  was  not  one  slave  who  did  not 
shudder  greatly  at^  the  boldness  of  citizens.  7.  There  is 
no  doubt  that  the  citizens  grieved  very  much  for  the  mis- 
fortune of  the  state.  8.  They  were  not  wont  to  complain"^ 
of  this  as  mucli  as  they  feared  it,  that  Catiline  would  go^ 
into  exile.     9.  We  did  not  doubt  that  you  had  fought  a 


0 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  77 

great  battle  and  won  a  great  victory.  10.  "What  reply 
should  I  make  to  the  envoys  if  they  should  ask  my  ad- 
vice? 11.  If  they  had  asked  my  advice,  I  should  have 
made  the  same  reply  as  you  made.  12.  Since  there  is  no 
one  who  does  not  know^  that  you  did  not  grieve  for  the 
misfortune  of  the  commonwealth,  what  reply  will  you 
make  ?  13.  This  is  the  only  question  in  respect  to  which 
all  citizens  have  one  and  the  same  opinion.^^  14  While 
I  live  11  I  shall  feel  thankful  to  you  for  that  which  you 
have  done  for  me.  15.  Provided  you  go  to  the  consul  and 
ask  12  his  advice,  I  shall  thank  you  in  strong  terms. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Observe  that  gratia  is  always  in  the  iiilural  with  agSre ;  with  referre 
and  habere  mostly  in  the  singular;  that  they  take  the  dative  of  the  person 
whom  one  thanks,  etc.  ;  and  pro  with  the  ablative  of  that  for  which  one 
thanks,  ETC. 

2  had  driven  out ;  what  mood  should  be  used  ?    See  Ln.  XIV.,  Note  5. 
'^  city  .  .  .  ditch;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Kef.  4,  5. 

*  ask  his  advice;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  12,  13,  and  Examples. 
^ofus;  see  Ln.  XVI. ,  Note  9. 

®  who  did  not  shudder  greatly  at ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Eef.  1-9. 
■^  wont  to  complain;  see  Ln.  VI.,  Ref.  4-6,  and  Ex.  6. 
8  that  Catiline  would  go  ;  accusative  and  infinitive,  appositive  with  hoft 
^  who  does  not  know;  see  Note  6. 
1^  have  .  .  .  opinion  ;  see  Note  6. 

11  while  I  live  ;  what  time  is  denoted  and  what  tense  must  be  used  ? 
^^  go  and  ask;  see  Ln.  XIL,  Ref.  8. 

LESSON    XXIX. 

THE  ACCUSATIVE   (Continued). 

REFERENCES. 
1-4.     Ttvo   Accusatives   of  the   same   Person   or    Thing, 

A.  &  G.  239  1,  a:  A.&L  S.  394  (1),  a:  B.  216,  Rule  VIII.  :  B.  &  M, 
715  :  G.  334  :  H.  373. 


78  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

5-10.     Ttvo  Accusatives  —  Person  and  Thing.   A.  &  G.  239 

c,  Remark,  d:  A.  &  S.  394  (2),  a:  B.  217,  Rule  IX.,  Rem.  1-3; 
B.  &  M.  734  ;  738  :  G.  333,  Rem.  2  :  H.  374,  Notes  1-4. 

11,  12.  Ttvo  Accusatives  tvith  Compound  Verba,  A.  &  G. 
239  b:  A.  &  S.  394  (3)  :  B.  215  h:  B.  &  M.  718  2  d  :  G.  330  Rem.  1 : 
H.  376. 

13-15.  Limit  of  Motion,  A.  &  G.  258,  h:  A.  &  S.  425  ;  426 
(1),  a :  B.  221,  Rule  XII.  :  B.  &  M.  938  ;  943  :  G.  410  :  H.  380, 
I.,  n.,  2,  1). 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  The  people  elected  Marius  consul,  Marium  consttlem  popu- 
lus  creavit. 

2.  Marius  was  elected  consul  by  the  people,  Marius  consul  a 
popiilo  creatus  est. 

3.  You    have    made    the    senate  firmer,   senatum    flriniorem 
fecistis. 

4.  Jupiter,  whom  we  call  the  preserver  of  this   city,   Juppiter, 
quern  statorem  hujus  urbis  nominamus. 

5.  The  consul  asked  Silanus  his  opinion,  consul  Silanum  sen- 
tentiam  rogavit. 

6.  Silanus,  the  first  to  be  asked  his  opinion,   Silanus,  primus 
sententiam  rogatus. 

7.  He  teaches  boys  rudiments,  puSros  elementa  docet. 

8.  I  shall  teach  him  to  be  silent,  docebo  eum  tacere. 

9.  Let  them  teach  him  what  sort  of  a  man  Roscius  was,  doceant 
eum  qui  vir  Roscius  fuSrit. 

10.  I  advise  them  as  follows,  eos  hoc  moneo. 

11.  Whom  Caesar  had  led  across  the  Rhine,  quos  Caesar  tra- 
duxSrat  Rhenum. 

12.  He  ascertained  that  the  Belgians  had  been  led  across  the 
Rhine,  reperiebat  Belgas  Rhenum  esse  traductos. 

13.  He  will  betake  himself  to  Marseilles,  se  Massiliam  confgret. 

14.  Men  go  into  the  country,  rus  homines  eunt. 

15.  He  asked  the  Gauls  why  they  had  come  to  his  house,  quaesl- 
vit  a  Gallis  quam  ob  rem  domum  suam  venissent 

VOCABULARY    29. 
advise,  moneo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  choose,  deligo,  gre,  legi,  lectum. 

call,    name,    appello,    are,   avi,     country,   rus,   ruris,   n.  ;   rus   is 
atum ;  nomino,  Sre,  avi,  atum.         country  as  contrasted  with  urbs. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  79 

faithful,  fidelis,  e.  stupid,  stultus,  a,  um. 

hold,  teneo,  ere,  ui,  tentnm.  suitable,  fit,  proper,  idoneus,  a, 

home,  homeward,  domum.  um. 

Latin,  speak   Latin,   Latine   lo-  teach,  show,  doceo,  ere,  ui,  doc- 

quor,  i,  locutus  sum.  turn. 

opinion,  sententia,  ae,  /.  tried,  proved,  probatus  a,  um. 
rudiments,  elementa,  orum,  n.  pi. 
set  out,  proficiscor,  i,  profectus 

sum. 

EXERCISE   29. 

1.  The  Eoman  people  could  have  elected  Catiline  consul, 
but  they  wished  to  condemn  him  for  treason.  2.  Marcellus 
ought  to  have  been  elected  consul,  but  the  people  accused 
him  of  treason  in  his  absence.  3.  There  was  no  one  so 
stupid  as  not  to  see^  that  you  had  made  the  senate  better. 
4.  This  man,  whom  we  call  our  friend  and  ally,  is  suitable 
to  be  sent  2  as  ambassador  to  the  Belgians.  5.  Silanus,  the 
first  to  be  asked  his  opinion  because  he  had  been  elected 
consul,  decided  that  punishment  ought  to  be  inflicted  upon 
those  who  were  held  in  custody.  6.  I  should  be  glad  to 
teach^  you  to  speak  Latin,  if  only  I  could  speak  Latin 
myself.  7.  He  says  that  I  ought  to  have  shown  the  judges 
what  sort  of  a  man  the  defendant  was.'*  8.  We  advise  our 
fellow-citizens  as  follows  :^  let  them  not  stand  about  the 
senate  nor  despair  of  the  commonwealth.  9.  When  the 
general  was  informed  that  the  Belgians  had  already  led  a 
part  of  their  troops  across  the  Rhine,  he  set  out  with  three 
legions  and  came  to  that  part  which  had  not  yet  crossed 
the  river.  10.  Catiline's  friends  reported  that  he,^  having 
been  driven  out  into  exile,  would  betake  himself^  to  Mar- 
seilles. 11.  Let  us  ask  the  envoys  why  they  went  home 
and  not  to  Geneva.  12.  The  gates  have  no  keeper,  let  us 
go  into  the  country.  13.  He  sent  money  to  Ephesus  to 
him  8  whom  you  chose  out  of  all  your  friends  as  the  most 
tried  and  faithful. 


80  LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^  as  not  to  see;  cf.  Ln.  IX.,  Note  1. 
2  suitable  to  be  sent;  see  Ln,  X.,  Ref.  1-9,  and  Ex.  8. 
8  I sJiould  be  glad  to  teach;  see  Ln.  II.,  Ref.  10-12. 
*  was  ;  what  mood  is  necessary  and  why  ? 
fi  as  follows;  hoc.  ^  he;  see  Ln.  IV.,  Ref.  1-8. 

"^  he  .  .  .  would  betake  hiinself ;  what  would  these  words  be  in  Direct 
Discourse  ? 
8  to  him;  express  in  Latin,  I  sent  to  him;  I  gave  to  him;  I  wrote  to  him. 


LESSON    XXX. 

THE  ACCUSATIVE  (Conti7iued). 

REFERENCES. 
1-6.  Adverbial,     A.  &  G.  240,  a,  b :  A.  &  S.  397  :  B.  222,  Rule 
XIII.  :  B.  &  M.  731  :  G.  331,  Rem.  3  :  H.  378,  2. 

7.  Of  Specification,^     A.  &  G.  240  c,  Note  :  A.  &  S.  398,  a : 
B.  218,  Rule  X.,  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  728  :  G.  332  :  H.  378,  1. 

8.  In  Exclatnations.     A.  &  G.  240  d:  A.  &  S.  400  :  B.  223, 
Rule  XIV. :  B.  &  M.  725  :  G.  340 :  H.  381. 

9-13.    Of  Time  and  Space,    A.  &  G.  240  e:  A.  &  S.  423  : 
B.  220,  Rule  XI. :  B.  &  M.  950 ;  958  :  G.  335-338  :  H.  379. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Why  are  you  silent  ?    quid  taces? 

2.  What  reason  is  there  why  we  should  doubt  ?     quid  est  quod 
dubitemus  ? 

3.  You  have  very  great  influence,  vales  plurimum. 

4.  Have  the  countenances   of  these  moved  you  in  no  respect  ? 
nihilne  te  horum  ora  moverunt  ? 

5.  I  had  foretold  that  they  would  come  at  that  time,  id  tempo- 
ris  eos  ventures  praedixSraza. 

6.  They  live  for  the  most  part  upon  milk,  maximam  partem 
lacte  vivunt. 

7.  Like  a  god  in  countenance   and   shoulders,  os  humerosque 
deo  similis. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  81 

8.  0  wretclied  state  !     O  condicionem  misgram ! 

9.  You  are  sixty  years  old,  annos  sexaginta  natus  es. 

10.  More  than  forty  years  old,  annos  natus  major  quadraginta. 

11.  He  has  had  a  residence  at  Rome  many  years,  domicilium 
Romae  multos  annos  habuit. 

12.  Throughout  these  years,  per  hosoe  annos. 

13.  Zama  is  five  days'  journey  from  Carthage,  Zama  quinque 
dierum  iter  a  Carthagine  abest. 

VOCABULARY   30. 

about,  circiter,  adv.  milk,  lac,  lactis,  n. 

acorn,  glans,  glandis,  /.  night-guard,   nocturnum    prae- 

always,  semper,  adv.  sidium. 

band,  manus,  us,  /.  old,  natus,  a,  um. 

countenance,  os,  oris,  n.  pace,  passus,  us,  m. ;  mille  pas' 

day,  dies,  diei,  m.  sua,  a  mile. 

dissolve,  dimitto,  gre,  misi,  mis-  to    be  feared,   pertimescendus, 

sum.  a,  um,  fut.  pass.  part. 

flesh,  caro,  carnis,/.  wait  for,  praestolor,   Sri,   atus 

have  power,  influence,  valeo,  ere,  sum,  w.  dat. 

ui,  Itum;  to  have   very  great 

influence,  plurimum  valere. 

X  EXERCISE   30. 

1.  Why  should  I  urge  you,^  by  whom  men  have  already 
been  sent  forward  to  Marseilles,  that  they  may  wait  for 
you  in  the  vicinity  of  that  city  ?  2.  Cicero  asked  Catiline 
whether  the  night-guard  of  the  Palatine  had  in  no  respect 
moved  him.  3.  The  case  itself  speaks  and  that^  always 
has  very  great  influence.  4.  What  reason  is  there  why 
we  should  hesitate*  to  delay  a  few  days  in  the  vicinity  of 
Marseilles  for  the  sake  of  aid  ?  5.  It  is  said  that  our 
ancestors  lived  for  the  most  part  upon  acorns  and  milk. 
6.  Although  Caesar  was  in  the  senate  at  that  time,  he  came 
home  because  the  senate  had  been  dissolved.  7.  There  is 
no  doubt  that  this  boy  resembles^  his  father  in  counte- 
nance. 8.  O  war  greatly  to  be  feared,  since  its  leader  will 
have^  this   band   of  wretches!    9.  Cicero   was   sixty-four 


82  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

years  old  when  he  was  murdered."^  10.  I  am  fifty  years 
old;  how  old  are  you?  I  am  more  than  sixty.  11.  While 
the  enemy  were  delaying^  many  days  for  the  sake  of  sup- 
plies, we  marched  fifty  miles  into  their  country.  12.  They 
did  not  doubt  that  our  army  had  protected  the  province^ 
of  Sicily  many  years.  13.  The  consul  sent  forward  scouts, 
who  were  to  choose  ^^  a  place  suitable  for  a  camp,  about 
six  hundred  paces  from  the  enemy. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Also  called  "Greek  Accusative,"  and  "  Synecdochical  Accusative." 

2  whij  sliould  I  urge  you  ?  What  kind  of  question  ?  See  Ln.  XVI., 
Ref.  15. 

*  and  that ;  quae. 

*  we  should  hesitate  ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 
^  resembles  =  is  like. 

^  will  have;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Note  4,  last  part. 
■^  when  he  was  murdered  ;  see  Ln.  XXVI.,  Note  4. 
8  were  delaying  ;  see  Ln.  VI. ,  Ref.  2. 
^  had  "protected  the  province  ;  see  Ln.  XXVI I.,  Ref,  1-3. 
1°  who  were  to  choose ;  see  Ln.  VII.,  Note  1. 

»oJ<Ko* 

LESSON    XXXI. 

THE  ABLATIVE. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  Of  Separation,  A.  &  G.  243,  a-e:  A.  &  S.  413:  B. 
256,  Rule  XLL:  B.  &  M.  916;  907;  923:  G.  388-390:  H.  413; 
414. 

4.  Of  Source,  A.  &  G.  244,  a:  A.  &  S.  405,  a:  B.  255,  Rule 
XL.  :  B.  &  M.  918 :  G.  395  :  H.  413  ;  415,  II. 

5-10.  Of  Cause,  A.  &  G.  245,  6,  c ;  A.  &  S.  404,  (l)-(3), 
a-c :  B.  257,  Rule  XLIL,  Rem.  1-3  :  B.  &  M.  873  ;  875  :  G.  406  ; 
407,  Rem.  1  :  H.  416,  Note  1. 

11.  Of  Agent.  A.  &  G.  246,  & ;  A.  &  S.  406  :  B.  260,  Rule 
XLV. :  B.  &  M.  878  :  G.  403  :  H.  415,  I. 


LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION.  83 

EXAMPLES. 

1    Free  the  republic  from  fear,  libera  rem  pubHcam  metu. 

2.  He  resigned  the  magistracy,  magistratu  se  abdicavit. 

3.  We  were  without  harbors,  porttibus  carebamus. 

4.  Apollo  was  born  of  Jupiter  and  Latona,  Apollo  Jove  natus 
est  et  Latona. 

5.  By  my  order,  meo  jussu. 

6.  By  a  decree  of  the  senate,  senatus  consulto. 

7.  Exult  because  of  your  robbery,  exsulta  latrocinio. 

8.  Who  shine  in  purple,  qui  fulgent  purpura. 

9.  No  one  is  happy  who  lives  in  accordance  with  that  law,  beS- 
tus  est  nemo  qui  ea  lege  vivit. 

10.  While  they  were  pleased  with  their  estates,  dum  praediia 
delectantur. 

11.  He  was  not  driven  out  by  me,  a  me  non  ejectus  est. 

VOCABULARY   31. 

ally,  socius,  i,  m.  free,  release,  relieve,  libSro,  Sre, 

appoint,  constituo,  gre,  ui,  utum.  Svi,  atum. 

born,   be   born,   descended,   nas-  harbor,  portus,  us,  m. 

cor,  i,  natus  sum.  invite,  invito,  are,  avi,  atum. 

be  without,  deprived,  careo,  6re,  moment,  punctum,  i,  n. 

ui,  itum.  order,  by  order,  jussu,  ahl.  sing. 

blockade,  obsidio,  onis,  /.  masc. 

deprive,  privo,  are,  avi,  atum.  pirate,  praedo,  onis,  m. 

exult,  run  riot,  exsulto,  are,  avi,  please,  delecto,  are,  avi,  5tum. 

atum.  resign,  abdico,  are,  avi,  atum; 

find,   reperio,    Tre,    repgri    and  w.  ace.  ofpers.  pron.  and  ahl.  of 

reppgri,  repertum.  that  which  one  resigns. 

EXERCISE  31. 

1.  Cicero  said  that  if  Catiline  had  staid  in  the  city, 
although  they  would  have  withstood^  all  his  plans,  never- 
theless they  would  never  have  freed  the  republic  from 
peril.  2.  Let  Metellus  be  considered  a  distinguished  man, 
since  he  twice  released  his  city  from  blockade  and  the  fear 
of  slavery.     3.  The  senator  does  not  think  that  those  who 


84  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

have  attempted  to  deprive  us  all  of  life,  ought  to  live  a  ^ 
moment  of  time.  4.  If  you  had  compelled  the  defendant  S 
to  resign  the  praetorship,  the  senate  would  have  thanked  ''^ 
you  in  very  strong  terms.  5.  Two  citizens  were  found 
who  relieved  2  you  of  this  care,  and  promised  that  they 
would  murder  me  in  my  bed.  6.  We  fear  that^  for  many 
years*  our  country  will  be  not  only  without  provinces  but 
also  without  harbors.  7.  It  was  said^  that  Caesar  was 
descended  from  Trojan  blood.  8.  Caesar  did  not  think 
that  death  had  been  appointed  by  the  immortal  gods  for 
the  purpose  of  punishment.  9.  He  asked  the  senators  how 
many  cities  of  the  allies  they  supposed  had  either  been 
taken  by  the  pirates  or  abandoned  because  of  fear.  10.  Let 
us  live  in  accordance  with  the  laws  that  we  may  not^  go 
into  exile  by  order  of  the  consul,  11.  They  asked  me 
why  I  was  so  pleased  with  the  dwellings  and  temples  of 
their  city.  12.  Let  him  exult  by  reason  of  his  crimes,  that 
he  may  seem  not^  to  have  been  driven  out  by  me  to  stran- 
gers but  invited  to  his  friends.  13.  Do  not  run  riot  be- 
cause of  your  great  crimes,  but  resign  your  office  at  once, 
go  to  the  temples  of  the  immortal  gods,  and  beg  for  par- 
don.7 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  would  have  withstood ;  what  mood  is  used  in  a  subordinate  clause  ot 
indirect  discourse  ? 

2  who  relieved  ;  i.  e.  of  such  a  character  that  they  relieved  ;  what  mood 
is  necessary  ?    What  use  of  that  mood  ? 

^  that;  how  should  it  be  rendered  after  a  verb  of  fearing  ? 

*  for  many  years  ;  what  case  is  used  to  express  duration  of  time  ? 

^  It  was  said;  see  Ln.  XXIII. ,  Note  5. 

^  that  .  .  .  not;  how  expressed  in  a  final  clause  ?    See  Ln.  IX.,  Note  3. 

"*  beg  for  pardon  ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  beg  that  they  pardon  you. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  85 

LESSON    XXXII. 

THE  ABLATIVE    {Continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1.  Of  Manner.  A.  &  G.  248,  Remark  :  A.  &  S.  410  :  B.  259, 
Rule  XLIV.,  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  873  ;  876  :  G.  401,  Remark  : 
H.  419,  IIL,  Note  2. 

3,  3.  Of  Accompaniment,  A.  &  G.  248  a,  Note  :  A.  &  S. 
410  :  B.  &  M.  874  :  G.  391,  Rem.  1  :  H.  419,  I.,  1,  1). 

4,  5.  Of  Means  and  Instrument.  A.  &  G.  248  c:  A.  &  S. 
407:  B.  258,  Rule  XLIIl.  :  B.  &  M.  873  :  G.  403  :  H.  420. 

6-8.  With  certain  Deponents.  A.  &  G.  249  :  A.  &  S.  419  : 
B.  258,  a:  B.  &  M.  880  :  G.  405  :   H.  421,  I. 

9-11.  With  certain  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  245  a;  254  6  2  : 
A.  &  S.  418:  B.  257:  B.  &  M.  919:  G.  373  Rem.  1-4:  H.  421, 
III. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  They  think  that  they  will  perish  with  less  pain,  minore 
dolore  perituros  se  arbitrantur. 

2.  He  began  to  follow  with  all  his  troops,  cum  omnibus  copiis 
sequi  coepit 

3.  He  was  following  close  after  with  all  his  troops,  subsequeba- 
tur  omnibus  copiis. 

4.  Not  yet  do  I  wound  those  with  my  voice  who  ought  to  be 
slain  with  the  sword,  quos  ferro  trucidari  oportebat,  eos  non- 
dum  voce  vulngro. 

5.  Large  multitudes  of  the  enemy  were  destroyed  in  many  battles, 
magnae  hostium  copiae  multis  proeliis  sunt  deletae. 

6.  My  voice  has  performed  its  duty,  mea  vox  officio  functa  est 

7.  Enjoy  fortune  and  renown,  fruSre  fortuna  et  gloria. 

8.  Whose  service  I  make  use  of,  quorum  opSra  utor. 

9.  You  said  that  you  were  satisfied  with  the  murder  of  us  who 
had  staid,  te  nostra,  qui  remansissemus,  caede  contentum  esse 
dicebas. 


I 


86  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

10.  Trusting  to  you  I  shall  defend  your  right,  fretus  vobis  ves- 
trum  jus  defendam. 

11.  Prisons  worthy  the  crime  of  desperate  men,  custodias  dignas 
scelere  hominum  perdit5ruin. 

VOCABULARY    32, 

butcher,  slay,  trucido,  are,  avi,  pain,  dolor,  5ris,  m. 

atum.  perform,  fungor,  i,  functus  sum. 

darkness,  tenebrae,  arum,  /.  pi.  satisfied,  contentus,  a,  um. 

deservedly,  merito.  service,  opSra,  ae,/, 

destroy,  deleo,  ere,  evi,  etum.  sword,  gladius,  i,  m. 

guards,  custodiae,  arum,  /.  ijl.  take  possession  of,  occiipo,  are, 

hide,  obscuro,  are,  avi,  atum.  Svi,  atum. 

hostile,  infestus,  a,  um.  trusting  to,  fretus,  a,  um. 
impious,  nefarius  a,  um.                '  use,  make  use  of,  employ,  utor, 

justly,  jxire.  uti,  usus  sum. 

long  since,  jam  pridem,  adv.  unjustly,  injuria. 

night-attack,   uocturnus    impS-  watches,  vigiliae,  arum,  /.  j^l. 

tus. 


^4  . 


EXERCISE   32. 

1.  We  took  possession  of  Marseilles  by  a  night-attack, 
before  you  were  able  to  protect  that  city  with  garrisons, 
guards,  and  watches.  2.  I  could  not  understand  why 
they  thought  that  they  would  die  with  less  pain  in  com- 
I  pany  with  many  than  (they  would)  if^  they  should  die 
alone.  3.  If  I  were  unjustly  accused  by  my  fellow-citizens, 
I  should  choose  2  to  go  into  exile  rather  than  to  be  seen  by 
the  hostile  eyes  of  all.  4.  Let  us  hasten  with  all  our 
troops  to  the  enemy's  camp  and  take  possession  of  it  by  a 
night-attack.  5.  The  enemy,  because  they  remembered 
our  former  victory ,3  could  not  be  prevented  from  butcher- 
ing our  soldiers  with  their  swords.  6.  I  cannot  but  think 
that  we  shall  destroy  large  multitudes  of  the  enemy  in 
many  battles.  7.  This  wretch,  who  ought  long  since  to 
have  been  led  to  death,  has  been  attempting  to  lay  waste 
the  whole  earth  with  fire  and  sword.     8.  What  (reason)  is 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  87 

there  why*  you  should  stay  longer  in  this  city,  when  you 
know  that  the  night  with  its  darkness  can  not  hide  your 
impious  crimes  ?  9.  You  will  never  repent  of  having  per- 
formed^ your  duty  to  your  country.^  10.  The  senate 
deservedly  and  justly  thanked  the  praetors  because  their 
service,  which  I  had  employed,  was  fearless  and  faithful.'^ 
11.  We  feared  that  they  would  not  be  satisfied  with  the 
punishment  of  you  who  had  staid^  in  the  city.  12.  The 
enemy  trusting  to  the  large  number  of  their  troops  attacked 
us  vigorously.  :::;^==^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  than  .  .  .  if;  see  Ln.  XIL,  Ref.  6. 

^  If  I  were  . .  .  accused,  .  .  .  I  should  choose  ;  what  kind  of  a  supposition  ? 
To  what  time  does  it  refer  ?    See  Ln.  XIL,  Ref.  1-5. 

^  victory  ;  what  case  do  verbs  of  memory  govern  ? 

*  what  reason  is  there  why  ;  see  Ln.  XXX.,  Ex.  2,  and  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

s  of  having  performed  ;  render  with  the  perfect  infinitive. 

6  to  your  country  ;  see  Ln.  XXIL,  Ref.  1-3. 

■^  because  .  .  .  faithful ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  because  I  had 
their  fearless  and  faithful  service. 

8  had  staid  ;  see  Ln.  XIV.,  Ref.  6. 


LESSON    XXXIII. 

THE    ABLATIVE    {Continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  With  Comparatives*  A.  &  G.  247,  a,  Remark,  b:  A. 
&  S.  416,  a,  b :  B.  261,  c,  Rem.  1,  3  :  B.  &  M.  895  ;  899  ;  902  :  G. 
399:  H.  417,  1,  Note  1. 

4-6.  Construction  with  Plus,  etc,  A.  &G.247c;A.  &S. 
416  c;  B.  261  Rem.  2  :  B.  &  M.  900:  G.  311  Rem.  4  :  H.  417, 
Note  2, 

7-9.  Measure  of  Difference,  A.  &  G.  250,  Remark  :  A.  & 
S.  415  :  B.  262  Rule  XLVII.  :  B.  &  M.  929  :  G.  400 :  H.  423. 


88  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

10,  11.  Of  Quality^  A.  &  G.  251,  «  ;  A.  &  S.  411,  a;  B.  263 
Rule  XLVIII.,  Note  :  B.  &  M.  888 ;  769  :  G.  402,  Rem.  1  :  H.  419, 
IL,  2,  l)-4). 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Who  (was)  more  illustrious  than  Themistocles  ?  quis  clarior 
Themis  tocle? 

2.  What  can  be  said  (that  is)  more  reasonable  than  this  request  ? 
quid  hac  postulatioue  dici  potest  aequius  ? 

3.  This  evil  has  spread  more  widely  than  we  think,  latius 
opiuione  disseminatum  est  hoc  malum. 

4.  When  he  had  been  sick  more  than  a  year,  cum  plus  annum 
aeger  fuisset. 

6.  You  are  more  than  sixty  years  old,  amplius  annos  sexaginta 
natus  es. 

6.  Catiline  had  not  more  than  two  thousand  soldiers,  Catilina 
non  amplius  duobus  milibus  milltum  habuit. 

7.  My  country  is  much  dearer  to  me  than  my  life,  patria  mihi 
vita  mea  multo  est  carior. 

8.  You  came  a  little  while  ago  into  the  senate,  venisti  paulo 
ante  in  senatum. 

9.  The  less  certain  the  life  of  man  is,  the  more  ought  the  state  to 
enjoy  the  life  of  an  eminent  man,  quo  minus  certa  est  hominum 
vita,  hoc  magis  res  publica  frui  debet  summi  viri  vita. 

10.  You  exhort  him  to  be  of  good  courage,  jubes  eum  bono  esse 
animo. 

11.  A  man  of  such  moderation,  vir  tanta  temperantia. 

VOCABULARY   33. 

acquire,   consgquor,   i,  secutus  mild,  mitis,  e. 

sum.  praise,  laus,  laudis. 

ago,   a  little  while    ago,    paulo  request,      demand,      postulatio, 

ante.  onis,/ 

compassion,  misericordia,  ae,  /.  savageness,  atrocitas,  atis,  /. 

evidence,  testimonium,  i,  n.  spread,     dissemino,     are,     avi, 

influence,  auctoritas,  atis,/.  atum. 

just,  fair,  reasonable,   aequus,  a,  the  .  .  .  the,    quanto  .  ,  .  tantQ 

um.  quo  .  .  .  eo  or  hoc. 

kindness,  humanitas,  atis,  /.  widely,  late,  adv. 
long,  longer,  longest,  diu,  diutius, 

diutissime,  refers  to  time. 


LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION.  89 

EXERCISE  33. 

1.  Because  the  consul^  was  not  moved  by  savageness  of 
heart  but  by  kindness  and  compassion,  he  asked  the  senate 
who  was  milder  than  himself.  2.  Who  of  the  Eomans  was 
more  illustrious  than  Cicero,  who  more  powerful  than 
Caesar  ?  3.  What  could  w^e  have  asked  that  was  more 
just  than  this  request  ?  4.  There  is  no  doubt  that  this 
evil  has  spread  more  widely  than  any  one  supposes.  5.  If 
the  Swiss  had  not  had  more  than  five  thousand  soldiers,  we 
should  have  put  them  to  flight.  6.  This  man  was'  con- 
sidered worthy  of  the  highest  praise,  because  he  had  often 
said^  that  his  country  was  much  dearer  to  him  than  his 
life.  7.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  men  who  stand  about ^ 
the  senate  and  whose  voices  you  could  have  heard*  a  little 
while  ago,  are  more  fearless  than  you.  8.  The  more  severe 
the  siege  was,  the  more  numerous  were  the  letters  and 
messengers  that  were  sent^  to  Caesar.  9.  This  man  is  of 
such  kindness  and  courage  that  the  longer  he  stays  with 
us  the  happier  We  are.  10.  Why  ought  this  man,  who  is 
already  more  than  eighty  years  old,  to  be  led  to  death  by 
order  of  the  consul?  11.  If  we  did  not  have  less  than  a 
thousand  infantry,  we  should  take  possession  of  that  city 
by  a  night-attack.  12.  I  have  always  been  of  such  a  mind 
as  to  think  that  nothing  could  be  better  than  friendship. 
13.  Although  these  wretches  are  of  a  better  disposition 
than  part^  of  the  soldiers,  nevertheless  they  will  be  put  to 
death  with  the  sword.  14.  Let  this  general  have  ever- 
lasting fame,^  because  he  has  twice  freed  our  city  from 
blockade  and  the  fear  of  slavery. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Ablative  of  Quality  ;  also  called  Ablative  of  Characteristic  ;  Ablative  of 
Description. 

2  consul:  put  this  word  in  the  principal  clause. 


90  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

•  because  he  had  often  said  ;  what  mood  should  be  used  and  why  ? 

*  stand  about .  .  .  could  have  ;  should  these  verbs  be  rendered  by  the 
subjunctive  in  accordance  with  Ref.  6,  Ln.  XIV.  ? 

^  tlie  more  numerotis  .  .  .  sent ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  the  more  numerous 
letters  and  'messengers  were  sent  to  Caesar. 

^tlmnpart;  quam  pars  is  jireferable  to  parte  as  it  avoids  a  succession 
of  ablatives. 

'  have  .  .  .  fame  ;  sit  with  Ablative  of  Quality. 

LESSON    XXXIV. 
THE    ABLATIVE     (Continued). 

REFERENCES. 

1-5.  Of  Trice,  A.  &  G.  252,  a-d:  A.  &  S.  408:  B.  258  c: 
B.  &  M.  884:  G.  404:  H.  422,  Notes  1,  2. 

6,  7.  Of  Specification.  A.  &  G.  253:  A.  &  S.  412:  B.  2G1, 
Rule  XLVI.:  B.  &  M.  889:  G.  398:  H.  424,  Note  1. 

8-10.  Of  Time,  A.  &  G.  256:  A.  &  S.  424:  B.  252,  Rule 
XXVIIL:  B.  &  M.  949:  G.  392:  H.  429. 

11-16.  Ablative  Absolute,  A.  &  G.  255,  a,  d,  Note  :  A.  &  S. 
422,  a,  d,  (2)  : .  B.  264,  Rule  XLIX.,  a-c :  B.  &  M.  965-967  :  G. 
408  ;  409,  Rem.  1-3  :  H.  431,  1-4. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  This  man  sold  his  country  for  gold,  vendidit  hie  auro  pa- 
trisLin. 

2.  He  sold  an  oration  for  twenty  talents,  viginti  talentis  oratio- 
•nem  vendidit. 

3.  He  hired  a  house  at  no  great  price,  conduxit  non  magno 
domum. 

4.  No  curse  has  cost  the  human  race  more  than  anger,   nulla 
pestis  humano  gengri  pluris  stetit  irS. 

5.  The  judges  do  not  care  a  straw  for  the  state,  judices  rem 
publlcam  flocci  non  faciunt. 

6.  Asia  surpasses  all  lands  in  fruitfulness,  Asia  ubert^te  omni- 
bus terris  antecellit. 


LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION.  91 

7.  A  town,  Bibrax  by  name,  was  eight  miles  distant,  oppldum, 
nomine  Bibrax,  ab^rat  milia  passuum  octo. 

8.  What  did  you  do  last  night '^     quid  proxima  nocte  egisti? 

9.  You   were   at   the  house   of  Laeca  that  night,  fuisti  apud 
Laecam  ilia  nocte. 

10.  You  will  hear  within  three  days,  triduo  audietis. 

11.  Do  you  hesitate  to  do  that  when  I  order  it,  or  at  my  bidding? 
num  dubitas  id  imperante  me  facSre  ? 

12.  Since  no  one  hinders  we  shall  carry  on  war,  nullo  impediente 
bellum  geremus. 

13.  By  destroying  him  danger  is  averted,  illo  sublato  depellitur 
periculum. 

14.  In  the  consulship  of  Lepidus  and  TuUus,  Lepido  et  TuUo 
consulibus. 

15.  Which  have  been  managed  in  his  absence,  quae  illo  absente 
gesta  sunt. 

16.  Without  stirring  up  any  public  commotion,  nullo  tumultu 
publice  concitato. 

VOCABULARY    34. 

commotion,  tumultus,  us,  m.  mercy,  misericordia,  ae,  /. 

conspiracy,  conjuratio,  onis, /.  name,  nomen,  inis,  n. 

cost,  sto,  stare,  steti,  statum.  publicly,  publice,  adv. 

enter  upon,  ingredior,   ingrgdi,  sell,  vendo,  ere,  vendidi,  ven^, 

ingressus  sum ;  w.  in  and  ace.  ditum.                                              \ 

fruitfulness,  productiveness,  uber-  sesterce,  sestertius,  i,  m. ;  a  sil- 

tas,  atis,  /.  ver     coin     ivorth     nearly    four 

hire,  conduce,  ere,  duxi,  due-  cents. 

turn.  stir  up,  concito,  are,  avi,  atum. 

justice,  aequitas,  atis,/.  variety,  varigtas,  atis,/. 

EXERCISE   34. 

1.  My  brother's  son  fears  that  he  shall  not  be  able  to      y^ 
sell  his  house  for  twenty  thousand  sesterces.     2.  Last  year      i 
we  could  have  hired  a  house  in  this  city  for  five  thousand    v 
sesterces.     3.  Although  the  Eomans  conquered  the  Gauls  . 

in  many  battles,^  nevertheless  the  victories  cost  them  much       c^ 
blood.  >4.  This  general  does  not  seem  to  care  a  straw  for  the    >^ 
lives  of  his  soldiers.  >'5.  He  said  that  Asia  was  so  feHii^^ 


92  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

and  fruitful  that  it  surpassed  all  lands^  both  in  the  pro- 
ductiveness of  its  fields  and  variety  of  its  fruits.  ^.  We 
think  that  a  city,  Marseilles  by  name,  is  about  ten  miles 
distant.  ^7.  There  is  no  doubt  that  you  surpassed  yourself 
yesterday  in  justice  and  mercy>k8.  I  can  not  but  think 
that  he  has  entered  upon  this  war  under  the  guidance  of 
the  immortal  gods.  V9.  It  happened  that  in  the  consulship 
of  Cicero  many  wretches  formed^  a  conspiracy  against  the 
republic.  \10.  I  shall  attempt  to  make  him  resign^  his 
praetorshi^  without  stirring  up  any  public  commotion. 
Jlil.  Since  the  enemy  did  not  hinder,  we  marched  through 
•^their  territory.  pl2.  Within  ten  days  you  will  hear  that  he 
inflicted  severe  punishment  upon  his  slaves  because  his 
wife  had  been  murdered. -\i3r3.  The  state  will  be  freed  from 
great  danger  by  killing  this  man.  f  |t4.  I  asked  the  de- 
fendant why  he  was  at  the  house  of  Marcellus  last  night^ 
and  what  he  had  done  the  night  before.  lU 5.  He  came  in 
my  absence  to  hire^  my  house. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  in  many  battles  ;  see  Ln.  XXXII. ,  Ref.  4,  5. 

2  ZffTic^s;  see  Ln.  XXVI.,  Ref.  1-7. 
^formed;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8. 

*  resign ;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ex.  6. 

^  night ;  put  the  word  night  in  the  second  clause  only. 

®  to  hire;  what  does  this  infinitive  denote  ? 

LESSON    XXXV. 

.     EXPRESSIONS  OF  TIME. 

REFERENCES. 
1-3.    Time  When  or  Within  Which.    A.  &  G.  256;  259,  a, 
c-  A.    &   S.  424,  6 ;  B.  251  ;    252:  B.    &  M.  949;    951;  G.   392: 
H.  429. 


LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION.  93 

4,  5.    Time  How  JLong   or  During  Which,    A.  &  G.  256 ; 

259  c:  A.  &  S.  423  :  B.  220,  Rule  XL  :  B.  &  M.  950  ;  951  :  G. 
337  ;  338  :  H.  379. 

6-8.  Use  of  Prepositions  in  Expressions  of  Time.  A. 
&  G.  256  a  ;  259  6 :  A.  &  S.  427  :  B.  252  Eem.  1  ;  220  Rem.  I  : 
B.  &  M.  953  :  G.  337  Remark  ;  393,  Remark  :  H.  379  1 ;  429 
1,2. 

9-12.  Time  Before  or  After  an  Event,  A.  &  G.  259  d; 
A.  &  S.  page  353  foot-note  :  B.  252  Rem.  2  :  B.  &  M.  954  ;  957  : 
G.  400  Rem.  3 :  H.  430,  Note  1,  l)-3),  Note  3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  He  finished  the  war  in  the  middle  of  summer,  bellum  media 
aestate  confecit. 

2.  You  will  hear  within  three  days,  triduo  audietis. 

3.  You  wished  to  kill  me  at  the  last  consular  election,  proximia 
comitiis  consularibus  me  interficSre  voluistL 

4.  He  has  had  a  residence  at  Rome  many  years,  domicilium 
Romae  multos  annos  habuit. 

5.  He  has  reigned  twenty-three  years,  annum  tertium  et  vice- 
simum  regnat. 

6.  Throughout  these  years,  per  hosce  annos. 

7.  Caesar  ordered  the  gates  to  be  shut  towards  evening,  sub 
vespgrum  Caesar  portas  claudi  jnssit 

8.  It  cannot  be  suppressed  for  all  time,  non  in  perpetuum  com- 
primi  potest. 

9.  A  few  days  afterwards  the  senate  was  freed  from  danger, 
liberatus  perioiilo  paucis  post  diebus  senatus. 

10.  The  act  was  performed  three  days  afterwards,  post  diem 
tertium  gesta  res  est 

11.  An  envoy  had  been  killed  a  few  years  before,  paucis  ante 
annis  legatus  interfectus  erat. 

12.  You  were  quaestor  fourteen  years  ago,  quaestor  fuisti  abhinc 
annos  quattuordScim. 

13.  On  the  31st  of  Oct.,  in  the  consulship  of  Lepidus  and  TuUus, 
pridie  Kalendas  Novembres,  Lepldo  et  Tullo  consulibus  ; 
which  may  he  abbreviated  to,  prid.  Kal.  Nov.  Lepido  et  Tullo  coss. 

14.  On  the  first  of  June  all  jvas  changed,  Kalendis  Juniis  mutata 
omnia.  I 


94  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

15.  For  the  28th  of  Oct.,  in  ante  diem  quintum  Kalendas  No- 
vembres;  or^  in  a.  d.  v,  Kal.  Nov. 

VOCABULARY    35. 

check,  restrain,  hinder,  reprimo,  midnight,  a  little  after  midnight, 

Sre,  pressi,  pressum.  paulo  post  mediam  noctem. 

decree,  deoerno,  Sre,  orevi,  ore-  perhaps,  fortasse,  adv. 

turn.  short,  brevis,  e. 

evening,    towards    evening,   sub  suppress,  comprimo,  Sre,  pressi, 

vespgrum.  pressum. 

finishjConfioio,  ficgre,  feci,  fee-  thanksgiving,  supplicatio.onis,/. 

tum.  time,  for  all  time,  in  perpetuum, 

following,  postSrus,  a,  um.  &c.  tempus. 

light,  daylight,  lux,  lucis,  /. ;  a  while,  for  a  little  while,  paulis- 

little    before    daylight,   paulo  per,  oAv. 

ante  lucem.  yesterday,  day  before  yesterday, 

memory,  within  the  memory  of  nudius  tertius. 

man,  post  hominum  memo- 

riam. 

EXERCISE   35. 

1.  If  you  had  carried  on  the  war  more  vigorously,  you 
would  have  finished  it  in  the  last  part  of  winter.  2.  Who 
can  be  so  stupid  as  to  think ^  that  the  Gauls  will  come 
within  five  days  to  attack  us  ?  3.  I  heard  day  before 
yesterday  that  you  wished  to  kill  me  at  the  last  consular 
election.  4.  Men  came  on  the  following  day  that  they 
might  urge^  us  to  march  ^  either  towards  evening  or  a  little 
after  midnight.  5.  If  Catiline  alone  should  be  killed/  the 
conspiracy  would  perhaps  be  checked  for  a  little  while, 
but  it  would  not  be  suppressed  for  all  time.  6.  He  says 
that  this  king,  who  has  already  reigned  twenty-four  years,^ 
is  much  younger  than  his  brother.  7.  He  has  lived  many 
years  in  this  city  and  throiighout  these  years  no  one  has 
been  angry  with  him.^  8.  If  this  has  happened  to  no  one 
within  the  memory  of  man,  will  you  not  go  into  exile  ? 
9.  There  is   no  doubt  that  men  can  be  found  who  wiU 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  95 

relieve  you  of  this  care  and  promise  to  kilU  me  in  my  bed 
on  that  very  night,  a  little  before  daylight.  10.  We  can 
not  but  think  that  you  could  have  finished  the  war  many 
years  before.  11.  Because  so  many  nations  surrendered  to 
him  within  so  short  a  time,  a  thanksgiving  was  decreed  for 
the  twenty-sixth  of  December.^  12.  This  wretch  promised 
that  for  three  thousand  sesterces^  he  would  kill  you  on 
the  twenty-fifth  of  October.  13.  Five  days  afterwards  he 
would  have  been  condemned  for  treason,  if  we  had  not 
protected  him.  14.  We  had  a  long  controversy  with  these 
men  three  days  ago.  15.  Would  that  I  could  have  been 
present  on  the  first  of  August !  ^^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^  asto  think ;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  1-3. 
2  that  they  might  urge;  see  Ln.  VII.,  Ref.  12,  13. 
^  to  march;  see  Ln.  VIIL,  Ref.  1-14. 

*  If .  .  .  killed ;  in  what  two  ways  may  this  be  expressed  ?     See  Ln. 
XL,  Ref.  1-15,  and  Ln.  XXXIV.,  Ref.  11-16. 
^  has  reigtied  .  .  .  years  ;  see  Ex.  5. 

6  a7igry  with  him;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  6-11. 

7  to  kill ;  verbs  signifying  hope,  promise,  undertake,  are  followed  by  the 
accusative  of  the  personal  pronoun  and  the  future  infinitive. 

8  for  the  twenty-sixth  of  December ;  for  determining  how  to  write  this 
and  similar  dates,  see  A.  &  G.  259  e;  376,  a-d;  A.  &  S.  424  c,/;  660  (4), 
I,  Note  1:  B.  374,  a-c:  B.  &  M.  1524-1537  :  G.  page  387 :  H.  641-645. 

^  for  three  thousand  sesterces  ;  see  Ln.  XXXIV.,  Ref.  1-5. 
loo/^wgrits^;  sextllis,  e. 


LESSON    XXXVI. 

PLACE. 

REFERENCES. 
1,2.   Place  from,  which,     A.  &  G.  258,  a:  A.  &  S.  425  ;  426 

(1)  :  B.  254,  Rule  XXXIX. :  B.  &  M.  941  :  G.  411  :  H.  412,  L,  XL 


96  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

3,  4.  riace  to  which,  A.  &  G.  258,  6 ;  A.  &  S.  425  ;  426  (1), 
/;  B.  221,  Rule  XII.  :  B.  &  M.  938  :  G.  410  :  H.  380,  I.,  II. 

5-7.  Place  at  or  in  which,  A.  &  G.  258  c  1,  2  :  A.  &  S.  425  ; 
426  :  B.  249,  Rule  XXVII.,  Note  :  B.  &  M.  932-934  :  G.  412  : 
H.  425,  L,  II.,  2. 

8-10.  Place  by,  through,  or  over  tvhich,  A.  &  G.  258  g ; 
A.  &  S.  407  c;  B.  258  e:  B.  &  M.  941  ;  942  :  G.  387  :  H.  420,  3). 

2,  4,  7.  Words  used  like  Names  of  Toivns,  A.  &  G.  258  c 
Remark,  d:  A.  &  S.  426  a;  B.  221  ;  254  Rem.  1  :  B.  &  M.  943  ; 
944  :  G.  410,  Rem.  1,  2;  411 ;  412  Rem.  1  :  H.  412  1  ;  380  2,  1); 
426,  2. 

11,  12.  Ablative  of  Place  at,  in,  or  on  which,  A.  &  G. 
258  / 1,  2  :  A.  &  S.426  c :  B.  253  :  B.  &  M.  937,  1-3  ;  947  :  G.  384 
-387  :  H.  425  2. 

13-16.  Sow  to  express  totvards  a  Place,  etc,  A.  &  G. 
258  a  Note  1,  c  Note  1  :  A.  &  S.  427  :  B.  221  Rem.  1  ;  254  Rem.  2  : 
G.  410  Rem.  3-5  :  H.  380  1  ;  412  3,  Note. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  He  set  out  from  Rome,  Roma  profectus  est. 

2.  He  set  out  from  home,  domo  profectus  est. 

3.  He  will  betake  himself  to  Marseilles,  se  Massiliam  confSret. 

4.  Men  go  into  the  country,  rus  homines  eunt 

5.  He  had  a  residence  in  Rome,  domicilium  Romae  habuit. 

6.  Themistocles,  a  very  eminent  man  at  Athens,  said,  Themisto- 
cles,  summus  Athenis  vir,  dixit. 

7.  Consultations  which  he  had  at  home,  deliberationes  quas 
habebat  domi 

8.  We  shall  march  through  Athens,  iter  per  Athenas  faciemus. 

9.  He  set  out  by  the  Aurelian  way,  Aurelia  via  profectus  est. 

10.  The  corn,  which  he  had  brought  up  the  river  Arar,  frmnento, 
quod  flumme  Ar^re  subve^Srat 

11.  All  things  have  been  brought  into  a  state  of  peace  on  land  and 
sea,  omnia  sunt  terra  marique  pacata. 

12.  What  poisoner  in  all  Italy?     quis  tota  Italia  veneflfcus? 

13.  Towards  Rome,  in  or  into  the  vicinity  of  Rome,  ad  Romam. 

14.  Near  Rome,  ad  Romam,  apud  Romam. 

1 5.  From  Rome,  from  near  Rome,  a  Roma. 

1 6.  From  Rome,  out  of  Rome,  e  Roma. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  97 

VOCABULARY    36. 

annex,    join    to,    adjungo,    gre,  safe,  tutus,  a,  um. 

junxi,  junctum.  sea,  mare,  maris,  n. 

carry   up,    subveho,    Sre,   vexi,  set  out,    proficiscor,  i,   profec- 

vectum.  tus  sum. 

difficult,  difficilis,  e.  still,  even  now,  etiam  nunc,  adv. 

field,  in  the  field,  militiae.  strong,  firm,  firmus,  a,  um. 

middle,  medius,  a,  um.  summon,  voco,  are,  avi,  atum. 

nearly,  paene,  adv.  vicissitude,  varigtas,  atis,  /. 

perform,  gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum.  way,  road,  via,  ae,  /. 

EXERCISE  36. 

1.  Cicero  said  that  Pompey,  within  forty- nine  days^ 
after  he  had  set  out  from  Brundisium,  annexed  the  whole 
of  Cilicia  to  the  government ^  of  the  Koman  people.  2.  He 
asked  whether  the  consul  had  already  gone  from  home  or^ 
was  still  at  Geneva.  3.  We  answered  that  he  had  set  out 
for  Athens  five  days  before.  4.  Since  we  had  already  had 
a  residence  at  Marseilles  for  many  years,  we  set  out  from 
that  city  and  came  to  Kome.  5.  The  orator  asked  the 
senate  what  place  on  the  whole  sea  had  had  so  strong  a 
garrison  throughout  those  years  that  it  was  safe.  6.  He 
says  that  yesterday,  when  he  had  been  nearly  killed  at  his 
own  home,  he  summoned  the  senate  into  the  temple  of 
Jupiter  Stator.  7.  This  envoy  has  come  to  tell  how  great 
deeds  our  general  has  performed*  at  home  and  in  the  field, 
on  land  and  sea.  8.  He  says  that  this  war,  although  it  is 
great  and  difficult  and  has  been  carried  on  with^  much 
vicissitude  on  land  and  sea,  will  be  wholly  finished^  by 
this  man  in  the  middle  of  summer.  9.  If  we  had  set  out 
from  Eome  ten  days  ago,  we  should  have  gone  by  the 
Appian  way.  10.  We  ought  to  have  used  the  corn,  which 
we  had  carried  up  the  river  Ehine  in  our  ships.'^  11.  In 
the  consulship  of  Metellus  we  lived  in  the  country,  but 
five  years  afterwards  we  came  to  the  town  of  Brundisium. 


98  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

12.  This  man  came  from  near  Rome  and  has  now  set  out 
towards  Naples.  13.  Let  us  stay  in  the  vicinity  of  this 
city  until  our  friends  arrive.^  14.  Let  us  go  into  the  coun- 
try before  our  friends  come^  to  visit  us.  15.  What  man 
in  all  America  is  so  cowardly  as  not  to  be  willing  to  die 
for^^  his  country  ? 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  within  forty-nine  days  ;  render  as  if  it  read,  on  the  forty-ninth  day, 

^  to  the  government ;  repeat  the  preposition  ad. 

^  or  J  how  should  it  be  rendered  in  a  double  question  ? 

^  has  performed  ;  see  Ln.  XVI.,  Ref.  9-14. 

*  loith  ;  render  with  in. 

®  will  he  finished  ;  see  Ln.  XXIV.,  Note  4. 

7  in  our  ships;  see  Ln.  XXXII. ,  Ref.  4,  5. 

8  until .  .  .  arrive  ;  see  Ln.  XV.,  Eef.  8-10. 
^  before  .  .  .  come ;  see  Ln.  XV.,  Ref.  3,  4. 

^^for;  how  should  it  be  translated  ?    See  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  14,  15. 


LESSON    XXXVII. 

USE  OF  PARTICIPLES. 

REFERENCES. 

I-IO.  Tenses,  A.  &  G.  290,  h,  d:  A.  &  S.  543-545  :  B.  323, 
Rule  LXXV.  :  B.  &  M.  1343  :  G.  278  ;  279  :  H  550. 

I-IO.  Different  Uses.  A.  &  G.  289  ;  291,  a,  h;  292,  a:  293 
a,  c:  A.  &  S.  546  ;  547,  a,  h:  B.  318-323  :  B.  &  M.  1348-1354  ' 
G.  438  ;  439  ;  536  ;  537  :  H.  548 ;  549,  1-5,  Notes,  1,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  I  summoned  to  my  presence  Gabinius,  (who  was)  surmising 
nothing  as  yet,  Gabinium  ad  me,  nihil  dum  suspicantem,  vocavi. 

2.  Shall  we  put  up  with  Catiline,  (who  is)  longing  to  lay  waste 
the  earth  ?  Catilinam,  orbem  terrae  vastare  cupientem,  perfe- 
remus? 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  —  99 

3.  His  arrival  kept  back  Mithridates  (who  had  been)  puffed  up 
by  an  unusual  victory,  hujus  adventus  Mithridatem  insolita  in- 
flatum  victoria  continuit. 

4.  Who  saved  this  same  city  (after  it  was)  founded  and  enlarged, 
qui  eandem  banc  urbeni  conditam  amplificatamque  servavit 

5.  Having  laid  waste  the  fields  and  set  fire  to  the  villages  they 
hastened  towards  Caesar's  camp,  agros  depopulati,  vicis  incensis, 
ad  castra  Caesaris  contenderunt. 

6.  After  roaming  about  they  came  through  to  the  Rhine,  vagati 
ad  Rhenum  pervenerunt. 

7.  I  crossed  the  Rhine  because  I  had  been  invited  by  the  Gauls, 
transii  Rhenum  arcessitus  a  Gallis. 

8.  He  assigned  to  Cassius  the  city  to  be  set  on  fire,  attribuit 
urbem  inflammandam  ^  Cassio. 

9.  Pray  what  would  have  been  the  result  if  (the  shops)  had  been 
burned?     quid  tandem  (tabernis)  incensis  futurum  fuit? 

10.  After,  or  since,  the  founding  of  the  city,  post  urbem  condi- 
tam. 

VOCABULARY    37. 

alarm,   commoveo,    ere,   movi,  learn,  cognosce,  Sre,  cognovi, 

motum.  cognitum. 

attack,  aggredior,   aggrgdi,   ag-  long,  long  for,  desire  eagerly,  cu- 

gressus  sum.  pio,  cupgre,  cupivi  or  cupii, 

cut  down,  occido,  Sre,  cidi,  ci-  cupitnm. 

sum.  new,  novus,  a,  um. 

earth,  orbis  terrarum  or  terrae;  put  up  with,  bear  with,  endure, 

orbis,  is,  m.  perfSro,  perferre,  pertiili,per- 

hither,  citerior,  citerius.  latum. 

invite,   send    for,    arcesso,   6re,  set  fire  to,  burn,   incendo,   gre, 

arcessivi,  arcessitum.  incendi,  incensum. 

keep  back,    restrain,    contineo,  sight,  conspectus,  us,  m. 

ere,  tinui,  tentum.  take  away,  removeo,  ere,  movi, 

lay  waste,  vasto,  are,  avi,  atum.  motum. 

EXERCISE   37. 

1.  Ought  we,  the  consuls,  to  put  up  with  these  men, 
who  are  longing  to  lay  waste  the  whole  earth  ?  2.  After 
setting  fire  to  many  villages^  they  hastened  towards  Eome 


100  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

by  the  Appian  way.  3.  The  king  said  that  he  crossed  the 
Ehine  because  he  had  been  invited  by  the  Gauls.  4.  Cae- 
sar, having  been  alarmed  by  these  letters,  enlisted  two 
new  legions  in  hither  Gaul.  5.  He  summoned  to  his 
presence  2  the  generals  who  knew  nothing  as  yet^  with  re- 
spect to  the  affair.  6.  The  general  kept  back  his  soldiers 
in  camp  who  had  been  gTeatly  alarmed  by  the  arrival  of 
the  enemy.  7.  He  assigned  to  Catiline  all  the  citizens  to 
be  robbed  and  butchered.  8.  Pray,  what  would  you  have 
done  if  all  the  villages  had  been  burned  ?*  9.  The  lieu- 
tenant, after  taking  away  the  horses  out  of  sight  and  ex- 
horting the  cavalry  to  fight  bravely,  began  the  battle  on 
the  left  wing.  10.  The  consul  ordered  his  troops  after 
they  had  been  led^  out  of  camp  to  wheel  about  and  ad- 
vance to  the  attack.  11.  The  enemy  having  attacked  our 
army  on  the  march,  cut  down  a  large  number  of  the 
infantry.  12.  Since  the  founding  of  the  city  this  is  the 
only  case  that  has  been  met  with^  in  which  all  patriotic 
citizens  agreed."^  13.  After  learning  these  facts  we  hast- 
ened into  the  vicinity  of  Marseilles.  14.  Although  I  have 
been  invited  I  shall  not  cross  the  Ehine.  15.  Since  the 
consul  has  learned  these  facts,  he  will  invite  the  conspira- 
tors into  the  country  and  set  fire  to  all  their  houses. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  after  setting  fire  to  villages  ;  Latin  verbs,  except  deponents,  have  no 
perfect  active  participle  ;  hence  the  necessity  for  the  ablative  absolute 
which  is  used  to  supply  this  want. 

2  to  his  presence  ;  see  Ex.  1.  ^  nothing  as  yet ;  nihil  dum. 
*  if .  .  .  burned  ;  render  by  the  ablative  absolute. 

^  after  they  had  been  led  ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  having  been  led. 

^  this  .  .  .  met  with  ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  this  case  alone  has  been  met 

7  agreed;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 

8  See  Gildersleeve,  279  Rem.  ;  431. 


LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION.  101 

LESSON    XXXY5,EI.\/         .;';.;:' 
THE  GERUND  AND:GERroDI|i^fc:';'\  j;?  f,J  j\A 

REFERENCES. 

1-8.  A.  &  G.  295-298,  a:  A.  &  S.  548  ;  550,  h,  c ;  551  :  B. 
324,  a,  c,  1,  2;  325,  Eule  LXXVI.  :  B.  &  M.  1304;  1319-1322  ; 
1327  ;  1330  :  G.  426-429,  Rem.  1  :  H.  541  ;  542,  I.,  Note  1 ;  543. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Practice  in  speaking,  dicendi  exercitatio. 

2.  Night  made  an  end  of  besieging,  finem  oppugnandi  nox  fecit. 

3.  Opportunity  for  hurling  javelins,  spatium  pila  conjiciendi. 

4.  They  went  out  for  the  purpose  of  plundering,  praedandi  causa 
egressi  sunt., 

5.  He  gave  the  signal  for  beginning  battle,  proeli  committendi 
signum  dedit. 

6.  For  the  purpose  of  killing  the  consuls,  consttlum  interfici- 
enddrum  causa. 

7.  This  most  strongly  fortified  place  for  holding  the  senate,  hie 
munitisslmus  habendi  senatus  locus. 

8.  For  the  purpose  of  saving  themselves,  sui  conservandi  causa. 

VOCABULARY  38. 

besiege,     oppugno,     5re,     avi,  observe,  cbgnosco,  8re,  cognovi, 

atum.  cognitum. 

encourage,    consoler,   ari,   atus  practice,  exercitatio,  onis,  /. 

sum.  prepare,  pare,  are,  avi,  atum. 

give  up,  abandon,  abjicie,  jicSre,  privilege,  power,  potestas,  atis,/. 

jeci,  jectum.  save,  conserve,  are,  avi,  atum. 

keep,  asservo,  are,  Svi,  atum.  style,  genus,  gris,  n. 

leading  men,  chief  men,  princi-  suffer,  permit,  patior,  pati,  pas- 

pes,  um,  m.  pi.  sus  sum. 

lessen,  levo,  are,  avi,  atum.  unusual,  inusitatus,  a,  um. 

threats,  minae,  arum,  /.  pi.  violence,  vis,  vis,  /. 


102  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

EXERCISE   38. 

1.  After  encouraging  the  defendant,  I  asked  him  to 
make  an  end,  of  entreating.  2.  The  orator  asked  the 
judgel^to  suffer^' Mi^' to  make^  use  of  an  unusual  style  of 
i5peakixig.  2.  'TT-ave  yoti  not  often  observed  how  great^ 
'irifliietKie'this  ol-aior  exerts^  from  this  very  place  by  reason 
of  copiousness  in  speaking  ?  4.  Would  that  I  had*  the 
privilege  of  coming  into  this  place!  5.  If  this  wretch 
should  give  up  his  plan  of  making  war,  it  would  be  said^ 
that  he  had  been  driven  out  into  exile  with  violence  and 
threats.  6.  For  the  purpose  of  avoiding  suspicion  you 
dared  to  ask^  the  consul  to  keep^  you  at  his  home. 
7.  Never,  fellow-citizens,  for  the  purpose  of  lessening  my 
unpopularity,  have  I  asked  you  not  to  lay  violent  hands 
upon  these  conspirators.  8.  I  asked  whether  citizens  were 
fleeing  from  Rome  for  the  purpose  of  saving  themselves  or 
of  checking  your  designs.  9.  Let  him,  if  he  wishes,  make 
use  of  arms  for  the  purpose  of  defending  himself.  10.  Give 
the  signal  for  beginning  battle,  if  you  wish  us  to  advance 
to  the  attack.  11.  We  fear  that  this  man  will  prepare  a 
band  for  the  purpose  of  killing  the  consuls  and  leading 
men  of  the  state.  12.  There  is  no  doubt  that  this  orator 
has  had  great  practice  in  speaking.  13.  If  you  had  had 
greater  practice  in  fighting,  you  would  not  have  fled  for  the 
purpose  of  saving  yourself.  14.  AVhen  night  had  made  an 
end  of  besieging,  a  man  of  very  great  influence''  among  his 
friends  came  to  beg  for  peace.  15.  Who  is  so  stupid  as  to 
think  that  citizens  have  fled  from  the  city  for  the  purpose 
of  saving  themselves  ? 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  to  suffer  .  .  .  to  make  ;  should  each  of  these  infinitives  be  rendered  with 
an  infinitive  ? 

^  how  great;  quantum;  see  Ln.  XXX.,  Ref.  1-6. 

*  exert  influence  ;  valeo,  6re  ui,  itum ;  what  mood  must  be  nsed  ? 


LATJN   PROSE    COMPOSITION.  103 

*  IFould  that  I  had;  see  Ln.  XX VL,  Ref.  8-11,  aud  Ln.  V.,  Hef.  8-9. 

5  it  would  be  said ;  see  Ln.  XXII I.,  Note  5. 

6  to  ask  .  .  .  to  Jcee]) ;  see  Note  1 . 

'  of  very  great  influence;  see  Ln.  XXXIIL,  Ref.  10,  11. 


LESSON    XXXIX. 

THE    GERUND  AND  GERUNDIVE    {Continued). 
REFERENCES. 

1-9.  A.  &  G.  299-301  ;  294  d :  K.  &  S.  551,  a,  Note,  6,  c  ;  552  (2)  : 
B.  324,  h,  d,  e  ;  325,  Rule  LXXVI.  :  B.  &  M.  1332 ;  1337  ;  1338  ; 
1340  :  G.  430-434 :  H.  542,  IL,  III.,  Note  2,  IV. ;  544, 1, 2,  Notes  1,2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  The  consul  gives  attention  to  appccasing  the  gocls,  consul  pla- 
candis  dis  dat  opgram. 

2.  For  making  a  camp,  ad  castra  facienda. 

3.  One  of  whom  could  furnish  su])jects  for  writing,  quorum  alter 
res  ad  scribendum  adhibere  poterat. 

4.  He  invited  Gauls  for  the  purpose  of  overturning  the  founda- 
tions of  our  government,  ad  evertenda  fuudamenta  rei  publicae 
Gallos  arcessit 

5.  He  assigned  to  Cassius  the  city  to  be  set  on  fire,  or  the  firing  of 
the  city,  attribuit  urbem  inflammandam  Cassio. 

6.  They  have  strengthened  the  conspiracy  by  not  believing,  con- 
jurationem  non  credendo  corroboraverunt. 

7.  By  badly  managing  their  business,  male  gerendo  negotio. 

8.  In  punishing  Lentulus,  in  Lentiilo  puniendo. 

9.  With  respect  to  choosing  a  commander,  de  imperatore  de- 
ligendo. 

VOCABULARY   39 
choose,  dellgo,  gre,  Iggi,  lectum.     desire,  voluntas,  5tis,  /. 
confer,  consign,  mando,  are,  avi,     draw,    portiay,    exprimo,    Sre 

atum.  pressi,  pressum. 

debt,  aes  alienum,aeris  alieni,  n. 


104  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

fall  into,  incldo,  gre,  incldi,  in-  portraiture,  imago,  Xnis,  /. 

casum.  provoke,  lacesso,  ere,  ivi  or  il 
historian,  rerum  auctor,  rerum        or  i,  itum. 

scriptor.  revenue,  vectigal,  alls,  n. 

invested,  occupatus,  a,  um.  silent,  keep  silent,  taceo,  ere,  ui, 
lie  in  wait,   Insidior,   ari,   atus         itum. 

sum.  strengthen,  corrobSro,  are^  avi, 
look  at,  intueor,  Sri,  tuitus  sum.         atum. 

maintain,     retiueo,    ere,    tinui,  stake,  is  at  stake,  agitur. 

tentum.  torch,  fax,  facis,/. 
manage,  gero,  Sre,  gessi,  gestum. 

EXERCISE   39. 

1.  You  ought  to  give  attention  to  tilling  your  fields. 
2.  He  sent  men  to  promise  ^  a  large  number  of  ships  for 
transporting  the  army.  3.  This  king  having  been  pro- 
voked thought  that  an  opportunity  was  offered  hini^  for 
taking  our  city.  4.  I  fear  that  they  will  not  cease  ^  to  lie 
in  wait  for  the  consul  at  his  own  home  and  to  prepare 
torches  for  firing  the  city.  5.  How  many  portraitures  of 
distinguished  men,  drawn  not  only  to  be  looked  at*  but 
also  to  be  imitated,*  do  you  think  historians  have  left  us?^ 
6.  We  could  have  overcome^  you,  not  by  fighting  but  by 
keeping  silent.  7.  You  ought  not  to  strengthen  this  con- 
spiracy by  not  believing.  8.  It  remains  for  me  to  speak'' 
briefly  with  respect  to  choosing  a  commander.  9.  I  have^ 
as  much  influence^  as  you  have  given  me  by  conferring 
honors.  10.  The  orator  said  that  he  had"  as  much  capa- 
bility as  an  almost  daily  practice  in  speaking  had  been 
able  to  bring  him.  11.  Our  property  is  at  stake,  invested 
in  farming  your  revenues.  12.  By  badly  managing  their 
business  these  men  have  fallen  into  great  debt.  13.  There 
is  no  one  who  thinks  ^^  that  there  can  be  any  cruelty  in 
punishing  the  consul. 


LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION.  105 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^  to  promise  ;  see  Ln.  VIL,  Ref.  12,  13. 

2  him;  see  Ln.  III.,  Ref.  8-12,  and  Ln.  XXYL,  Ref.  1-7. 

3  -will not  cease  ;  see  Ln.  VIII.,  Note  8. 

*  to  he  looked  at ...  to  he  imitated  ;  render  with  ad  and  the  Gerundive. 

6  us;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  1-3. 

^  we  could  have  overcome  ;  see  Ln.  XVII. ,  Ex.  13. 

''for  me  to  speak ;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8. 

8  /  have,  ETC.  When  the  thing  possessed  is  a  quality  of  the  possessor, 
the  possessor  is  usually  put  in  the  ablative  with  in,  and  the  thing  possessed 
in  the  nominative  with  est :  e,  g.  /  Jiave  vnsdom,  in  me  est  sapientia ; 
/  have  as  much  imtural  ability,  as  ETC. ,  ingeni  in  me  tantum  est,  quan- 
tum ETC. 

^  influence ;  see  Ln.  XXII. ,  Ref.  6-8. 
1"  who  thinks ;  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref.  1-9. 


LESSON    XL. 

THE  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATIONS.  —  THE  SUPINE. 

REFERENCES. 

1-3.  First  Periphrastic  Conjugation,  A.  &  G.  129;  293 
a,  c:  A.  &  S.  229  (1)  :  B.  94,  a:  B.  &  M.  328  :  G.  149  ;  238  ;  239 : 
H.  233. 

4-9.   Second    Periphrastic    Conjugation,     A.    &    G.    129  ; 

294,  &,  c ;  A.  &  S.  229  (2)  :  B.  94,  h :  B.  &  M.  329  ;  1305  :  G.  150  ; 
243  :  H.  234  ;  466  Note. 

6,  7.  Dative  of  Agent.  A.  &  G.  232  :  A.  &  S.  383  :  B.  248 
Rule  XXXVI.  :  B.  &  M.  847  :  G.  353  :  H.  388. 

10,  1 1.  Supine  in  urn.  A.  &  G.  302,  Remark  :  A.  &  S.  554  : 
B.  326,  Rule  LXXVII.  :  B.  &  M.  1360  :  G.  435  ;  436  :  H.  545, 
Notes  1,  2  ;  546,  1-4. 

12.  Supine  inu.  A.  &  G.  303:  A.  &  S.  555:  B.  326,  Rule 
LXXVIII.  :  B.  &  M.  1365  :  G.  437,  Rem.  1  :  H.  547,  1,  2. 


106  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  I  am,  was,  etc.  about  to  go, 
I  am,  was,  etc.  likely  to  go, 
I  am,  was,  etc.  going  to  go,  }■  ego  sum,  eram,  etc.  iturus. 
I  am,  was,  etc.  intending  to  go, 
I  am,  was,  etc.  to  go, 

2.  They  seem  to  me  more  likely  to  make  vows  against  the  repub- 
lic than  to  bear  arms,  magis  mihi  videntur  vota  facturi  contra 
rem  publicam  quam  arma  laturi 

3.  What  would  have  been  the  result  if  the  shops  had  been 
burned  ?    quid  tabernis  inoensis  futurum  fuit  ? 

4.  A  proper  limit  in  speaking  must  be  sought,  modus  in 
dicendo  quaerendus  est. 

5.  We  must  contend  with  extravagance,  cum  luxuria  nobis 
certandum  est. 

6.  Whatever  will  need  to  be  cut  off,  or  whatever  will  have  to  be 
cut  off,  I  shall  not  suffer  to  remain,  quae  resecanda  erunt,  non 
patiar  manere. 

7.  I  did  not  need  to  fear,  verendum  mihi  non  erat 

8.  The  highest  welfare  must  not  be  too  often  endangered,  non 
est  saepius  summa  salus  periclitanda. 

9.  If  he  were  a  private  citizen,  he  ought  to  be  chosen,  si  privatus 
csset,  erat  deligendus. 

10.  I  shut  out  those,  whom  you  had  sent  to  me  to  pay  their  re- 
spects, ezclusi  eos,  quos  tu  ad  me  salutatum  miseras. 

11.  He  came  to  Rome  to  demand  aid,  Romam  venit  auxilium 
postulatum. 

12.  It  is  difficult  to  say  how  much  we  are  hated,  difficile  est 
dictu  quanto  in  odio  simus. 

VOCABULARY   40. 

address,  allSquor, i,  locutus  siun.  disaster, calamltas,  atis,  /. 

ask   for,   demand,  postiilo,   are,  hated,  to  be  hated,  in  odio  esse, 

avi,  atum.  w.  dat.  of  person  hy  whom  hated. 

assassin,  murderer,  sicarius,  i,  m.  now,  nunc,  jam,  adv. 

complain,  queror,i,questus  sum.  neighbors,  finitlmi,  orum,  m.  pi. 

decide,  judico,  are,  avi,  Stum.  pay  one's   respects,   saluto,   are, 
defend,  defendo,  Sre,  fendi,  fen-         avi,  atum. 

sum.  safe,  salvus,  a,  um. 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  107 

spirit,  animus,  i,  m.  very  difficult,  perdiflBcllis,  e. 

to-day,   hodiernus    dies,  hodi- 
erni  diei,  m. 

EXERCISE  40. 

1.  Believe  me,^  fellow-citizens,  this  assassin  is  not  in- 
tending to  go  into  exile.  2.  These  men  seem  to  us  more 
likely  to  withdraw  from  allegiance  to  the  republic  than  to 
carry  on  war  with  her  enemies.  3.  These  assassins  must 
be  driven  out  into  exile  if  we  wish^  the  city  to  be  safe. 
4.  We  must  either  live  with  our  fellow-citizens  or  die  for 
them.^  5.  You  must  defend  this  city  not  only  from*  dis- 
aster but  also  from*  the  fear  of  disaster.  6.  The  senators 
must  decide  to-day  with  respect  to  their  own  lives ^  and 
the  lives  ^  of  their  wives  and  children.  7.  We  did  not 
need  to  fear  that  our  enemies  would  not  give  up  their  plan 
of  making  war.  8.  In  what  spirit^  ought  you  to  bear  this, 
that  citizens  have  fied^  from  Eome  for  the  purpose  of  sav- 
ing themselves.  9.  If  we  wish  to  be  good  citizens,  we 
must  defend  the  name  and  welfare  of  the  state.  10.  We 
ought  to  thank  the  immortal  gods  because  we  have  won  so 
great  a  victory.  11.  Many  came  to  me  on  that  day^  to 
pay  their  respects  and  to  complain^  because  the  consul 
had  dissolved  1^  the  senate.  12.  I  must  address  my  fellow- 
citizens  with  respect  to  the  election  of  consuls.^^  13.  It  is 
very  difficult  to  say  how  much  you  are  hated  by  all  your 
neighbors.  14.  If  this  were  the  best  thing  to  do,  I  should 
not  suffer  you  to  live  a  moment  of  time. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  me;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  6-11. 

2  if  we  wish,  etc.  ;  what  kind  of  a  supposition  is  expressed  by  this 
sentence  ? 

^for  them ;  see  Ln.  XXV.,  Ref.  14,  15. 

*from;  a.  6  lives;  see  Ln.  XXI.,  Note  1. 

«  Li  what  spirit;  see  Ln.  XXX II.,  Ref.  1. 


108  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

7  that  dtizeths  have  fled  ;  render  with  accusative  and  infinitive,  apposi- 
tive  with  hoc. 

8  on  that  day ;  what  time  is  denoted  by  the  ablative  ?     "What  by  tlie 
accusative  ? 

^  to  pay  their  respects  and  to  complain  ;  see  Examples  10  and  11. 

10  had  dissolved ;  which  mood  is  preferable  ?     See  Ln.  XIV.,  Ref.  1-5 
and  Note  5. 

11  with  respect  to  the  election  of  consuls ;  translate  as  if  it  read,  with  re- 
spect to  electing  consuls. 


EXERCISES    FOR  GENERAL  REVIEW    AND 
EXAMINATION. 


The  following  Exercises  are  intended  for  oral  recitation,  without  any 
preAdous  preparation.  They  contain  only  such  words  as  have  been  given 
in  the  preceding  Vocabularies,  and  illustrate  only  such  principles  as  have 
been  illustrated  in  the  preceding  Lessons.  I.  -  IV.  is  not  to  be  recited  till 
after  Lesson  IV.  has  been  learned  ;  V.  -  VIIL,  till  after  Lesson  VIIL,  and 
so  on  to  the  end.  The  design  is  to  put  the  same  principle  in  many  differ- 
ent ways,  so  as  to  enable  the  teacher  to  ascertain  whether  the  scholar  fully 
comprehends  it;  whether  he  has  made  it  a  part  of  himself;  this  aids  in 
securing  thoroughness  and  also  adds  life  and  interest  to  the  study.  Prob- 
ably, time  will  not  permit  all  the  sentences  to  be  given  ;  on  the  other 
hand,  the  teacher  may  find  it  profitable  to  form  others ;  it  will  be  seen 
that  they  may  be  multiplied  almost  indefinitely. 


I-IV. 

1.  Who  of  us  will  be  elected  consul  ?  2.  You  and  I 
have  not  been  elected  consuls.  3.  Neither  you  nor  I  had 
been  elected  consul.  4.  Who  was  the  first  to  reach  the 
top  of  the  hill  ?  5.  We  were  the  first  to  reach  the  top  of 
the  hill.  6.  You  will  be  the  first  to  reach  the  top  of  the 
hill.  7.  Our  soldiers  had  been  the  first  to  reach  the  top  of 
the  hill.  8.  This  man  was  the  first  who  betook  himself 
into  the  middle  of  the  city.  9.  The  man  and  woman  whom 
you  saw  will  betake  themselves  into  the  middle  of  the  city. 
10.  This  consul  will  be  the  first  to  lead  his  soldiers  into 
winter-quarters.  11.  That  consul  was  the  first  to  lead  his 
soldiers  out  of  winter-quarters.  12.  The  enemy  came  in 
great  numbers  and  made  an  attack  upon  us.  13.  Our 
soldiers  were  very  unwilling  to  make  an  attack  upon  them. 
14.  We   hastened   gladly   to   make   an  attack  upon  you. 


110  LATIN   PRGSE  COMPOSITION. 

15.  Some  of  them  were  very  unwilling  to  make  an  attack 
upon  us.  16.  One  man  came  from  one  city,  another  from 
another.  17.  Some  of  the  enemy  betook  themselves  in 
one  direction,  others  in  another.  18.  Some  led  their  troops 
in  one  direction,  others  in  another.  19.  The  one  party 
withdrew  upon  a  mountain,  the  other  betook  themselves 
into  the  middle  of  the  city.  20.  They  likewise  betook 
themselves  to  their  friends.  21.  This  man  and  woman 
gladly  surrendered  themselves  and  all  their  possessions  to 
Caesar.  22.  They  will  likewise  surrender  themselves  and 
all  their  possessions  to  me.  23.  Who  of  you  will  surren- 
der himself  and  all  his  possessions  to  me  ?  24:  I  shall 
surrender  myself  and  all  my  possessions  to  you.  25.  These 
very  men  have  surrendered  themselves  and  all  their  pos- 
sessions to  him. 

V.-VIII. 

1.  Break  up  camp  as  soon  as  possible.  2.  Do  not  hesi- 
tate to  break  up  camp  as  soon  as  possible.  3.  Let  us 
break  up  camp  as  soon  as  possible.  4.  Would  that  you 
had  not  broken  up  camp  !  5.  0  that  we  were  breaking  up 
camp  !  6.  May  you  not  break  up  camp  !  7.  He  has  been 
delaying  now  a  long  time  in  the  vicinity  of  this  city. 
8.  He  had  been  delaying  a  long  time  in  the  vicinity  of  this 
city.  9.  While  he  was  delaying  in  the  vicinity  of  this 
city,  I  was  marching.  10.  If  he  delays  for  the  sake  of 
supplies,  I  shall  not  march.  11.  We  delayed  so  as  to 
avoid  the  suspicion  of  fear.  12.  The  soldiers  had  delayed 
that  they  might  avoid  the  suspicion  of  fear.  13.  These 
men  have  delayed  that  they  may  avoid  the  suspicion  of 
fear.  14.  We  shall  delay  in  order  to  avoid  the  suspicion 
of  fear.  15.  Let  us  delay  that  we  may  avoid  the  suspicion 
of  fear.     16.  We   shall  employ  the   Gauls  to  terrify  the 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  Ill 

enemy.  17.  We  employed  the  Gauls  to  terrify  these  sol- 
diers. 18.  They  had  employed  us  to  terrify  you.  19.  You 
will  send  forward  men  to  terrify  the  enemy.  20.  The  con- 
sul sent  forward  soldiers  to  make  an  attack  upon  the 
enemy.  21.  We  fear  that  they  will  not  advance  to  the 
attack  22.  Do  not  fear  that  they  will  not  advance  to 
the  attack.  23.  You  fear  that  they  will  wheel  about. 
24.  Who  feared  that  the  enemy  would  wheel  about.  25.  We 
ourselves  had  feared  that  they  would  wheel  about  and 
advance  to  the  attack. 

IX.-XII. 

1.  The  general  inflicts  punishment  upon  his  soldiers. 
2.  The  general  has  inflicted  punishment  upon  his  sol- 
diers. 3.  The  general"  will  inflict  punishment  upon  his 
soldiers.  4.  The  soldiers  are  so  wicked  that  their  general 
will  inflict  punishment  upon  them.  5.  The  soldiers  were 
so  wicked  that  their  general  inflicted  very  severe  punish- 
ment upon  them.  6.  We  fear  that  these  soldiers  are  so 
wicked  that  their  general  will  inflict  most  severe  punish- 
ment upon  them.  7.  We  fear  that  these  soldiers  are 
so  wicked  that  we  shall  not  be  able  to  hinder  their 
general  from  inflicting  most  severe  punishment  upon  them. 

8.  There  is  not  even  a  doubt  that  these  soldiers  are  so 
wicked  as  to  fear  that  they  will  not  be  able  to  hinder  their 
general  from  inflicting  most  severe  punishment  upon  them 

9.  We  made  them  defend  our  city.  10.  It  happened  that 
they  were  defending  the  city.  11.  These  soldiers  are  not 
suitable  to  defend  our  city.  12.  There  were  some  who  did 
not  defend  their  city.  13.  Our  soldiers  could  not  be  re- 
strained from  defending  their  city.  14.  If  Caius  stays,  he 
will  pay  his  tax.  15.  Provided  Caius  stays  in  the  city, 
he  will  pay  his  tax.     16.  If  Caius  should  stay,  he  would 


112  LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

pay  his  tax.  17.  If  Caius  had  staid,  he  would  have  paid 
his  tax.  18.  If  Caius  were  staying  in  the  city,  he  would 
pay  his  tax.  19.  There  is  not  even  a  doubt  that  if  Caius 
stays  in  this  city,  some  one  will  prevent  him  from  paying 
his  tax.  20.  Provided  he  does  not  inform  me  with  respect 
to  your  arrival,  I  shall  inflict  punnishment  upon  him. 
21.  But  if  he  should  inform  me  with  respect  to  your  arrival, 
I  should  not  inflict  punishment  upon  him.  22.  "We  shud- 
dered at  his  cruelty  as  if  he  were  present.  23.  Do  not 
shudder  at  his  cruelty  as  if  he  were  present.  24.  Let 
us  not  shudder  at  the  cruelty  of  the  absent  Caius  as  if  he 
were  present.  25.  We  shall  not  shudder  at  his  cruelty  as 
if  he  were  present. 

XIII.-XVL 

1.  Although  we  fought  till  late  at  night,  we  routed  no 
one.  2.  Although  they  had  fought  till  late  at  night,  they 
were  not  conquered.  3.  We  did  not  complain,  although 
we  were  thrown  into  great  disorder.  4.  Although  we 
could  not  get  a  firm  footing,  still  we  kept  in  line.  5.  We 
were  thrown  into  great  disorder  because  we  could  not  get 
a  firm  footing.  6.  We  shall  be  thrown  into  great  disorder 
because  we  cannot  get  a  firm  footing.  7.  We  did  not  keep 
in  line  because  we  could  not  get  a  firm  footing.  8.  The 
French  are  complaining  because  the  Germans  have  ravaged 
their  country.  9.  The  Germans  complained  because  the 
French  had  ravaged  their  country.  10.  The  Germans  will 
complain  because  the  French  have  renewed  the  war. 
11.  Let  us  not  complain  because  we  can  not  renew  the 
war.  12.  We  shall  return  before  you  arrive.  13.  After  we 
arrived,  you  hastened  to  return.  14.  Caius  hastened  to 
return  as  soon  as  you  arrived.  15.  When  we  arrived  you 
hastened  to  return.     16.  When  Caesar  arrives,  his  lieu- 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  113 

tenant  will  return.  17.  Wait  until  we  arrive.  18.  We 
shall  wait  until  the  soldiers  come.  19.  Who  will  wait 
until  the  general  comes  ?  I.  20.  We  are  waiting  to  see 
whether  he  will  come  or  not.  21.  We  did  not  march  until 
the  enemy  recovered  from  fright.  22.  Let  us  not  march 
until  the  enemy  recover  from  fright.  23.  Let  us  make  an 
attack  before  the  enemy  recovers  from  fright.  24.  Will 
you  go,  or  stay  ?  I  shall  go.  25.  Who  would  flee  as  a 
deserter  ?     I  would  not. 

XVIL-XX. 

1.  Caesar  ought  to  make  you  this  requital.  2.  You 
must  make  Caesar  this  requital.  3.  We  may  make  them 
this  requital.  4.  These  men  can  make  you  this  requital. 
5.  They  ought  to  have  made  us  this  requital.  6.  He  could 
have  made  you  this  requital.  7.  I  might  have  made  him 
this  requital.  8.  He  says  that  we  ought  not  to  give  back 
the  hostages.  9.  He  said  that  we  ought  not  to  give 
back  the  hostages.  10.  He  thinks  that  we  can  see  the 
tower  approaching.  11.  He  thought  that  we  could  see 
the  tower  approaching.  12.  He  thought  that  we  could 
have  seen  the  tower  approaching.  13.  He  begs  permission 
to  give  back  the  hostages.  14.  We  begged  permission 
to  give  back  the  hostages.  15.  Let  us  not  beg  permission  to 
give  back  the  hostages.  16.  Do  not  beg  permission  to 
give  back  the  hostages.  17.  He  declared  that  we  ought 
not  to  have  begged  permission  to  give  back  the  hostages. 
18.  We  hear  that  the  king  is  increasing  his  private  prop- 
erty. 19.  We  hear  that  the  king's  private  property  is 
increasing.  20.  We  heard  that  the  king  was  increasing  his 
private  property.  21.  We  heard  that  the  king's  private 
property  was  increasing.  22.  The  king  said  that  he  should 
increase  his  private  property.     23.  The  king  said  that  his 


114  .  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

private  property  would  increase.  24.  Caesar  says  that  if 
the  Gauls  give  back  the  hostages,  he  will  reward  them. 
25.  He  said  that  if  the  Gauls  should  give  back  the  hosta- 
ges, they  would  be  rewarded.  26.  He  says  that  if  the 
Gauls  had  given  back  the  hostages,  he  would  have  rewarded 
them.  27.  He  said  that  if  the  Gauls  had  given  back  the 
hostages,  they  would  have  been  rewarded.  28.  He  says 
that  the  men  whom  we  saw  on  the  top  of  the  hill  are  sol- 
diers. 29.  He  said  that  the  men  whom  we  saw  on  the 
top  of  the  hill  were  soldiers.  30.  Let  us  not  forget  that 
this  is  our  country. 

XXI.-XXIV. 

1.  We  ought  to  care  for  the  prosperity  of  our  country. 

2.  It   is  wise  to  care  for  the  prosperity  of  the  country. 

3.  Let  us  not  bring  to  destruction  and  desolation  the  houses 
of  the  city.  4.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  general  to  care  for  the 
welfare  of  his  soldiers.  5.  It  is  your  duty  to  care  for  the 
welfare  of  your  army.  6.  It  is  foolish  to  withdraw  from 
allegiance  to  the  state.  7.  It  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  see 
that  the  welfare  of  the  state  cannot  be  separated  from  the 
welfare  of  the  citizens.  8.  Let  us  not  endeavor  to  bring 
about  the  destruction  of  the  commonwealth.  9.  Do  not  en- 
deavor to  bring  about  the  destruction  of  the  commonwealth. 
10.  Pray,  who  would  endeavor  to  bring  about  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  commonwealth  ?  11.  I  shall  bestow  upon  you 
as  much  praise  as  is  due  a  brave  man.  12.  He  bestowed 
upon  me  as  much  praise  as  was  due  a  brave  man.  13.  You 
said  that  you  would  bestow  as  much  praise  upon  him  as 
was  due  a  great  commander.  14.  He  feared  that  this  city 
had  not  sufficient  garrison.  15.  We  fear  that  this  town 
has  not  sufficient  garrison.  16.  It  is  worth  while  for  you 
to  endure  unpopularity.     17.  There  is  no  doubt  that  it  is 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  115 

worth  while  for  me  to  endure  unpopularity.  18.  This 
man  wishes  to  become  participant  in  the  public  council. 

19.  Who  would  wish  to  become  participant  in  this  council  ? 

20.  No  one  has  wished  to  become  participant  in  this  coun- 
cil. 21.  I  remember  your  kindness.  22.  Do  you  remem- 
ber his  kindness  ?  23.  I  am  not  ashamed  of  you.  24  Are 
you  ashamed  of  me  ?  25.  This  old  man  repents  of  his 
deeds.  26.  You  ought  to  repent  of  your  inactivity  and 
negligence.  27.  This  man  is  very  skilful  in  military  affairs 
and  ought  not  to  be  condemned  to  death.  28.  It  is  of 
great  importance  to  Marcellus  whether  you  repent  of  your 
deeds  or  not.  29.  It  is  of  great  importance  to  me  whether 
he  comes  or  not.  30.  It  is  of  the  highest  importance  to 
all  that  they  have  sound  bodies  and  sound  minds. 

XXV.-XXVIL 

1.  If  you  consult  me,  I  shall  not  be  angry  with  you. 
2.  If  you  consult  my  interests,  I  shall  not  be  angry  with 
you.     3.  If  I  ask  your  advice,  will  you  be  angry  with  me  ? 

4.  If  he  does  not  ask  my  advice,  I  shall  not  pardon  him. 

5.  We  seem  to  satisfy  the  republic,  if  we  avoid  the  weap- 
ons of  these  men.  6.  Will  he  lay  violent  hands  upon  me  ? 
7.  Did  you  think  that  he  would  lay  violent  hands  upon 
me  ?  8.  The  senate  would  have  laid  violent  hands  upon 
me  in  this  very  place,  if  I  had  driven  him  out  into  exile. 
9.  If  we  go  to  meet  them,  they  will  lay  violent  hands 
upon  us.  10.  If  we  should  go  to  meet  them,  they  would 
lay  violent  hands  upon  us.  11.  If  you  had  gone  to  meet 
them,  they  would  have  laid  violent  hands  upon  you. 
12.  He  said  that  if  we  should  go  to  meet  them,  they  would 
lay  violent  hands  upon  us.  13.  We  can  not  protect  our 
city  with  this  army.  14.  What  city  have  you  protected 
with  your  cavalry?     15.  You  can  not  but  protect  us  with 


116  LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

your  infantry.  16.  There  is  not  even  a  doubt  that  you 
ought  to  protect  us  with  your  army.  17.  We  can  not 
withstand  them  by  our  own  efforts.  18.  Who  could  have 
withstood  you  by  his  own  efforts  ?  19.  He  ought  to  have 
withstood  us  by  his  own  efforts.  20.  You  have  me  as  a 
witness  that  you  withstood  him  by  your  own  efforts. 
21.  We  have  you  as  a  witness  that  we  withstood  them  by 
our  own  efforts.  22.  There  is  no  doubt  but  that  his  coun- 
try is  most  dear  to  him.  23.  I  can  not  but  think  that  you 
are  like  me.  24.  He  thinks  that  you  are  very  unfriendly 
to  him.  25.  He  asked  me  whether  you  were  unfriendly 
to  me.     26.  We  ought  to  be  willing  to  die  for  our  country. 

27.  Citizens   ought   to   obey   the   decrees   of    the   senate. 

28.  We,  fellow- citizens,  must  obey  the  decrees  of  the 
senate.  29.  It  did  not  please  them  to  obey  the  decrees 
of  the  senate.     30,  Let  us  obey  the  decrees  of  the  senate. 

XXVIII.-XXX. 

1.  Do  not  grieve  for  my  misfortune.  2.  We  can  not 
but  grieve  for  the  misfortunes  of  the  state.  3.  Do  not 
doubt  that  we  shall  win  a  great  victory.  4.  You  will  win 
a  great  victory,  if  you  conquer  this  enemy.  5.  If  our 
general  wins  a  victory,  the  senate  will  thank  him.  6.  Let 
us  thank  him  because  he  did  not  despair  of  the  re- 
public. 7.  The  senate  thanked  me  because  I  did  not 
despair  of  the  commonwealth.  8.  He  said  that  the 
senate  would  thank  you  because  you  did  not  despair 
of  the  commonwealth.  9.  We  ought  to  have  thanked 
them  because  they  surrounded  our  city  with  a  wall. 
10.  We  shall  thank  him  because  he  has  surrounded  our 
city  with  a  rampart  and  a  ditch.  11.  Let  us  go  home 
and  learn  to  speak  Latin.     12.  Who  will  teach  us  to  speak 


LATIN    PROSE   COMPOSITION.  117 

Latin?  13.  Who  is  so  stupid  as  not  to  wish  to  write 
Latin?  14  The  Komans  called  Cicero  the  father  of  his 
country.  15.  We  shall  elect  this  man  consul.  16.  If  we 
elect  him  consul,  he  will  be  grateful  to  us.  17.  Who  of 
the  Komans  had  the  greatest  influence  ?  18.  Why  did 
you  stay  so  many  years  in  that  city?  19.  Is  this  man 
very  much  to  be  feared?  20.  ISTo  one  of  us  has  very 
great  influence.  21.  Did  the  night-guard  of  the  Palatine 
move  you  in  no  respect?  22.  This  man  is  like  me  in 
countenance.  23.  How  old  is  this  boy  ?  24.  He  is  more 
than  ten  years  old.  25.  How  deep  is  this  river  ?  26.  It 
is  twenty-five  feet  deep. 

XXXL-XXXIV. 

1.  I  shall  not  resign  the  praetorship.  2.  No  one  can 
compel  me  to  resign  the  praetorship.  3.  Who  would  com- 
pel you  to  resign  the  praetorship  ?  4.  If  you  should 
compel  him  to  resign  the  praetorship,  the  senate  would 
thank  you.  5.  We  ought  to  free  our  city  from  the  fear  of 
slavery.  6.  You  could  have  released  this  city  from  block- 
ade. 7.  This  wretch  attempted  to  deprive  us  all  of  life. 
8.  Who  has  attempted  to  deprive  you  all  of  life  ?  9.  We 
shall  not  be  able  to  take  possession  of  that  city  by  a  night- 
attack.  10.  Our  general  will  cross  the  river  with  all  his 
troops.  11.  We  shall  make  use  of  both  infantry  and 
cavalry.  12.  We  employed  his  faithful  service  on  that 
night.  13.  I  shall  be  glad  to  employ  your  service  this 
day.  14.  He  says  that  a  commander  has  been  found 
worthy  of  the  republic.  15.  It  happened  that  a  com- 
mander was  found  worthy  of  the  republic.  16.  Can  there 
be  anything  better  than  friendship  ?  17.  Who  is  milder 
than  I  ?    18.  This  man  is  much  milder  than  you.    19.  These 


118  LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

evils  have  spread  more  widely  than  we  suppose.  20.  We 
fear  that  this  evil  has  spread  more  widely  than  we  sup- 
pose. 21.  You  have  lived  in  this  city  more  than  twenty 
years.  22.  He  has  come  with  more  than  twenty  thousand 
soldiers.  23.  My  country  is  much  dearer  to  me  than  my 
life.  24.  This  man  is  of  such  a  mind  as  to  think  that 
nothing  is  better  than  glory.  25.  I  can  hire  a  house  for 
one  thousand  sesterces.  26.  He  sold  his  house  for  twenty 
thousand  sesterces.  27.  This  house  will  cost  you  twenty- 
five  thousand  sesterces.  28.  Our  fields  excel  yours  in 
productiveness.  29.  Since  no  one  is  hindering,  we  shall 
enter  upon  this  war.  30.  We  entered  upon  that  war 
without  stirring  up  any  public  commotion.  31.  We  can 
make  him  resign  his  praetorship  without  stirring  up  any 
public  commotion. 


XXXV.-XXXVI. 

1.  You  came  to  my  house  a  little  after  midnight.  2.  He 
came  into  the  senate  a  little  while  ago.  3.  We  came  to 
Marseilles  day  before  yesterday.  4.  A  few  days  after- 
wards you  set  out  from  Eome.  5.  This  man  came  to 
Sicily  ten  days  ago.  6.  We  think  that  Caius  went  six 
days  before.  7.  We  shall  stay  at  your  house  till  late  at 
night,  8.  These  men  promised  to  kill  me  at  my  own 
house  a  little  before  daylight.  9.  They  came  to  my  house 
on  the  following  day  a  little  before  daylight.  10.  We  shall 
set  out  from  Eome  on  the  first  of  June.  11.  You  will  set 
out  on  the  fifteenth  of  March.  12.  I  think  that  he  will 
come  to  the  city  on  the  thirteenth  of  September.  13.  We 
shall  stay  in  the  vicinity  of  this  city  until  you  come. 
14.  There  is  no  doubt  that  this  general  has  performed 
great  deeds  both  on  land  and  sea     15.  They  say  that  you 


LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION.  119 

have  performed  great  deeds  both  at  home  and  in  the 
field.  16.  I  have  had  a  residence  in  Athens  many  years. 
17.  Since  we  have  had  a  residence  in  America  many  years, 
the  right  of  citizenship  onght  to  be  given  us.  18.  These 
wars  were  waged  with  much  vicissitude  on  land  and  sea. 
19.  I  fear  that  this  war  will  be  waged  with  much  vicissi- 
tude both  on  land  and  sea.  20.  This  conspiracy  can  not 
be  suppressed  for  all  time.  21.  Who  can  suppress  this 
conspiracy  for  all  time  ?  22.  He  asked  the  senate  who 
could  suppress  that  conspiracy  for  all  time.  23.  We  hope 
to  join  that  whole  province  to  our  government  within 
twenty  days.  24.  The  General  annexed  twenty  cities  to 
our  government  within  one  year. 


XXXVII.-XL. 

1.  Shall  we  put  up  with  this  wretch  who  is  longing  to 
lay  waste  the  earth  ?  2.  Did  you  put  up  with  him  when 
he  was  making  war  upon  his  country  ?  3.  Ought  we  to 
bear  with  him  when  he  is  desiring  to  set  fire  to  our  city  ? 
4.  Will  you  permit  me  to  make  use  of  an  unusual  style 
of  speaking.  5.  We  permitted  them  to  make  use  of  an 
unusual  style  of  speaking.  6.  If  you  permit  me  to  make 
use  of  an  unusual  style  of  speaking,  I  shall  thank  you. 
7.  These  men  staid  at  Kome  for  the  purpose  of  killing 
the .  consuls.  8.  Catiline  staid  at  Kome  for  the  purpose 
of  killing  the  leading  men  of  the  state.  9.  They  will  stay 
in  the  country  for  the  purpose  of  killing  me.  10.  I  fled 
from  Athens  for  the  purpose  of  saving  myself.  11.  Citi- 
zens fled  from  our  city  for  the  purpose  of  saving  them- 
selves. 12.  We  shall  flee  from  home  for  the  purpose  of 
saving  ourselves.  13.  By  reason  of  badly  managing  our 
business  we  have  fallen  into  great  debt.     14.  We  fear  that 


120  LATIN  PROSE   COMPOSITION. 

by  reason  of  badly  managing  your  business  you  will  fall 
into  great  debt.  15.  There  is  no  doubt  that  he  is  likely 
to  fall  into  great  debt  by  reason  of  badly  managing  his 
business.  16.  Let  us  not  strengthen  this  conspiracy  by 
not  believing.  17.  Do  not  strengthen  this  conspiracy 
by  not  believing.  18.  You  must  not  strengthen  this  con- 
spiracy by  keeping  silent.  19.  You  could  not  have 
strengthened  this  conspiracy  by  keeping  silent.  20.  These 
men  are  preparing  torches  for  firing  the  city.  21.  Do  not 
suffer  them  to  prepare  torches  for  firing  our  city.  22.  You 
may  prepare  torches  for  firing  this  city.  23.  You  might 
have  prepared  torches  for  firing  this  city.  24.  Are  you 
intending  to  go  home  ?  25.  We  were  about  to  go  into  the 
country.  26.  He  is  more  likely  to  go  to  Athens  than  to 
Sicily.  27.  You  must  decide  to-day  with  respect  to  your 
own  lives.  28.  We  had  to  decide  on  that  day  with  respect 
to  our  lives.  29.  He  came  to  me  to  complain  because  the 
praetor  was  intending  to  send  him  into  exile.  30.  Many 
came  to  me  on  that  day  to  pay  their  respects. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


Numerals  and  Pronouns  not  given  in  this  Vocabulary  can  be  found  in 
the  Grammar.  For  Abbreviations  see  page  xii.  "Words  with  definitions 
in  SMALL  CAPS  are  Synonymes. 


abandon,  relinquo,  Sre,  liqui, 
lictum,  LEAVE  BEHIND ;  ab- 
jicio,    jic6re,    jeci,    jectum, 

THROW  FROM  or  AWAY. 

able,  am  able,  possum,  posse, 
potui. 

about,  circiter,  adv.^  used  w.  nu- 
merals; circuni,  prep.  w.  ace. 

absence,  in  one's  absence,  absens, 
gen.  absentis;  he  was  con- 
demned in  his  absence,  absens 
damnatus  est;  he  came  in 
your  absence,  te  absente  ve- 
nit. 

absent,  absens,  gen.  absentis. 

accept,  acoipio,  cipgre,  cepi, 
ceptum. 

accordance,  in  accordance  with, 
see  Ln.  XXXL,  Ref.  5-10. 

account,  on  account  of,  propter, 
prep.  w.  ace. 

accuse,  accuso,  are,  avi,  atum. 

accustomed,  be  accustomed,  soleo, 
§re,  solitus  sum. 


acorn,  glans,  glandis,  /. 
acquainted,  practically  acquainted 

with,  peritus,  a,  um,  w.  gen. 
acquire,  comp3.ro,  are,  avi,  atum, 

BRING  or  PUT  TOGETHER  ;   COn- 

sgquor,  i,  secutus  sum,  fol- 
low THOROUGHLY,  FOLLOW 
CLOSE  AFTER,  REACH,  OBTAIN. 

across,  trans,  prep.  w.  ace. 

act,  factum,  i,  n. 

address,     allSquor,    i,    locutus 

sum. 
adjust,  adjudico,  Sre,  5vi,  atum. 
admonish,  admoneo,  ere,  monui, 

monitum. 
adopt,  insisto,  6re,  stiti,  no  sup. 
adorn,  orno,  are,  avi,  atum. 
advance,  progredior,  grgdi,  gres- 

sus  sum;  advance  to  the  attack, 

signa  infSro,   inferre,  intuit, 

illatum. 
advice,  ask  advice  of,  see  undei 

ask. 
advise,  moneo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 
Aedui,  Aedui,  orum,  m.  pi. 
affair,  res,  rei,/. 


122 


AFRICA  — ARRIVAL. 


Africa,  Africa,  ae,/. 

after,  postquam,  conj. 

against,  in,  contra,  jprejf's  w.  ace. 

ago,  a  little  while  ago,  paulo 
ante;  ante  is  an  adverb;  for 
paulo  see  Ln.  XXXIII.,  Ref. 
7-9. 

agree,  consentio,  ire,  sensi,  sen- 
sum. 

agreeable,  gratus,  a,  um. 

aid,  auxilium,  i,  n. 

alarm,  commoveo,  ere,  movi, 
motum. 

all,  omnis,  e,  every,  the  whole, 

ENTIRE,^)?.,  ALL  (persOUs),  ALL 

{things);    totus,   a,   um,    all 

THE,  THE  WHOLE,  ENTIRE,  TO- 
TAL;  universus,  a,  um,  all 
taken  together,  whole,  entire, 
universal;  cuncti,  ae,  a, 
all  united  in  a  body,  all  to- 
gether. 

allay,  tolgro,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Allobroges,  Allobroges,  um,  m. 
pi. 

ally,  socius,  i,  m. 

almost,  prope,  adv. 

alone,  solus,  a,  um. 

Alps,  Alpes,  ium,  /.  pi. 

already,  jam,  adv. 

although,  quamquam,  licet,  cum 
(quum),  confs;  see  Ln.  XIII. 

always,  semper,  adv. 

ambassador,  legatus,  i,  m. 

ambuscade,  insidiae,  arum,  /.  pi. 

America,  America,  ae,/. 

amid,  inter,  prep.  w.  ace. 

among,  inter,  prep.  w.  ace. ;  in, 
prep.  V).  abl.  and  ace. 

ancestors,  majores,  um,  m.  pi. 


and,  et,  que,  ac  or  atque,  confs. 

angry,  be  angry  with,  irascor,  i, 
iratus  sum,  w.  dat. 

annex,  adjungo,  gre,  junxi,  junc- 
tum. 

announce,  nuntio,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

annoying,  molestus,  a,  um. 

another,  alius,  a,  ud. 

answer,  respondeo,  ere,  spondi, 
sponsum. 

anxiety,  sollicitudo  (solici- 
tude), iuis,/. 

anxious,  soUicitus  (solicitus), 
a,  um. 

any,  anybody,  anyone,  anything, 
aliquis ;  in  a  negative  sentence, 
ullus;  after  si,  nisi,  ne,  and 
num,  quis;  for  the  declension 
see  grammar  under  Indefinite 
Pron's  ;  aft.  prep,  sine,  ullus. 

Appian  Way,  Appia  Via,  Ap- 
piae  Viae,/. 

appoint,  indico,  ere,  dixi,  dic- 
tum, DECLARE  PUBLICLY,  PRO- 
CLAIM ;  constituo,  Sre,  ui, 
Utum,  PUT  TOGETHER,  ESTAB- 
LISH, ARRANGE. 

approach,  appropinquo,  are,  avi, 

atum,    COME    NEAR    TO,     DRAW 

nigh,  w.  dat. ;  adeo,  adire, 
adivi  or  adii,  aditum,  go  to, 
w.  ace. 

Aquitani,  Aquitani,  orum,  m.  pi, 

Aquitania,  Aquitania,  ae,/. 

Ariovistus,  Ariovistus,  i,  m. 

arise,  coorior,  iri,  ortus  sum. 

arms,  arma,  orum,  n.  pi. 

army,  exercitus,  us,  m. 

arrival,  adventus,  us,  m. 


ARRIVE  — BE   AWAY. 


123 


arrive,  pervenio.  ire,  veni,  ven- 
tum. 

art,  ars,  artis,/, 

as,  atque,  ac,  conj. ;  as  a  deserter, 
pro  perfiiga,  ae,  m. 

as  if,  velut,  velut  si,  quam  si, 
conj^s;  see  Ln.  XII.,  Ref.  6. 

as  much  ...  as,  tantus  . . .  quan- 
tus,  a,  um ;  tarn  .  ,  .  quam. 

as  soon  as,  simul  ac  (atque) ; 
cum  (quum)  primum. 

as  soon  as  possible,  quam  pri- 
mum, adv. 

ashamed,  something  causes  one  to 
be  ashamed,  pudet,  pudere, 
puduit  or  puditum  est ;  I  am 
ashamed  of  the  soldier,  me 
militis  pudet. 

Asia,  Asia,  ae,  /. 

ask,  rogo,  are,  avi,  atum ;  ask 
advice  of,  consiilo,  Sre,-  con- 
sului,  consultum,  w.  ace. ;  ask 
for,  demand,  postiilo,  are,  avi, 
atum,  vj.  ace. 

assassin,  sicarius,  i,  m. 

assault,  make  an  assault,  signa 
infgro,  inferre,  inttili.illatum ; 
to  make  an  assault  on  the  ene- 
my, in  hostes  signa  inferre. 

assemble,  convenio,  ire,  veni, 
ventum. 

assign,  attribuo,  gre,  tribui,  tri- 
butum. 

at  all,  omnino,  adv. 

at  one  and  the  same  time,  simul, 
adv. ;  at  once,  statim,  adv. 

at  that  time,  illo  tempSre,  see 
Ln.  XXXV.,  Ref.  1-3;  id 
tempdris,  see  Ln.  XXX.,  Ref. 
1-6,  and  Ln.  XXIL,  Ref.  C-8. 


at  the  house  of,  apud,  prep.  w. 
ace. 

Athenians,  Athenienses,  ium, 
m.  pi. 

Athens,  Athenae,  arum,  /.  pi 

attack,  impetus,  us,  m. ;  to  at- 
tack the  enemy,  impetum  in 
hostes  fac^re. 

attack,  impetum  facio,  facSre, 
feci,  factum;  ingredior,  in- 
grgdi,  ingressus  sum;  to 
attack  the  enemy,  in  hostes 
impetum  facgre. 

attempt,  conor,  ari,  atus  sum. 

attend,  give  attention,  opSram 
do,  dSre,  dgdi,  datum. 

attentive,  attentus.  a,  um. 

auxiliaries,  auxilia,  orum,  n.  pi. 

avert,  depello,  ere,  depiili,  de- 
pulsum. 

avoid,  vito,  are,  avi,  atum. 


B. 

badly,  male,  adv. 

baggage,  impedimenta,  orum, 
n.  pi. 

band,  company,  manus,  us,  /. 

battle,  proelium,  i,  n.;  pugna, 
ae,  /.;  pugna  appears  to  be 
limited  to  a  fight  between  indi- 
viduals or  armies. 

be  able,  can,  possum,  posse, 
potui. 

be  accustomed,  be  wont,  soleo, 
ere,  solitus  sum. 

be  angry  with,  irascor,  i,  iratua 
sum,  w.  dat. 

be  away,  absum,  abesse,  abfui. 


124 


BE   BORN  — BRUNDISIUM. 


be  born,  descended,  nascor,  i, 
natus  sum. 

be  in  peril,  in  periciilo  versor, 
ari,  atus  sum. 

be  present,  adsum,  adesse,  ad- 
fui. 

be  under  obligation,  debeo,  ere, 
ui,  itum. 

be  unoccupied,  vaco,  are,  avi, 
Stum. 

be  unwilling,  nolo,  nolle,  nolui. 

be  without,  be  deprived,  careo, 
ere,  ui,  itum. 

bear,  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum ; 
bear  with,  perfero,  ferre,  tiili, 
latum. 

because,  quod,  quia,  confs. 

bed,  lectulus,  i,  m, 

before,  ante,  prejp.  w.  ace. ;  antg- 
quam,  priusquam,  confs;  the 
night  before,  superiore  nocte, 
see  Ln.  XXXIV.,  Ref.  8-10. 

beg,  beg  for,  oro,  are,  avi,  atum ; 
peto,  ere,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

began,  coepi  or  coeptus  sum, 
coepisse,  defective  verb;  coep- 
tus sum  is  only  used  with  pas- 
sive infinitives. 

begin,  incipio,  cipSre,  cepi,  cep- 
tum;  begin  a  battle,  proe- 
lium  committo,  ere,  misi, 
missum. 

Belgians,  Belgae,  arum,  m.  pi. 

believe,  credo,  ere,  credidi, 
creditum. 

beseech,  quaeso,  gre,  ivi  or  ii, 
no  sup. 

beset  closely,  urgeo,  urgueo,  ere, 
ursi,  no.  sup. 

besiege,  oppugno,  are,  avi,  atum. 


bestow,  impertio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii, 

itum 
betake   one's  self,   se   conferre ; 

confSro,    conferre,    contuli, 

collatum. 
better,  melior,  melius,  gen.  me- 

lidris. 
beyond,    across,    trans,  prep.   ^v. 

ace. ;  beyond,  more  than,  prae- 

ter,  prep.  w.  ace. 
blockade,  obsidio,  onis,  /. 
blood,  sanguis,  sanguinis,  m. 
boat,  linter,  lintris,  /. 
body,  corpus,  corp6ris,  n. 
boldness,  audacia,  ae,  /. 
born,  be  born,  nascor,  i,  natus 

sum. 
book,  liber,  libri,  m. 
both  .  .  .  and,  et  .  .  .  et 
boy,  puer,  i,  m. 
brave,  fortis,  e. 
bravely,  fortiter,  adv. 
break  up  camp,   castra  moveo, 

ere,  movi,  motum. 
briefly,  a  few  things,  pauca,  orum, 

n.  pi. 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m. 
bring,   bring  to,  afifgro,   afferre, 

attiili,  allatum. 
bring  on,  bring  upon,  infgro,  in- 

ferre,  in  tiili,  illatum ;  to  bring 

war   upon    the   Gauls,    Gallis 

bellum  inferre. 
bring  to  destruction,  ad  exitium 

voco,  are,  avi,  atum. 
bring  to  pass,  efScio,  ficere,  feci, 

fectum. 
Britons,  Britanni,  orum,  m.  pi. 
brother,  frater,  fratris.  m. 
Brundisium,  Brundisium,  i,  n. 


4. 


BUSINESS  —  CONSISTS. 


125 


business,  negotium,  i,  n. 
but,  sed,  autem ;  but  if,  sin,  confs. 
butcher,  trucido,  are,  avi,  atum. 
by,  a,  ab,  prep.  w.  abl. 

C. 

Caesar,  Caesar,  aris,  m. 

call,  appello,  are,  avi,  5tum, 
ADDRESS,  CALL  by  name,  en- 
title ;  nom!jio,are,  avi,  atum, 
NAME,  CALL  by  name;  voco, 
are,  avi,  atum,  summon,  call 
by  name,  name. 

camp,  castra,  orum,  n.  pi. 

can,  possumi,  posse,  potui ;  can 
not  but,  facSre  non  possum 
quin,  w.  subj. 

capability,  facultas,  atis,/. 

capital,  caput,  itis,  n. 

capture,  capio,  capSre,  cepi, 
captum. 

care,  oura,  ae,  /. 

care  for,  provide o,  ere,  vidi, 
visum,  w.dat. 

carefully,  diligenter,  adv. 

carry  on  war,  bellum  gero,  6re, 
gessi,  gestum.  ' 

carry  up,  subveho,  Sre,  vexi, 
vectum. 

cart,  carrus,  i,  m. 

case,  causa,  ae,  /, ;  res,  rei,  /. 

Catiline,  Catilina,  ae,  m. 

Catulus,  Catiilus,  i,  m. 

cause,  causa,  ae,  /. ;  cause,  bring 
to  pass,  efficio,  ficgre,  feci, 
fectum. 

cavalry,  equitatus,  us,  m. 

cease,  desino,  6re,  Tvi  or  11,  itum. 

censure,  accuso,  are,  avi,  atum. 

change,  commutatlo,  onis,  /. 


check,     reprlmo,     gre,     pressi, 

pressum.  Z 

children,  libSri,  orum,  m.  pi. 
choose  out,  choose,   deligo,  gre, 

legi,  lectum. 
choose     rather,     malo,     malle, 

malui. 
Cicero,  Cic6ro,  onis,  m. 
Cilicia,  Cilicia,  ae,  /. 
citizen,  civis,  is,  m.  andf. 
city,  urbs,  urbis,/. 
class,  genus,  gris,  n. 
colony,  colonia,  ae,  /, 
come,  venio,  ire,  veni,  ventum. 
comitium,  comitium,  i,  n. 
command,     impgro,     Sre,     avi, 

atum,  w.  dat. 
commander,  imperator,  oris,  m. 
commend,  praise,  laudo,  are,  avi, 

atum. 
common,  commiinis,  e. 
commonwealth,  res  publica,  rei 

publicae,  /. 
commotion,  tumultus,  us,  m.  f 

company,  in  company  with,  cum, 

prep.  w.  abl. 
compassion,  misericordia,  ae,/. 
compel,  cogo,  6re,  coegi,  coac- 

tum. 
complain,  complain  of,  queror,  i, 

questus  sum. 
condemn,  damno,  are,  avi,  atum. 
confer,  talk  with,    coUbquor,  i, 

locutus    sum. 
conquer,  vinco,  6re,  vici,  victum. 
consider,  habeo,  ere,  ui,  Itum. 
consign,  intrust,  mando,  are,  avi, 

atum. 
consists,   est   w.  pred.  gen.     Sey 

Ln.  XXL,  Ref.  7-12. 


126 


CONSPIRACY —DEEP. 


conspiracy,   conjuratio,  onis,  / 

conspirators,  conjurati,  orum, 
m.  jpl. 

consul,  consul,  is,  m. ;  in  the  con- 
sulship of  Metellus,  Metello 
consule;  see  Ln.  XXXIV., 
Rep.  11-16. 

consular,  consularis,  e. 

consult,  constilo,  6re,  consului, 
consultum,  w.  ace;  w.  claL, 
consult  for,  consult  the  interests 
of. 

continually,  perpetuo,  adv. 

contribute,  confgro,  conferre, 
contiili,  collatum. 

controversy,  controversia,  ae,/. 

copiousness,  copia,  ae,/. 

corn,  frumentum,  i,  n. 

cost,  sto,  stare,  steti,  statum. 

council,  concilium,  i,  n. 

countenance,  os,  oris,  n. 

country,  terra,  ae,/.,  land,  earth, 
country;  patria,  ae, /,  na- 
tive  COUNTRY,     FATHERLAND  ; 

rus,  ruris,  n.,  country  as  op- 
posed to  city ;  into  the  country, 
rus;  in  the  country,  ruri;  see 
Ln.  XXXVI. 

courage,  bravery,  virtus,  utis,  / 

cowardly,  ignavus,  a,  um. 

Crassus,  Crassus,  i,  m. 

crime,  scelus,  gris,  n. 

criminal,  facinorosus,  i,  m. 

cross,  transeo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

cruelty,  crudelitas,  atis,  /. 

cultivate,  colo,  ere,  colui,  cul- 
tum. 

custody,  custodia,  ae,  /. 

tut,  cut  down,  occido,  Sre,  cidi, 
cisum,     strike     down,     cut 


down,  kill,  slay  ;  interscin- 
do,  6re,  scidi,   scissum,  cut 

asunder,  hew  to  pieces,  cut 
down. 


daily,  quotidianus,  a  um. 

danger,  perictilum,  i,  7i. 

dare,  audeo,  ere,  ausus  sum. 

darkness,  tenebrae,  arum,  /.  pL 

day,  dies,  ei,  m.  and  /.;  to-day, 
hodie. 

daylight,  a  little  before  daylight, 
paulo  ante  lucem. 

dear,  carus,  a,  um. 

death,  mors,  mortis,  /.  ;  put  to 
death,  neco,  are,  avi,  atum. 

debt,  aes  alienum,  aeris  alieni,  n. 

decide,  decerno,  ere,  crevi,  cre- 
tum,  properly  predicated  of  a 
public  body  or  officer,  as  of  a 
senate,  or  consul;  dijudico, 
are,  avi,  atum;  judico,  are, 
avi,  atum,  give  sentence, 
decide  as  a  judge  ;  be  decided, 
satis  constat,  w.  dat.  of  person: 
e.  g.  I  am  decided,  satis  mihi 
constat. 

declare,  praedico,  are,  avi,  atum, 
cry  in  public,  proclaim  ;  in- 
dlco,  Sre,  dixi,  dictum,  de- 
clare publicly,  publish  ; 
to  declare  war  against  a  city, 
urbi  bellum  indicere. 

decree,  decerno,  gre,  crevi,  ere- 
tum;  decree  of  the  senate,  se- 
natus  consultum,  i,  n. 

deed,  factum,  i,  n. 

deep,  altus,  a,  um. 


DEFEND  —  DUMNORIX. 


127 


defend,  defendo,  ere,  fendi,  fen- 
sum. 
defendant,  reus,  i,  m. 
delay,  moror,  ari,  atus  sum. 
demand,  posttilo,  are,  avi,  atum; 

I   make   this  demand  of  him, 

ab  eo  hoc  postttlo. 
denies,  says  not,  nego,  are,  avi, 

atum. 
depart,     discedo,     Sre,     cessi, 

cessum;  decedo,  ere,   cessi, 

cessum. 
deprive,  privo,  5re,  avi,  atum: 

be  deprived,    careo,    ere,    ui, 

itum. 
depth,  altitude,  inis,  /. 
descended,  be  descended,  nascor, 

i,  natus  sum. 
deserter,  as  a  deserter,  pro  per- 

fiiga. 
deserve,   mereor,    eri,    meritus 

sum. 
deservedly,  merito,  adv. 
design,  consilium,  i,  n. 
desire,  volo,  velle,  volui ;  a  de- 
sire, voluntas,  atis,  /. 
desolation,  vastitas,  atis,  /. 
despair   of,   despero,    are,    avi, 

atum;  see  Ln.  XXVllL,  Ref. 

4-8. 
destroy,  deleo,  ere,  evi,  etum. 
destruction,    exitium,    i,    n.,    A 

GOING   OUT,  GOING   TO  NOUGHT, 

RUIN ;  interitus,  us,  m.,  a 
GOING  AMONG  things  so  as  to  be 
no  longer  seen,  becoming  lost, 
GOING  TO  RUIN  ;  pernicies,  ei, 

/.,  KILLING  UTTERLY,  SLAUGH- 
TER, OVERTHROW,  DESTRUCTION. 

determine,  statuo,  6re-  ui,  utum. 


devastate,  vasto,  are,  avi,  atum. 

devote,  confero,  conferre,  con- 
tiili,  collatum. 

die,  morior,  mori,  mortuussum. 

difficult,  difficilis,  e. 

dignified,  gravis,  e. 

direction,  pars,  partis,  /. 

disaster,  calamitas,  atis,  /. 

disorder,  throw  into  disorder,  per- 
turbo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

disposition,  animus,  i,  m. 

dispute,  controversia,  ae,/. 

dissolve,  dimitto,  6re,  misi,  mis- 
sum. 

distant,  be  distant,  absum,  ab- 
esse,  abfui. 

distinguished,  egregius,  a,  um. 

district,  regio,  onis,  /. 

disturb,  perturbo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

disturbance,  tumultus,  us,  m. 

ditch,  fossa,  ae,  /. 

Divitiacus,  Divitiacus,  i,  m. 

do,  facio,  facgre,  feci,  factum. 

do  not,  ETC.,  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  5-7. 

doubt,  dubito,  are,  avi,  atum; 
there  is  no  doubt  that,  non  est 
dubium  quin,  w.  subj. 

doubtful,  dubius,  a,  um. 

draw,  delineate,  exprimo,  Sre, 
pressi,  pressum ;  draw  up 
troops,  instruo,  6re,  struxi, 
structum. 

drive  away,  depello,  Sre,  depiili, 
depulsum;  drive  out,  ex- 
pello,  gre,  expttli,  expulsum ; 
ejicio,  ejicere,  ejeci,  ejec- 
tum ;  drive  a  ship,  navem  de- 
fgro,  deferre,  detiili,  delatum. 

due,  be  due,  debeor,  eri,  debitus. 

Dumnorix,  Dumn5rix,  igis,  m. 


128 


DUTY— FALSE. 


duty,  oflacium,  i,  n. 

dwell,    dwell    in,     incSlo,    ere, 

colui,  no  sup. 
dwelling,  domicilium,  i,  n. 

B. 

eager,  appetens,  gen.  appetentis. 

earth,  orbis  terrarum,  orbis 
terrae ;  orbis,  is,  m. 

easily,  facile,  adv. 

effective,  be  effective,  valeo,  ere, 
ui,  itum. 

e.fi"ort,  by  his  own  effort,  per  se. 

either  ...  or,  aut .  .  .  aut. 

elect,  creo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

employ,  utor,  uti,  usus  sum; 
negotium,  do,  dare,  dedi,  da- 
tum ;  I  shall  employ  you  to  do 
this,  tibi  negotium  dabo  ut 
hoc  facias. 

encourage,    cohortor,   ari,   atus 

sum,     EXHORT,     ANIMATE,     AD- 
MONISH ;  consoler,    ari,    atus 

sum,  COMFORT  GREATLY,  CHEER. 

end,  finis,  is,  m. 

endeavor  to  bring  about,  molior, 

iri,  itus  sum. 
endure,  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum ; 

tolSro,  are,  avi,  atum;  subeo, 

ire,  ii,   itum;  perfgro,   ferre, 

tiili,  latum, 
enemy,  hostis,  is,  m.  and  f.,  an 

ENEMY  of  one's  country  ;  inimi- 

CUS,  1,  m.,  A  PERSONAL  ENEMY. 

English,  Angli,  orum,  m.  pi. 
enjoyment,  fructus,  us,  m. 
enlist,    conscribo,  ere,   scripsi, 

scriptum. 
enter  upon,  ingredior,  ingrgdi, 

ingressus  sum;  I  shall  enter 


upon  the  war,  in  bellum  in- 

grediar. 
entire,  totus,  a,  um ;  see  all. 
entreat,  oro,  are,  avi,  atum. 
envoy,  legatus,  i,  m. 
envy,  invideo,  ere,  vidi,  visum. 
Ephesus,  Ephgsus,  i,  /. 
especially,  praesertim,  adv. 
establish,     constituo,     ere,     ui, 

utum. 
Etruria,  Etruria,  ae,  /. 
even  if,  etiam  si. 
evening,    towards    evening,    sub 

vespgrum. 
ever,  semper,  always  ;  umquam 

(unquam),  at  any  time. 
everlasting,  sempiternus,  a,  um. 
every   one,    quisque,    quaeque, 

quodque,  quicque,  quidque. 
evidence,  testimonium,  i,  n. 
evil,  malum,  i,  n. 
except,  praeter,  frep.  vx  ace. 
excuse,  excuse,  are,  avi,  atum. 
exhort,  cohortor,  ari,  atus  sum. 
exile,  exsilium,  i,  n. 
exult,    exsulto    (exulto),    are, 

avi,  atum. 
eye,  ociilus,  i,  m. 

P. 

face,  OS,  oris,  n. 

face  about,  signa  converto,  6re, 

verti,  versum. 
fact,  res,  rei,  /. 
faithful,  fidelis,  e. 
fair,     pulcher,     pulchra,     pul- 

chrum. 
fall  into,  incido,ere,cidi,  cSsum. 
false,  falsus,  a,  um. 


FAME  —  FORGET. 


129 


fame,  gloria,  ae,  /. 

far,  longe,  adv. 

farm  revenues,  vectigalia  exer- 

ceo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 
father,  pater,  patris,  m. 
fault,  culpa,  ae,/. 
fear,  timor,  oris,  m. ;  metus,  us, 

m.;  to  fear,  vereor,  eri,    itus 

sum;  timeo,  ere,  ui;  metuo, 

6re,  metui,  metutum. 
fearless,  fortis,  e 
fearlessly,  fortiter,  adv. 
feel,   have    feeling,   sentio,    Ire, 

sensi,  sensum. 
feel  thankful,    gratiam   habeo, 

ere,  ui,  Itum. 
fellow-citizen,  civis,  is,  m. 
fertile,  opimus,  a,  um. 
few,  pauci,  ae,  a. 
field,  ager,  agri,  m. ;  in  the  field, 

militiae. 
fifth,  quintus,  a,  um. 
fight,    pugno,    are,    avi,   atum, 

used  impersonally  in  the  passive : 

e.   g.  pugnatur,   it  is  fought, 

they  fight. 
find,  invenio,    Ire,   veni,   ven- 

tum,    COME    UPON,    DISCOVER  ; 

reperio,  ire,  repSri  and  rep- 
pSri,  repertum,  meet  with, 
FIND  OUT  ;  cognosco,  Sre,  cog- 
novi,  cogiiitum,  become  ac- 
quainted WITH,  LEARN,  KNOW. 

finish,  conficio,  ficgre,  feci,  fec- 
tum. 

fire,  set  on  fire,  inflammo,  are, 
avi,  atum;  with  fire  and 
sword,  caede  et  incendiis. 

firm,  firmus,  a,  um, 

firmly,  firmiter,  adv. 


first,   primus,    a,   um;    first  to, 

first    who,    see   Ln.    II.,   Kef. 

10-12. 
fit,  idoneus,  a,  um. 
flee,  fugio,  fuggre,  fugi,  fugitum ; 

terga  verto,  gre,  verti,  ver- 

sum. 
fleet,  classis,/. 
flesh,  caro,  carnis,/. 
flight,  fuga,  ae, /.;  put  to  flight, 

in  fugam  do,  dare,  dedi,  da- 
tum. 
flow     into,     influo,    Sre,    fluxi, 

fluxum. 
follow,  follow  close  after,  subsg- 

quor,  i,  secutus  sum. 
following,  posterus,  a,  um. 
fond,  amans,  gen.  amantis. 
foolish,  stupid,  amens,  gen.  amen- 

tis. 
foot,  pes,  pedis,  m. 
footing,  get  a  firm  footing,  see  get. 
for,  pro,  prep.  w.  abl. ;  nam,  conj. 
for  a  long  time,  now  for  a  long 

time,  jam  diu,  jam  dudum, 

advh,  see  Ln.  VI.,  Kef.  3. 
for  the  future,  in  rellquum  tem- 

pus. 
for  the    most    part,    maximam 

partem,  see  Ln.  XXX.,   Kef. 

1-6. 
for  the  sake  of,  causa,  all.  and 

placed  after  its  limiting  gen. 
forbearance,  venia,  ae,  /. 
force,  vis,  vis,  /.;  by  force,  per 

vim;  force,  band,  manus,  us, 

/. ;  forces,  troops,  copiae,  arum, 

/.  pi 
forest,  silva,  ae,/. 
forget,  obliviscor,  i,  oblltus  sum 


130 


FORGETTING  —  HAPPENS. 


forgetting,  forgetfulness,  oblivio, 

onis,  /. 
form,  make,  facio,  facgre,   feci, 

factum;    form,   draw   up,   in- 

stnio,  ere,  struxi,  structuni, 
former,  vetus,  (jen.  veteris. 
fort,  castellum,  i,  n. 
fortify,  munio,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 
found,    build    {a   city},    condo, 

6re,  condidi,  conditum. 
four,  quattuor. 
France,  Gallia,  ae, /. 
free,   set   free,  libSro,  are,  avi, 

atum;  free,  liber,  libera,  lib- 

Srum. 
freely,  libSre,  adv. 
French,  Galli,  orum,  m.  pi. 
frequent,  frequens,  gen.  frequen- 

tiS,  REPEATED,   OFTEN  ;  Cre- 

ber,  crebra,  crebrum,  thick, 

CLOSE,  NUMEROUS. 

frequently,  often  rendered  by   the 

adjective  frequens. 
friend,  amicus,  i,  m. 
friendship,  amicitia,  ae,  /. 
fright,  terror,  oris,  m. 
from,  out  of,  e,  ex,  prep.  w.  all.; 

Trom,   away  from,   from  near, 

a,  ab,  abs,  prep.  w.  all. 
fruit,  fructus,  us,  m. 
fruitful,  fertilis,  e. 
full,  plenus,  a,  um. 
future,  for  the   future,   in   reli- 

quum  tempus. 

a. 

garrison,  praesidium,  i,  n. 
gate,  porta,  ae,  /. 
Gaul,  Gallia,  ae,  /. 
Ganls,  Galli,  orum,  m.  pi. 


general,  imperator,  oris,  m. 
Geneva,  Genava,  ae,/. 
Germans,  Germani,  orum,  m.  pi-, 
Germany,  Germania,  ae, /. 
get  a  firm  footing,    firmiter   in- 

sisto,  Sre,  iustXti,  no.  sup. 
girl,  puella,  ae,  /. 
give,    do,    dare,    dedi,    datum; 

give  back,  reddo,  6re,  reddidi, 

redditum;  give   up,   abjicio, 

jicere,  jeci,  jectum. 
glad,  laetus,  a,  um. 
glory,  gloria,  ae, /. 
go,  eo.  Ire,  ivi,  itum ;  go  back, 

redeo,  redire,  redii,  reditum; 

go  to,   adeo,    adire,  adivi   or 

adii,  aditum. 
god,  deus,  dei,  m. 
good,  bonus,  a,  um. 
good-will,  voluntas,  atis,/ 
good  health,  be  in  good  health, 

valeo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 
government,  imperium,  i,  n. 
governor,   propraetor,  oiis,  m. ; 

proconsul,  is,  m. 
grant,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum. 
great,  magnus,  a,  um  ;  how  great, 

quantus,  a,  um. 
greatly,  magnopgre,  adv. 
greedy,  avidus,  a,  um. 
grieve  for,  doleo,  ere,  ui,  itum, 

seeLN.  XXVIIl.,  Ref.  4-8. 
guidance,  under  the  guidance  of 

the  gods,  diis  ducibus,  see  Ln. 

XXXIV.,  Ref.  11-16. 
guards,  custodiae,  arum,  /.  pi. 


happens,    it    happens,    comes   to 
pass,    the    result    is,    accidit, 


HAPPY  — IGNORANT. 


131 


isse ;  contingit,  contigisse, 
contigit;    fit,    fieri,     factum 

est ;  these  verbs  are  often  used 
with  a  substantive  clause  as  sub- 
ject ;  see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8. 

happy,  beatus,  a,  um. 

harbor,  portus,  us,  m. 

hasten,  make  haste,  mature,  are, 
avi,  atum ;  contendo,  Sre, 
tendi,  tentum. 

hated,  to  be  hated,  in  odio  esse, 
w.  dat.  of  person  by  whom  hated. 

have,  habeo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

have  power,  influence,  valeo,  ere, 
ui,  itum ;  to  have  very  great 
influence,  plurimum  valere. 

he,  she,  it,  is,  ea,  id. 

health,  be  in  good  health,  valeo, 
ere,  ui,  itum. 

hear,  audio,  ire,  ivi,  Itum. 

heart,  cor,  cordis,  n.,  the  physical 
organ;  also  the  heart  as  the 
seat  of  feeling ;  animus,  the 
BOUL  considered  as  the  seat  of 
feeling,  feeling,  heart. 

help,  succurro,  6re,  succurri, 
succursum. 

Helvetia,  Helvetia,  ae,/. 

hesitate,  dubito,  are,  avi,  atum. 

hide,  obscure,  are,  avi,  atum. 

high-born,  nobllis,  e. 

highest,  summus,  a,  um. 

hill,  coUis,  is,  m. 

hinder,   impedio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii, 

itum,    ENTANGLE,    EMBARRASS, 

HINDER ;  reprimo,  ere,  pressi, 
pressum,   press   back,   keep 

BACK,  RESTRAIN,  HINDER. 

hire,  conduce,  6re,  duxi,  duc- 
tum. 


his,  her,  its,  suus,  a,  um,  when 
referring  to  the  same  person  or 
thing  as  the  subject  of  its  sen- 
tence, otherwise  ejus  ;  see  Ln. 
III. 

historian,  rerum  auctor,  or  re- 
rum  scriptor. 

hither,  on  this  side,  near,  citerior, 
citerius,  gen.  citerioris. 

hitherto,  adhuc,  adv. 

hold,  teneo,  ere,  ui,  tentum. 

home,  homeward,  domum ;  at 
home,  domi  ;  see  Ln.  XXXVI. 

honor,  honor,  oris,  m. 

hope,  spes,  spei,  /.;  to  hope, 
spero,  are,  avi,  atum, 

horse,    equus,  i,  m. 

hostage,  obses,  obsidis,  m.  andf. 

hostile,  infestus,  a,  um, 

hot,  fervidus,  a,  um. 

house,  domus,  us,  /.,  the  generic 
word;  tectum,  i,  n.,  that  which 
covers,  the  roof,  by  metonymy 
HOUSE  ;  at  the  house  of,  apud, 
prep.  w.  ace. 

hover,  versor,  ari,  atus  sum. 

how  great,  quantus,  a,  um. 

how  many,  quot,  indecl.  adj.; 
quam  multi,  ae,  a. 

however,  however  much,  quam- 
vis,  conj. 

hunger,  fames,  is,  /. 

hurl,  conjicio,  jicere,  jeci,  jec- 
tum. 


I,  ego,  mei. 

if,  si,  conj. ;  if  only,  modo,  dum, 

dum  modo,  confs. 
ignorant,  ignarus,  a,  um. 


132 


ILLUSTRIOUS  —JOURNEY. 


illustrious,  clarus,  a,  um, 

imitate,  imitor,  ari,  atus  sum. 

immortal,  immor talis,  e. 

impious,  nefarius,  a,  um. 

in,  in,  jprejp.  w.  abl. 

in  behalf  of,  pro,  jprep.  lo.  abl. 

in  no  ordinary  manner,  non 
mediocriter,  adv. 

in  no  respect,  nihil,  see  Ln.  XXX., 
Ref.  1-6. 

in  order  to,  see  Ln.  VII.,  Note  1. 

in  person,  coram,  adv. 

in  the  meantime,  interim,  adv. 

in  the  vicinity  of,  ad,  j^rgp.  w. 
ace. 

in  what  manner,  quemadmb- 
dum,  adv. 

inactivity,  inertia,  ae,  /. 

incite,  inflammo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

increase,  augeo,  ere,  auxi,  auc- 
tum,  transitive;  cresco,  6re, 
crevi,  cretum,  intransitive. 

indeed,  at  least,  quidem,  adv., 
placed  immediately  after  the  em- 
phatic word. 

induce,  addiico,  ere,  duxi,  duc- 
tum. 

industrious,  studiosus,  a,  um. 

inevitable,  inevitabllis,  e. 

infantr}'-,  pedites,  um,  m.  pi. 

inflict  punishment,  supplicium 
sumo,  gre,  sumpsi,  sumptum; 
to  inflict  punishment  on  a  sol- 
dier, de  milite  supplicium 
sumSre. 

influence,  auctoritas,  atis,  /.  ; 
have  influence,  exert  influence, 
valeo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

inform  anyone,  aliquem  certio- 
rem  facio,   facere,  feci,  fac- 


tum ;    be    informed,    certioi 

fio,  figri,  factus  sum. 
inquire,  quaero,    Sre,    quaesivi 

or  quaesii,  quaesitum. 
intrust,    commendo,    are,   avi, 

atum. 
into,  in,  2)rep.  iv.  ace. 
invested,  occupatus,  a,  um. 
invite,    send    for,    arcesso,    gre, 

arcessivi,    arcessitum  ;     in- 
vito, are,  avi,  atum. 
island,  insula,  ae,/. 
it,  is,  ea,  id, 
it  is  allowed,  it  is  permitted,  one 

may,  licet,    licere,    licuit  or 

licitum   est,   see  Ln.   XVIL, 

Ex's  14,  15. 
it  is  of  importance,  it  matters,  it 

concerns,  interest,  esse,  fuit, 

see  Ln.  XXIV.,  Ref.  12-14. 
it  is  proper,  it  behooves,  one  ought, 

oportet,   oportere,   oportuit, 

see  Ln.  XVIL,  Ex's  16,  17. 
it  is  the  duty  of,  part  of,  est  lo. 

pred.  gen.,  see  Ln.  XXL,  Ref. 

7-12. 
it  is  unavoidable,  it  is  necessary, 

one  must,  necesse  est,  see  Ln. 

XVIL,  Ex.  18;  necesse  is  an 

indecl.  adj. 
Italy,  Italia,  ae,  /. 

J. 

join  to,    annex,    adjungo,    ere, 

junxi,  junctum. 
join   together,    unite,  conjungo, 

gre,  junxi,  junctum. 
journey,    iter,    itineris,    n.;    to 

journey,    iter    facio,    facgre, 

feci,  factum. 


JUDGE— LESSEN. 


133 


judge,  judex,  judicis,  m. 
July,  of  July,  Quintilis,  e,  adj. 
Jupiter  Stator,  Juppiter  Stator, 

Jovis  Statoris,  m. 
just,  aequufl,  a,  um. 
justice,  aequitas,  atis,/. 
justly,  jure,  ahl  of  manner. 

K. 

keep,  preserve,  asservo,  are,  avi, 
atum  ;  keep,  hold,  habeo,  ere, 
ui,  itum  ;  keep,  restrain,  con- 
tiueo,  ere,  ui,  tentum  ;  keep 
in  line,  ordines  servo,  are, 
§vi,  atum. 

keeper,  custos,  odis,  m. 

kill,  interficio,  ficgre,  feci,  fec- 
tum. 

kindness,  beneficium,  i,  n.,  fa- 
vor, SERVICE,  something  done 
for  another;  humanitas,  atis, 

/.,  PHILANTHROPIC  BEHAVIOR, 
PHILANTHROPY,         HUMANITY  : 

humanitas  describes  a  person's 
character  ;  beneficium,  his  act. 

king,  rex,  regis,  m. 

know,  know  how,  scio,  scire, 
scivi  or  scii,  scitum  ;  not 
know,  nescio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii, 
itum. 


land,  terra,  ae,/. 

large,  magnus,  a,  um. 

last,  last  part  of,  extremus,  a, 
um  ;  last  year,  proximus  an- 
nus. 

late,  till  late  at  night,  ad  mul- 
tam  noctem. 


lately,  nuper,  adv. 

Latin,  speak  Latin,  Latine  lo- 
quor,  i,  locutus  sum. 

Lavinium,  i,  n. 

law,  lex,  legis,/.,  bill,  enact- 
ment, STATUTE  ;  jus,  juris,  n., 
RIGHT,  LAW,  whether  natural, 
human,  or  divine;  written  or 
unwritten;  also  statute  law, 
CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW,  con- 
sidered as  a  whole;  lex  refers 
to  a  particular  enactment. 

lay  violent  hands  on,  vim  et 
manus  infSro,  inferre,  intiili, 
illatum,  see  Ln.  XXVL,  Note  3. 

lay  waste,  vasto,  are,  avi,  atum. 

lead,  duco,  Sre,  duxi,  ductum ; 
lead  across,  traduco,  Sre,  duxi, 
ductum  ;  lead  down,  deduce, 
Sre,  duxi,  ductum ;  lead  out, 
educo,  Sre,  duxi,  ductum ; 
lead  to,  adduce,  ere,  duxi, 
ductum. 

leader,  dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f. 

leading  men,  principes,  um,  m. 
pi. 

learn,  cognosce,  Sre,  cognovi, 
cognitum. 

leave  behind,  leave,  relinquo, 
gre,  liqui,  lictum 

leave  off,  cease,  desino,  Sre, 
desivi  or  desii,  desitum. 

left,  sinister,  sinistra,  sinis- 
trum.  * 

legate,  legatus,  i,  m. 

legion,  legio,  onis,  /. 

leisure,  otium,  i,  n. 

less,  minor,  minus  ;  gen.  mino- 
ris. 

lessen,  levo,  are,  avi,  atum. 


134 


LET   US  — MERCY. 


let  us,  him,  etc.,  see  Ln.  Y.,  Ref. 

3,  4. 
letter,  littgrae,  arum,  /.  pi. 
lie  in  wait,   insidior,    ari,  atus 

sum. 
lieutenant,   legatus,  i,  m. 
life,  vita,  ae,  /. 
light,  daylight,  lux,  lucis,/.;  a 

little  before    daylight,    paulo 

ante  lucem. 
like,  similis,  e. 
likewise,  idem ;  see  Ln.  IV.,  Ref. 

1-8,  Ex.  5. 
line,  line  of  battle,  acies,  ei,  /. 
little,  parvus,  a,  um. 
live,  vivo,  Sre,  vixi,    victuih  ; 

vitam    dego,    gre,    degi,    no. 

sup. 
long,    long    for,    desire    eagerly, 

cupio,  cupgre,  cupivi  or  cu- 

pii,  cupitum. 
long,  a  long  time,  longer,  longest, 

diu,  diutius,  diutissime,  adv. 
long,  longus,  a,  um. 
long  since,  jam  pridem,  ad^i. 
look  at,   intueor,    eri,  intuitus 

sum. 
love,   amor,    oris,   m. ;   to  love, 

amo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Lucullus,  Lucullus,  i,  m. 

M. 

madness,  furor,  oris,  m. 

magistrate,  magistratus,  us,  m. 

maintain,  retineo,  ere,  tinui, 
tentum. 

make,  facio,  facSre,  feci,  fac- 
tum ;  make  an  assault,  see  as- 
sault ;  make  requital,  gratiam 


refero,  referre,  retilli,  rela- 
tum.  —  I  shall  re<[uite  you, 
tibi  gratiam  referam  ;  make 
upon,  infero,  inferre,  intiili, 
illatum.  —  to  make  war  upon 
the  Gauls,  Gallis  bellum  in- 
ferre ;  make  use  of,  utor,  uti, 
usus  sum,  w.  abl. 
man,  vir,  viri,  m.,  a  man  as  dis- 
tinguished from  a  woman;  ho- 
mo, inis,  m.   and  /.,   man,  a 

HUMAN  being. 

manage,  gero,  ger6re,  gessi,  ges- 
tum. 

many,  multi,  ae,  a ;  many  times, 
saepe. 

Marcellus,  Marcellus,  i,  m. 

march,  iter,  itineris,  n. ;  to 
march,  iter  facio,  facere,  feci, 
factum  ;  on  the  march,  see 
under  on  the  march. 

Marcus,  Marcus,  i,  m. 

Marius,  Marius,  i,  m. 

Marseilles,  Massilia,  ae,/. 

massacre,  internecio,  onis,  /. 

may,  see  Ln.  XVII.,  Ex.  14. 

meantime,  in  the  meantime,  in- 
terim, adv. 

meet,  to  meet,  se  obvium  ferre; 
you  met  me,  mihi  te  obvium 
tulisti ;  go  to  meet,  obviam 
(or  obvius,  a,  um)  eo,  ire,  ivi, 
itum  ;  I  shall  go  to  meet  you, 
tibi  obvius  ibo  ;  meet  with, 
invenio,  ire,  veni,  ventum, 
w.  ace. 

memory,  within  the  memory   of 
man,  post  homlnum  memo- 
riam. 
merc}^,  misericordia,  ae,/. 


MESSENGER  —  NOW. 


135 


messenger,  nuntius,  i,  m. 

Metellus,  Metellus,  i,  m. 

middle,  middle  of,  medius,  a, 
um, 

midnight,  a  little  after  midnight, 
paulo  post  mediam  noctem. 

midst  of,  medius,  a,  um. 

mild,  mitis,  e. 

mile,  mille  passuum. 

military  affairs,  res  militaris, 
rei  militaris. 

milk,  lac,  lactis,  n. 

mind,  mens,  mentis,/.,  under- 
standing, INTELLECT,  REASON; 

animus,  i,  m.,  will,   desire, 

PURPOSE ;  feeling,  affection, 

sentiment. 
misfortune,  calamitas,  atis,  /. 
moment,  punctum,  i,  n. 
money,  pecunia,  ae, /. 
more,  plus,  pluris,  n. ;  amplius, 

magis,  adv^s. 
Moselle,  Mosella,  ae,  m.  and/. 
mother,  mater,  matris,  /. 
mountain,  mons,  mentis,  m. 
move,  moveo,   movere,  movi, 

motum. 
much,  multus,  a,  um. 
multitude,  jnultitiido,  inis, /. 
murder,  see  kill, 
murderer,  sicarius,  i,  m. 
my,  meus,  a,  um. 

N. 

name,  nomen,  nominis,  n.;  to 
name,  see  call. 

Naples,  Neapblis,  is,  /. 

narrow,  contracted,  small,  par- 
vus, a,  um ;  narrow  limits, 
angustiae,  arum,  f.  pi. 


nation,  natio,  onis,  /.;  gens, 
gentis,/. 

nature,  natura,  ae,  /. 

near,  prope,  adv. 

nearest,  proximus,  a,  um.    , 

nearly,  paene,  adv. 

need,  indigeo,  ere,  ui,  no  sup. 

negligence,  nequitia,  ae,/. 

neighborhood,  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of,  ad,  prep.  lo.  ace. 

neighbors,  finitimi,  orum,  m.pl. 

neither  ,  .  .  nor,  neque  .  .  .  ne- 
que,  nee  .  .  .  nee. 

never,  numquam  (nunquam), 
adv. 

nevertheless,  yet,  still,  tamen, 
adv. 

new,  nevus,  a,  um. 

night,  nex,  neetis,  / ;  night  be- 
fore, nex  superior  ;  till  late 
at  night,  ad  multam  noctem, 

night-attack,  nocturnus  impe- 
tus ;  nocturnus,  a,  um  ;  im- 
petus, us,  m. 

night-guard,  noeturnum  praesi- 
dium  ;  nocturnus,  a,  um ; 
praesidium,  i,  n. 

no,  nullus,  a,  um. 

nobody,  no  one,  nemo,  gen.  and 
dat.  supplied  from  nullus. 

not,  non,  ne,  adv. ;  not  even, 
ne  .  .  .  quidem,  w,  the  em- 
phatic word  between  ne  and  qui- 
dem ;  not  one  slave,  nemo  ser- 
vus;  nor,  neque,  neve,  conj's* 

not  only  . . .  but  also,  non  solum 
.  .  .  sed  etiam. 

not  yet,  nendum,  adv, 

nothing,  nihil. 

now,  nunc,  jam,  adifs. 


136 


NUMBER  — PASS  THE  WINTER. 


number,  numgnis,  i,  m. ;  in 
great  numbers,  frequentes,  see 
Ln.  II.,  Kef.  10-12. 

numerous,  creber,  crebra,  cre- 
brum. 


obey,  pareo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

observe,  cognosco,  Sre,  cog- 
novi,  cognitum. 

occupy,  occiipo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

of  such  a  kind,  of  such  a  charac- 
ter, ejus  modi. 

offend,  ofifendo,  6re,  fendi,  fen- 
sum. 

offer,  oflfero,  ofiferre,  obtttli,  ob- 
latum. 

oflfice,  munus,  muneris,  n. 

often,  saepe,  adv. 

old,  senex,  gen.  senis  ;  old,  hav- 
ing been  bom,  natus,  a,  um  ; 
he  is  twenty  years  old,  viginti 
annos  natus  est. 

on,  in,  prep.  w.  ace.  aft.  verbs  of 
motion,  w.  ahl.  aft.  verbs  of  rest. 

on  account  of,  propter,  prep.  lo. 
ace. 

on  the  march,  ex  itinSre,  in 
itingre  ;  to  storm  a  town  on 
the  march,  oppidum  ex  iti- 
nere  expugnare  ;  to  be  on  the 
march,  in  itingre  esse. 

on  this  side  of,  cis,  prep.  w.  ace. 

once,  at  once,  statim,  adv. 

one,  unus,  a,  um, 

only  person  who,  see  Ln.  X.,  Ref. 
1-9  and  Ex.  7. 

opinion,  sententia,  ae,  /.,  opin- 
ion, DECISION,  SENTENCE,  JUDG- 
MENT ;  opinio,  onis,  /.,  opin- 


ion, SUPPOSITION,  conjecture, 
BELIEF. 

opportunity,  occasio,  onis,  /. 

or,  aut ;  in  double  questions,  an. 

or  not,  in  direct  double  questions, 
an  non ;  in  indirect  double 
questions,  necne. 

orator,  orator,  oris,  m. 

order,  in  order  that,  ut,  conj.; 
see  Ln.  VII.,  Note  1. 

order,  by  order,  jussu,  abl. 
sing.  m. 

order,  command,  jubeo,  ere, 
jussi,  jussum. 

ordinary,  in  no  ordinary  manner, 
non  mediocriter,  adv. 

ought,  debeo,  ere,  ui,  itum  ; 
debeo  denotes  a  moral  obliga- 
tion; see  also  Ln.  XVII.,  Ex's 
16  and  17. 

our,  noster,  nostra,  nostrum. 

out  of,  e,  ex,  prep.  w.  abl. 

overcome,  supgro,  are,  5vi,  atum. 

own,  see  Ln.  III.,  Rep.  3-7. 

P. 

pace,  passus,  us,  m. ;  a  thousand 
paces,  a  mile,  mille  passuum. 

pain,  dolor,  oris,  m. 

Palatine,  Palatium,  i,  n. 

pardon,  ignosco,  ere,  ignovi, 
ignotum. 

part,  pars,  partis,  /. ;  for  the 
most  part,  n^aximam  partem, 
see  Ln.  Xxi.,  Ref.  1-6. 

participant,  partioeps,  gen.  par- 
ticipis,  adj. 

pass  the  winter,  higmo,  5re,  5vi, 
^tum. 


PATRIOTIC  —  PRIVILEGE. 


137 


patriotic,  bonus,  a,  um. 

pay,  pendo,  6re,  pependi,  pen- 
sum  ;  pay  one's  respects,  sa- 
lute, are,  avi,  atum. 

peace,  pax,  pacis,  /. 

perform,  fungor,  fungi,  functus 

sum,      EXECUTE,       DISCHARGE, 

OBSERVE ;    gero,    gre,    gessi, 

gestum,  MANAGE,  WAGE,  TRANS- 
ACT, ACCOMPLISH. 

perhaps,  fortasse,  adv. 

peril,  periciilum,  i,  n. ;  be  in. 
peril,  in  periciilo  vers  or,  ari, 
atus  sum. 

perilous,  perioulosus,  a,  um. 

perish,  pereo,  ire,  ii,  itum. 

permission,  see  Ln.  XVII.,  Ex.  5. 

permit,  allow,  suffer,  patior,  pati, 
passus  sum. 

persuade,  persuadeo,  suadere, 
suasi,  suasum. 

pirate,  praedo,  onis,  m. 

pitch  a  camp,  castra  pono,  Sre, 
posui,  positum. 

pity,  misereor,  ere,  miseritus 
sum  ;  misSret,  miserere,  mis- 
eruit,  see  Ln.  XXIV.,  Ref. 
4-8. 

place,  locus,  i,  m. ;  jpl.  loci  and 
loca,  locorum,  m.  and  n. ;  take 
place,  geror,  i,  gestus  sum. 

plan,  consilium,  i,  w.,  deter- 
mination, RESOLUTION,  PUR- 
POSE ;  ratio,  onis,  /.,  course, 
manner,  method,  fashion. 

please,  delecto,  are,  Svi,  atum, 
w,  ace. ;  placeo,  ere,  ui,  itum, 
10.  dat. 

pleasing,  gratus,  a,  um. 

plot,  cogito,  are,  avi,  atum. 


Pompey,  Pompeius,  i,  m. 

poor,  pauper,  gen.  pauperis. 

portray,  exprimo,  Sre,  pressi, 
pressum. 

portraiture,  imago,  inis,  /. 

possession,  possessio,  onis,  /.  ; 
often  omitted  after  possessive  pro- 
nouns :  e.g.  he  surrenders  him- 
self and  his  possessions,  se  sua- 
que  dat;  take  possession  of, 
occiipo,  are,  avi,  atum,  w.  ace. 

powerful,  potens,  gen.  poten- 
tis. 

practically  acquainted  with,  peri- 
tus,  a,  um,  w.  gen. 

practice,  exercitatio,  onis,/. 

praetor,  praetor,  oris  m. 

praetorship,  praetura,  ae,/. 

praise,  laus,  laudis,  /.  ;  to  praise, 
laudo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

pray,  quaeso,  gre,  ivi  or  ii,  itum ; 
pray,  who  ?  pray,  what  ?  quis 
tandem  ?  quid  tandem  ? 

prefer,  malo,  malle,  malui;  ^ 
antepono,  6re,  posui,  posi- 
tum :  I  prefer  my  country  to 
your  city,  tuae  urbi  patriam 
meam  antepono ;  I  prefer 
going  to  staying,  ire  malo 
quam  remanere. 

preparation,  comparatio,  onis,  /. 

prepare,  paro,  are,  avi,  atum. 

prepared,  paratus,  a,  um. 

present,  dono,  are,  avi,  atum. 

present,  be  present,  adsum,  ad- 
esse,  adfui. 

prevent,  deterreo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

private  property,  res  familiaris, 
rei  familiaris,  /. 

privilege,  power,  potestas,  atis,/ 


138 


PRODUCTIVENESS  —  REJOICE. 


productiveness,  ubertas,  atis,  /. 
promise,  polliceor,  eri,  poUici- 
tus  sum. 

proper,  idoneus,  a,  um. 

property,  res,  rerum,/.  pi. ;  bona, 
orum,  n.  pi.;  often  omitted 
after  possessive  pronouns ;  private 
property,  res  familiaris,  rei 
familiaris,  /. 

prosperous,  florens,  gen.  florentis. 

prosperity,   see  welfare. 

protection,  praesidium,  i,  n.;  to 
protect  any  one,  alicui  prae- 
sidio  esse,  see  Ln.  XXVII., 
Rep.  1-3  ;  to  protect  with  for- 
tifications, guards,  etc.j  munio, 
ire,  ivi,  itum. 

provide  for,  provideo,  ere,  vidi, 
visum. 

provided  that,  modo,  dum,  dum 
modo,  confs.  See  Ln.  XII., 
Ref.  8. 

province,  provincia,  ae,  /. 

provision,  make  provision,  pro- 
video,  ere,  vidi,  visum. 

provoke,  exasperate,  enrage,  la- 
cesso,  gre,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

publicly,  publice,  adv. 

punish,  punio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

punishment,  supplioium,  i,  n. ; 
to  inflict  punishment  upon  any 
one,  de  aliquo  supplioium 
sumo,  Sre,  sumpsi,  sumptum ; 
to  suffer  punishment,  poenas 
persolvo,  gre,  solvi,  solii- 
tum. 

purpose,  for  the  purpose  of,  causa, 
ahl.  of  cause  and  stands  after  its 
limiting  genitive. 

put    around,     circumdo,    dare, 


dgdi,   datum,  see  Ln.  XXV., 

Ref.  4-5. 
put  to    death,    ueco,   are,   avi, 

atum. 
put  to  flight,  in  fugam  do,  dare, 

dedi,  datum;  fugo,  are,  avi, 

atum. 
put  up  with,  bear  with,  endure, 

perfero,  perferre,  pertiili,  per- 

latum. 

Q. 

quarrel,  dissentio,  onis,/. 
question,  quaestio,  onis,/. 
Quintus,  Quintus,  i,  m. 


raft,  ratis,  is,  /, 

rage,  furor,  oris,  m. 

rampart,  vallum,  i,  n. 

ravage,  popiilor,  ari,  atus  sum. 

reach,  capio,  capere,  cepi,  cap- 
tum. 

read,  lego,  Sre,  legi,  lectum. 

receive,  accipio,  cipere,  cepi, 
ceptum. 

recover,  recupSro,  are,  avi, 
atum;  recipio,  cipgre,  cepi, 
ceptum,  w.  reflexive  pronoun. 

refuse,  recuse,  are,  avi,  atum. 

regard  as  an  enemy,  pro  hoste 
habeo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

reign,  regno,  are,  avi,  atum. 

rejoice,  exsulto,  (exulto),  are 
avi,  atum,  rejoice  exceed- 
ingly, RUN  RIOT,  REVEL,  EX- 
ULT;  laetor,  ari,  atus  sum, 
FEEL  JOY,  BE  VERY  GLAD,  BE 
JOYFUL. 


RELEASE  —  SAFELY. 


139 


release,  libSro,  are,  avi,  atum. 

relieve,  libero,  are,  avi,  atum. 

remaining,  reliquus,  a,  um. 

remains,  it  remains,  restat;  re- 
liquum  est. 

remember,  memini,  meminisse. 

remind,  admoneo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 

renew,  redintegro,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

renown,  gloria,  ae,  /. 

repeat,  repSto,  8re,  ivi  or  ii, 
itum. 

repent,  paenitet,  ere,  paenituit, 
see  Ln.  XXIV.,  Ref.  4-8. 

reply,  respondeo,  ere,  spondi, 
sponsum. 

report,  rumor,  oris,  m. ;  to  re- 
port, nuntio,  are,  avi,  atum, 

ANNOUNCE,       DECLARE,      MAKE 

KNOWN  ;  refSro,   referre,  re- 
tiili,    relatum,    bring    back, 

RELATE,  RECITE,  REPEAT. 

reprimand,     accuso,     are,    5vi, 

atum. 
request,  postulatio,  onis,/. 
requite,  make  requital,  see  under 

make, 
rescue,   eripio,   eripere,   eripui, 

ereptum. 
residence,  domicilium,  i,  n. 
resign,  abdico,  are,  avi,  atum; 

he  has  resigned  the  praetorship, 

se  praetura  abdicayit. 
respect,  in  no  respect,  nihil;   see 

Ln.  XXX.,  Ref.  1-6. 
rest  of,  reliquus,  a  um;  the  rest, 

cetgri,  a,  um, 
restrain,   reprimo,   §re,    pressi, 

pressum;  retineo,  ere,  tinui, 

tentum. 


result,  the  result  is,  accidit;  fit ; 
see  Ln.  IX.,  Ref.  4-8. 

retain,  hold,  teneo,  ere,  ui,  ten- 
tum. 

return,  reverter,  i,  versus  sum; 
reverto,  6re,  reverti;  the 
-present,  imperfect,  and  future 
tenses  have  the  passive  form  ;  the 
perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future 
perfect  the  active  form;  redeo, 
ire,  ii,  Itnm. 

revenue,  vectigal,  51is,  n. 

reward,  remun§ror,  Sri,  atus 
sum. 

Rhine,  Rhenus,  i,  m. 

right,  jus,  juris,  n.;  dexter, 
dextra,  dextrum,  adj. 

river,  flumen,  fluminis,  n. 

road,  via,  ae,  /, 

rob,  spolio,  are,  avi,  atum. 

rock,  saxum,  i,  n. 

Roman,  Romanus,  a,  um. 

Rome,  Roma,  ae,  /. 

rouse,  inflammo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

rout,  fugo,  Sre,  avi,  atum. 

rudiments,  elementa,  orum,  n. 
pi 

rule  over,  impSro,  are,  avi, 
atum,  w.  dat. 

run,  curro,  Sre,  oucurri,  cursum , 
run  riotj  exsulto,  are,  avi, 
atum. 


S. 
safe,  tutus,  a,um,  well  guarded, 

secure,  OUT   OF   DANGER  ;   Sal- 

vus,  a,  um,   unharmed,  un- 
injured, well,  sound. 
safely,  tuto. 


140 


SAFETY  —  SLAUGHTER. 


safety,  salus,  utia,  /. 

sail,  navigo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

sake,  for  the  sake  of,  causa. 

sally,  excursio,  onis,/. 

same,  the  same,  idem. 

satisfied,  contentus,  a,  mn. 

satisfy,  satisfacio,  facgre,  feci, 
factum. 

savageiiess,  atrocitas,  atis,/. 

save,  servo,  are,  avi,  atum ;  con- 
servo,  are,  avi,  atum;  con- 
servo  is  servo  inteiisijied  by 
the  prefix  con  and  properly  sig- 
nifies KEEP  THOROUGHLY,  SAVE 
COMPLETELY. 

say,  dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum ; 

say  not,  nego,  are,  avi,  atum. 
scatter,  rout,  fugo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
scout,  explorator,  oris,  m. 
sea,  mare,  maris,  n. 
seize,  occupo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
see,  yideo,  ere,  vidi,  vistmi. 
seem,  videor,  eri,  visus  sum. 
self,  ipse,  a,  um. 
sell,  vendo,  6re,  vendidi,  ven- 

dltum. 
senate,  senatus,  us,  m. 
senator,  senator,  oris,  m. 
send,  mitto,  ere,  misi,  missum. 
send  for,  cause  to  come,  arcesso, 

6re,  arcessivi,  arcessitum. 
send    forward,    praemitto,    ere, 

mIsi,  missum. 
separate,  ■  sejungo,    gre,    junxi, 

junctum. 
Sequani,  SequSni,  orum,  m.  pi. 
serve,  servio,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 
service,  aid,  opSra,  ae,/. 
set  fire  to,  incendo,  ere,  cendi, 

censum. 


sesterce,  sestertius,  i,  m.;  a  small 
silver  coin  worth  nearly  four 
cents. 

set  forth,  propono,  6re,  posui, 
positum. 

set    out,     march,    depart,     pro- 

ficiscor,  i,  profectus  sum- 
settle,   consldo,  gre,  sedi,  ses- 
sum. 

seventh,  Septimus,  a,  um. 

severe,  gravis,  e. 

severely,  graviter,  adv 

ship,  navis,  is,  /. 

short,  brevis,  e. 

shout,  clamor,  oris,  m. 

show,  doceo,  ere,  ui,  doctum.  , 

shudder  at,  horreo,  ere,  no  perf. 
nor  sup.,  governs  ace;  shudder 
greatly  at,  perhorresco,  Sre, 
horrui,  no  sup.,  governs  ace. 

Sicily,  Sicilia,  ae,  /, 

sick,  aeger,  aegra,  aegrum. 

side,  on  this  side  of,  cis,  j^rep.  w. 
ace. 

siege,  oppugnatio,  onis,/. 

sight,  conspectus,  us,  m. 

signal,  signum,  i,  n. 

Silanus,  Silanus,  i,  m. 

silent,  keep  silent,  taceo,  ere,  ui, 
itum, 

since,  cum  (quum),  quoniam, 
confs.;  see  Ln.  XIV.,  Ref.  1-5. 

singularly,  egregie,  adv. 

sixty,  sexaginta. 
size,  magnitude,  inis,  /, 
skilful,     practically     acquainted 
with,  peritus,  a,  um,  see  Ln. 
XXIIL,  Rep.  6-12. 
slaughter,     occido,     Sre,     cidi, 


SLAVE  — SUPPOSE. 


141 


slave,  servus,  i,  m. 

slavery,  servitus,  utis,/. 

small,  parvus,  a,  um. 

so,  tarn,  ita,  sic,  adv's;  so  great, 

taiitus,  a,  um ;  so  very  much, 

tarn  vehementer. 
so  as  to,  see  Lx.  IX.,  Note  1. 
soldier,  miles,  militis,  m. 
some  one,  something,  some,  ali- 

quis,  quidam,   nescio   quis ; 

see  Ln.  IV.,  Ref.  9-13. 
some  .  .  .  others,  alii  .  .  .  alii. 
son,  filius,  i,  m. 
son-in-law,  gener,  gengri,  m. 
soon,  as  soon  as  possible,  quami 

primum. 
sorrow,  dolor,  oris,  m. 
sound,   healthy,    well,  sanus,  a, 

um. 
speak,  loquor,  i,  locutus  sum; 

dico,  gre,  dixi,  dictum. 
spirit,  animus,  i,  m. 
spiritedly,  acriter,  adv.;  to  make 

a  spirited  assault,  acriter  sig- 

na  inferre. 
spoils,  spolia,  orum,  n.  yl. 
spread,     dissemino,     are,     avi, 

atum. 
spread  abroad,  perfgro,  perferre, 

pertiili,  perlatum. 
stand,  sto,  stare,  steti,  statum. 
stand   about,  stand  around,   cir- 

cumsto,  stare,  stSti,  stitum. 
standard,  signum,  i,  n. 
stake,    (something)    is  at    stake, 

agitur. 
state,  res  publica,  rei  publicae,  /. 
stay,  remaneo,   ere,  mansi,   no 

sup. 
still,  etiam  nunc,  tamen,  adv^s. 


stir  up,  conclto,  §.re,  avi,  Stum 
storm,  expugno,  are,  avi,  atum; 

a  storm,  tempest,  tempestas, 

atis,/. 
story,  fabiila,  ae,  /. 
stranger,  alienus,  i,  m, 
straw,  not  to  care  a  straw  for  any 

one,  aliquem  flocci  non  fa- 

cSre. 
strengthen,  corrob6ro,  Sre,  Svi, 

atum. 
strong,  firmus,  a,  um. 
stupid,  stultus,  a,   um;  amens, 

gen.  amentis. 
style,  genus,  generis,  n. 
submit  to,  subeo,  ire,  ii,  ittun, 

w.  ace. 
such,   so   great,  tantus,   a,  um; 

such,  of  such  a  kind,  talis,  e ; 

such  ...  as,   tantus  .  .  .  quan- 

tus,  when  referring  to  size;  talis 

.  .  .  qualis   when  referring   to 

kind,  nature,  quality. 
suddenly,  sublto,  adv. 
suffer,  patior,  pati,  passus  sum. 
sufficiently,  sufficient,  satis,  adv. 
suitable,  idoneus,  a,  um. 
suited,  accommodStus,  a,  um. 
Sulla,  Sulla,  ae,  m. 
summer,  aestas,  5tis,/. 
summon,  voco,  are,  Svi,  atum. 
supplies,    commeatus,    us,    m., 

used  in  hath  sing,  and  plural. 
support,  sublgvo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
suppose,     existimo,     are,     avi, 

atum;  than  we,   you  suppose, 

than  any   one  supposes,   after 

a  comparative,  may  he  rendered 

by  opinione;  see  Ln  XXXIIL, 

Ref.  1-3. 


142 


SUPPRESS  —  THREATEN. 


suppress,  comprimo,  8re,  pressi, 

pressum. 
surely,  profecto,  adv. 
surpass,  excel,  ante  cello,  ere,  no 

jperf.  nor  sup.;  supSro.  are. 
surrender,    dedo,    ere,    dedidi, 

deditum;     a    surrender,    de- 

ditio,  onis,/. 
surround,   circumdo,  Sre,  dedi, 

datum. 
suspicion,  suspicio,  onis,/. 
swamp,  palus,  udis,  /. 
Swiss,  Helvetii,  orum,  m.  pi. 
Switzerland,  Helvetia,  ae,/. 
sword,  gladius,  i,  y;t. 


T. 

take,  capio,  capere,  cepi,  cap- 
tum;  take  away,  removeo, 
ere,  movi,  motum ;  take  from, 
eripio,  eripSre,  eripui,  erep- 
tum ;  take  part,  be  engaged  in 
anything,  versor,  ari,  atus 
sum ;  take  place,  geror,  i,  ges- 
tus  sum;  take  possession  of, 
occupo,  are,  avi,  atum,  w. 
ace. 

tax,  stipehdium,  i,  n. 

teach,  doceo,  ere,  dooui,  doc- 
tum. 

teacher,  praeceptor,  oris,  m. 

tell,  dico,  Sre,  dixi,  dictum ; 
narro,  are,  avi,  atum. 

temple,  templum,  i,  n. 

tenth,  decimus,  a,  um. 

terms,  condicio,  onis,  /.;  in 
very  strong  terms,  amplissi- 
mis  verbis. 

terrify,  perterteo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 


territory,  fines,  ium,  m.  pi. 
than,   quam,   adv.;  see  also   Ln. 

XXXIIL,  Ref.  1-3. 
thank,  gratias  ago,  aggre,    egi, 

actum. 
thankful,  feel  thankful,  gratiam 

habeo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 
thanksgiving,  supplicatio  (sub- 

plicatio),  onis,/. 
that,  ille,  is,  dem.  pron''s;  see  Ln. 

IV.,  Ref.  1-8;  that,  in  order 

that,  ut;  that  not,  ne,  ut  non; 

see  Lessons  VII.-X, 
the  .  .  .  the,     quanto  .  .  .  tanto; 

quo  .  .  .  eo;  see  Ln.  XXXIIL, 

Ref.  7-9. 
the  one  .  .  .  the    other,   alter  .  .  . 

alter;    the   one  party  .  .  .  the 

other,  alteri  .  .  .  altSrL 
the  other,  cetSrus,  a,  um". 
the  same,  idem ;  at  one  and  the 

same  time,  simul,  adv.;  at  the 

same  time,  eodem  tempSre, 

or  uno  temp6re ;  the  same .  . . 

as,  idem  .  .  .  qui. 
the  second  time,  iterum,  adv. 
their,  suus,  a,  um,  ivhen  referring 

to  same  person   or  thing  as  the 

subject  of  its  sentence,  othenvise 

eorum. 
there,  in  that  place,  ibi,  adv. 
think,  pnto,  are, avi, atum;  arbi- 

tror,    ari,    atus    sum ;    think 

upon,   think    of,    cogito,   are, 

avi,  atum;  w.  ace. 
this,  hie,  see  Ln.  IV.,  Ref.  1-8. 
threaten,  immineo,  ere,  no  perf 

nor  sup.;   threaten   frequently 

or  much,   minitor,   ari,    atus 

sum. 


THREATS  — USE. 


143 


threats,  minae,  arum,  /.  pi 

through,  throughout,  per,  prep. 
\v.  ace. 

throw  back,  rejicio,  jicgre,  jeci, 
jectum ;  throw  into  disorder, 
perturbo,  are,  avi,  atum, 

thwart,obsto,stare,stiti,statum. 

till,  cultivate,  colo,  ere,  colui, 
cultum. 

till,  until,  dum,  donee,  quoad, 
confs;  till  late  at  night,  ad 
multam  noctem. 

time,  tempus,  6ris,  n.;  for  all 
time,  in  perpetuum,  sc.  tem- 
pus ;  at  one  and  the  same  time, 
simul,  adv.;  now  for  a  long 
time,  jam   diu,  jam  dudum, 

.  adv*s;  the  second  time,  asecand 
time,  itSrum,  adv. 

to,  ad,  prep.  w.  ace. 

to  be  feared,  pertimescendus, 
a,  um. 

to-day,  hodie,  adv.;  hodiernus 
dies,  hodierni  diei,  m. 

together  with,  una  cum,  w.  ahl. 

top  of,  summus,  a,  um. 

torch,  fax,  facis,  /. 

towards,  ad,  jirep.  w.  ace. 

tower,  turris,  is,  /.,  ace.  sing,  tur- 
rim. 

town,  oppidum,  i,  n. 

transport,  transporto,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

treason,  proditio,  onis,/.  " 

tribe,  natio,  onis,  /. 

tribune,  tribunus,  i,  m. 

tributary,  vectigalis,  e. 

tried,  probatus,  a,  um. 

triple,  three-fold,  triplex,  gen. 
tripllcis. 


Trojan,  Trojanus,  a,  um. 

troops,  copiae,  arum,  /.  pi. 

trouble,  calamitas,  atis,  /. ;  ma- 
lum, i,  n. 

troubled,  anxious,  sollicitus  (so- 
licitus),  a,  um. 

true,  verus,  a,  um. 

trusting  to,  fretus,  a,  um,  w.  ahl. 

truth,  verum,  i,  n. 

try,  experior,  iri,  expertus  sum. 

twice,  bis,  num.  adv. 

two,  duo,  duae,  duo. 

U. 

unacquainted  with,    ignarus,  a, 

um,  see  Ln.  XXIIL,  Ref.  6-12. 
under,  sub,  prep.  w.  ace. 
understand,  intellSgo,  6re,  lexi, 

lectum. 
unfortunate,  miser,  misgra,  mi- 

sSrum. 
unfriendly,  inimicus,  a,  um. 
unite,     conjungo,     gre,    junxi, 

junctum,  w.  pers.  pron. 
unjustly,  injuria,  ahl.  of  manner. 
unless,  nisi,  eonj. 
unoccupied,  be  unoccupied,  vaco, 

are,  avi,  atum. 
unpopularity,  invidia,  ae,  f. 
until,  till,  dum,  donee,  quoad, 

confs.;  see  Ln.  XV.,  Ref:  8-10. 
unusual,  inusitatus,  a,  um. 
unwilling,  invitus,    a,   um;    be 

unwilling,  nolo,  nolle,  nolui ; 

I  shall  be  unwilling  to  come, 

invitus  veniam. 
upon,  in,  ^rep.  w.  ace. 
urge,  cohortor,  ari,  atus  sum. 
use,  utor,  uti,  usus  sum. 


144 


VALOR  — WIN  A   VICTORY. 


V. 

valor,  virtus,  utis,  /. 

variety,  varietas,  atis,  /. 

very,  valde,  adv. ;  see  also  Ln. 
II.,  Note  3  ;  when  a  noun  is  to 
he  emphasized,  ipse  is  used: 
e.  g.  the  very  city,  urbs  ipsa. 

very  diliicult,  perdifficilis,  e. 

very  many,  permulti,  ae,  a. 

very  much,  vehementer,  adv. 

vicinity,  in  or  into  the  vicinity  of, 
ad,  prep.  w.  ace. 

vicissitude,  varietas,  atis,  /. 

victory,  victoria,  ae,  /. 

vigorously,  acriter,  adv. 

village,  vicus,  i,  m. 

villainy,  scelus,  eris,  n. 

violence,  vis,  vis,  /. 

violent  hands,  see  lay. 

visit,  viso,  ere,  visi,  visum. 

voice,  vox,  vocis,  /. 


W. 

wage,  carry  on,  gero,  Sre,  gessi, 

gestum. 
wagon,  carrus,  i,  m. 
wait     for,    await,     wait     to    see, 

exspecto  (expecto),  are,  avi, 

atum. 
wait  for  praestolor,   ari,  atus 

sum. 
wall,  murus,  i,  m.  generic  term; 

moenia,  ium,  n.  pL,  city  walls, 

RAMPARTS,  bulwarks;  paries 

parigtis,  m.,  wall  of  a  house. 
war,  bellum,  i,  n. 
watches,  vigiliae,  arum,  /.  p)l. 
way,  via,  ae,  /. 


weapon,  telum,  i,  n. 

weep,  fleo,  flere,  flevi,  fletum. 

weight,  poiidus,  eris,  n. 

welfare,  prosperity,  salus,  litis, 
/./  highest  welfare  of  the  gov- 
ernment, summum  imperium. 

well,  bene,  adv. 

what  sort  of  a,  qui,  quae,  quod, 
interr.  pron. 

wheel  about,  signaconverto,  §re, 
verti,  versum. 

when,  cum  (quum),  ubi,  adv's. 

whence,  unde,  adv. 

where,  ubi,  adv. 

whether,  utrum,  num,  —  ne,  see 
Ln.  XVI. 

while,  dum,  conj. ;  for  a  little 
while,  paulisper,  adv.;  it  is 
worth  while,  tanti  est,  see  Ln. 
XXIIL,  Ref.  1-5 ;  a  little  while 
ago,  paulo  ante. 

whither,  quo,  adv. 

who,  which,  what,  qui,  quae, 
quod,  rel.  pron.;  quis,  quae, 
quid,  and  qui,  quae,  quod, 
interrog.  pron.;  who  is  to,  who 
was  to,  ETC.,  see  Ln.  VII. ,  Note 
1  ;  who  pray  ]    quis  tandem? 

whole,  wholly,  see  all. 

why,  cur,  quid,  see  Ln.  XXX., 
Ref.  1-6. 

wicked,  imprSbus,  a,  um. 

wide,  latus,  a,  um. 

widely,  late,  adv. 

wife,  uxor,  oris,  /.;  conjux, 
tigis,/. 

willing,  be  willing,  volo,  velle, 
volui. 

win  a  victory,  victoriam  vinco, 
6re,  vici,  victum. 


WING— ZEALOUS. 


145 


wing,  cornu,  us,  n.;  on  the  right 
wing,  a  dextro  cornu. 

winter,  hiems,  hiemis,  /. ;  pass 
the  winter,  higmo,  are,  avi, 
atum ;  winter-quarters,  hi- 
berna,  orum,  n.  pi,  sc.  castra. 

wisdom,  sapientia,  ae,  /. 

wise,  sapiens,  gen.  sapientis. 

wish,  desire,  be  willing,  volo, 
velle,  volui. 

with,  in  company  with,  cum, 
prep.  w.  ahl.;  with,  near  to,  at 
the  house  of,  apud,  yrep.  w.  ace. ; 
with  respect  to,  de,  prep.  w.  abl. 

withdraw,  deficio,  ficSre,  feci, 
fectum  ;  to  withdraw  from  al- 
legiance to  the  king,  a  rege 
deficSre ;  withdraw,  betake 
one's  self,  se  recipio,  cipgre, 
cepi,  ceptum. 

without,  sine,  prep.  w.  ahl.;  be 
without,  careo,  ere,  ui,  itum, 
w.  ahl. 

withstand,  obsto,  stare,  stiti, 
statum,  w.  dat;  sustineo,  ere, 
ui,  tentum,  w.  ace;  to  with- 
stand an  attack,  impgtum  sus- 
tinere. 

witness,  testis,  m.  and  f. 


worthy,    dignus,    a,   um;    it  is 

worth  while,  tanti  est,  see  Ln. 

XXIIL,  Ref.  1-5. 
would  that,  see  Ln.  V.,  Ref.  8,  9. 
wound,  vulnus,  (volnus)  gris,?i.; 

to  wound,  vulnero,  (volnero), 

are,  avi,  atum. 
wretch,  sceleratus,  i,  m. 
write,  scribo,  ere,  scripsi,  scrip- 

tum. 
wrong,  injuria,  ae,/. 

Y. 

year,  annus,  i,  m. 

yesterday,  hesterno  die;  day 
before  yesterday,  nudius  ter- 
tius  (nunc,  dies,  tertius). 

yet,  tamen,  adv. 

young,  juvenis,  e. 

your,  tuus,  a,  um,  wlun  addressing 
one  person;  vester,  vestra, 
vestrum,  when  addressing  more 
than  one, 

Z. 

zeal,  studium,  i,  n. 
zealous,  studiosus,  a,  um. 


5 


V    xJ 


1 

r 


:s 


■^ 


y- 


^ ' 


K  ^ 

^  -^ 
\  ■^ 


i 


H.'^- 


// 


-'J 


Ki 


%j 


J^, 


YB  36272 


9JS4196 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  UBRARY 


